self-assessment undergraduate program · • mr. hussam sharqawi (member). 0.4 assessment...

King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Self-Assessment

Undergraduate Program

Volume 1 Self-Assessment Report

Submitted to

The Program Assessment Center

Deanship of Academic Development

in May 2005

(Revised Version Submitted on August 31, 2005)

Note

The document

“Self-Assessment of BS Program

in Mathematical Sciences”

consists of 3 volumes:

• Volume I:

Self-Assessment Report

• Volume II: Description of Math/Stat Courses

• Volume III: Faculty Resume

SAR Dept. of Math Sc.

2

Table of Contents

0. Introduction: Objectives and Self-Assessment Procedure 5-8

0.1. Introduction 6 0.2. Program Evaluation by Berkeley Team 6 0.3.Self-Assessment of BS Program 7 0.4. Assessment Objectives 7 0.5. Self-Assessment Procedure 7

1. Criterion # 1: Program Mission, Objectives and Outcomes 9-24

1.1. Introduction 10 1.2. Mission Statements 10 1.3. Program Objectives 11 1.4. Program Learning Outcomes 12 1.5. Results of Program’s Assessment 15 1.6. Periodic Assessment of the Department 22

2. Criterion # 2: Curriculum Design and Organization 25-39

2.1. Introduction 26 2.2. Consistency of Curriculum with Program Objectives 30 2.3. Characteristics of Course Contents 30 2.4. Comparative Study of Curriculum Requirements 32 2.5. Information Technology Component 35 2.6. Oral and Written Communication Skills 38

3. Criterion # 3: Computing Facilities 40-43

3.1. Introduction 41 3.2. Computer Lab Manuals 41 3.3. Technical Support 42 3.4. Computing Infrastructure & Facilities 42

4. Criterion # 4: Student Support and Guidance 44-47

4.1. Introduction 45 4.2. Course Offerings 45 4.3. Guidance for Students 46

5. Criterion # 5: Faculty 48-61

5.1. Introduction 49 5.2. Qualification and Interest of Faculty Members 50 5.3. Currency Criteria & Faculty Development Program 51


3

5.4. Faculty Recruiting, Evaluation & Promotion Procedure 52

6. Criterion # 6: Process Control 62-67

6.1. Introduction 63 6.2. Admission Procedure 63 6.3. Monitoring Students’ Progress 64 6.4. Teaching & Delivery of Course Material 65 6.5. Completion of Program Requirements 66 6.6. Updating Curriculum, etc. 67

7. Criterion # 7: Institutional Facilities 68-74

7.1. Introduction 69 7.2. New Trends in Teaching 69 7.3. Library and Resource Center 69 7.4. Classrooms and Faculty Offices 73

8. Criterion # 8: Institutional Support 75-77

8.1. Introduction 76 8.2. Financial Resources 76 8.3. Graduate Students and Research Assistants 77 8.4. Computing Infrastructure & Facilities 77

9. Appendices 78-94

9.1. Appendix A: Berkeley Report 78 9.2. Appendix B: Accreditation of US Institutions 82 9.2. Appendix C: Survey Forms 86

10. Index (Observations, Comments, Recommendations) 95


4

Introduction

Objectives

&

Self-Assessment Procedure


5

0.1 Introduction Self-assessment in an educational set-up is a systematic process of gathering, reviewing and using important quantitative and qualitative data and information from various sources about its educational programs to evaluate whether academic and learning standards are being met. King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals (KFUPM) is basically a technical institution. Historically, the Department of Mathematical Sciences has been catering the needs of other disciplines at KFUPM. Very few students enter KFUPM with the objective of opting an undergraduate program in mathematics. The enrollment of math majors, therefore, remained low throughout the university history except in the mid-nineties.

The Department offers BS, MS and Ph.D. programs. Compared to other departments, the math faculty is the largest in size. It is divided into several scientific groups according to an individual’s area of specialization. The Department has a separate section for the Preparatory Mathematics Program which offers two courses on Algebra & Trigonometry to newly admitted undergraduate students and monitors all the issues relevant to these courses. The Department initiated the undergraduate program in 1967. The first batch of 5 students graduated in 1972. The program underwent major revisions for the first time in 1985 and later in 1999. However, it was not evaluated formally by any external agency. 0.2 Program Evaluation by Berkeley Team Although ABET evaluates the mathematics/statistics courses required for the engineering and computer programs of the university on a regular basis, the process of assessment for the BS, MS and Ph.D. programs offered by the Department of Mathematical Sciences was carried out first time in 1995. In 1997, a team of academicians including three mathematicians from University of California, Berkeley visited all departments of the College of Sciences at KFUPM. During the visit, the team evaluated an assessment report prepared by the Department of Mathematical Sciences on various academic programs. Excerpts of the evaluation report related to BS program may be found in Appendix A. The general view of the Berkeley team was very encouraging and positive about the Revised BS program in mathematical sciences. Nevertheless, they did recommend some measures for further improvement of the program. One such measure was related to the creation of areas of concentration from different groups of courses. The Department adopted this viewpoint and accordingly subdivided the Math electives into three groups (see Table 21). Another crucial recommendation made by the team concerned MATH 201 & 202 which states:

It is our view that the same considerations that led KFUPM to go from 3 to 4 credits for Math 101-102 apply to Math 201 and 202 as well. The topics in Math 201-202 include concepts of crucial importance for the application of calculus to engineering and


6

sciences. These notions, ranging from power series and functions of several variables to differential equations, are the ‘bread and butter’ of many classes that follow. In order to master these powerful tools, the students need to devote more time to this material than they presently do. We recommend that both Math 201 and 202 should be made into classes with 4 credits.

The Department put forward the recommendation to the University. But it could not get any positive response due to constraints from the engineering departments in spite of the fact that the courses similar to MATH 201-202 are appended with at least 1 additional hour of problem solving session in US institutions. 0.3 Self-Assessment of BS Program In May 2001, the Deanship of Academic Development (DAD) introduced a set of procedures and standards for self-assessment of academic programs at KFUPM which was revised in June 2002 and later in April 2004. The revised document contains 8 criteria each of which is comprised of several standards. Based on the DAD document, the Department of Mathematical Sciences initiated the process of self-assessment for its undergraduate program in September 2004. In this regard, the Department set up a program team (PT), which consisted of the following faculty members:

• Dr. Muhammad A. Bokhari (Chairman) • Dr. Anwar Joarder (Member) • Dr. Salim Messaoudi (Member) • Dr. Ibrahim Al-Rasasi (Member) • Dr. Mahmoud Sarhan (Member) • Mr. Hussam Sharqawi (Member).

0.4 Assessment Objectives The PT took up the task of self-assessment in accordance with the following guidelines as provided in the DAD document:

1. Improve and maintain academic standards 2. Enhance students’ learning 3. Verify that the existing programs meet their objectives and institutional

goals 4. Provide feedback for quality assurance of academic programs.

0.5 Self-Assessment Procedure In September 2004, DAD organized a workshop on “Outcome-Based Program Assessment” which addressed several topics and issues related to the process of self-assessment. The PT attended all sessions of the workshop.


7

The faculty members of the Department were informed about the self-assessment process and its objectives on different occasions. The need for their involvement in the process was emphasized throughout this exercise. The PT held several meetings to develop measurable objectives and learning outcomes of the BS program. The opinion of the Department Planning & Advisory Committee was also sought on this matter. The PT met with the Scientific Groups of the Department to review the format of undergraduate courses and identify their objectives and learning outcomes that support the program objectives. The Scientific Groups set up various committees, which took charge of furnishing the information for each course in a specific format. This exercise involved almost every faculty member of the Department. Different questionnaires (see Appendix C) were used to seek feedback from graduating students, alumni, employers and faculty about the undergraduate program. The qualitative data received from these sources were analyzed. The PT also received the resume of the faculty members, which included their teaching assignments and research activities for the past five years. This information identifies the areas of strength of the Department. While going through the process of self-assessment, it was emphasized that this process was neither an exercise in data collection nor an effort of creating a positive image for the Department. It was to identify the areas where improvements can be made.


8

Criterion 1

Program Mission, Objectives and Outcomes

SAR Dept. of Math Sc. 9

1.1 Introduction

This chapter describes • The mission statement of the Department, • Measurable objectives and outcomes of the BS program in Mathematics, • Results of program’s assessment and suggested improvements, • Overall performance of the Department.

The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers a 4-year B.S. program as well as a graduate program leading to MS and Ph. D. degrees. Besides, the department is heavily involved in the teaching of mathematics and statistics courses in the colleges of Sciences, Engineering, Computer Science & Computer Engineering, Industrial Management and Environmental Design. The faculty of the department are quite productive in various areas of research and have maintained a good record of publications in journals of international repute.

1.2 Mission Statements 1. King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals The University’s mission is to provide essential instruction, research, and dissemination of knowledge, and through this process contribute to the economic development of the kingdom and render benefit to the public. 2. College of Sciences The College is committed to providing the best knowledge possible in basic and applied sciences. It strives to ensure high quality teaching, strong research activity, valuable service to community and effective contribution to the development of the country emphasizing high level of professionalism and Islamic values. 3. Department of Mathematical Sciences The mission of the department is threefold:

A. To provide quality teaching with the aim of establishing effective and innovative undergraduate and graduate programs that will contribute to the development of the much needed highly trained manpower in the Kingdom.

B. To enhance fundamental and applied research to a level comparable to that

of the contemporary leading centers of mathematics in the world.

C. To play an active role in the scientific and technological development of the University and the Kingdom through closer inter-departmental cooperation and development of interdisciplinary programs and through its commitment to broadening and deepening the mathematical training of students in all majors and at all levels.


1.3 Program Objectives

Standard 1-1: The program must have documented measurable objectives that support college and institution mission statements

Objectives: The undergraduate program in the Department of Mathematical Sciences should prepare the students to

1. acquire knowledge of mathematical concepts, develop analytical and critical thinking and analyze real life systems

2. do independent studies, communicate mathematical skills and acquire the skills of using mathematical software and technology

3. function in teams, develop oral and written communication skills, contribute to society with good professional manners and Islamic values and traditions.

The program objectives 1, 2 and 3 are in line with the University and College mission statements. Strategic plan: In order to achieve the program mission and objectives, the main elements of the strategic plan are outlined as follows:

1. Undergraduate Teaching

• Attract more students to the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics. • Hire and retain high quality faculty and support staff. • Improve the salary and compensation packages to attract high quality

faculty members. • Continually improve and update the course description and the textbooks

of math & stat courses. • Increase the use of technology in math & stat courses. • Introduce projects (individual or group) in math & stat courses.

2. Research

• Attract more students to the graduate program in mathematics. • Introduce Post Doctoral Fellowships in the department. • Encourage faculty members to apply for more funded projects. • Strengthen the areas of excellence in research in the Department. • Provide research grants for faculty members in addition to funded research

projects. • Support and encourage conference attendance for faculty members. • Encourage interdisciplinary research with other departments. • Invite local and international distinguished scholars to the Department to

give talks and/or lecture series.

3. Role in the University and the Kingdom

• Develop interdisciplinary courses and programs. • Encourage research cooperation with faculty members from other

departments and other universities in the Kingdom.


• Explore the research needs of the governmental and private sectors in the Kingdom.

Measurement of Objectives: The methods used to assess the program objectives are mostly based on surveys conducted through faculty, graduating students, alumni and employers. Most of the assessment tools were developed during the preparation of this self-assessment report. Based on the data obtained from the surveys, some measures will be identified to bring the improvement in the current program. Table 1.1 provides information on how each objective is measured. The recommendations made in this report will be forwarded to the Department for possible implementation. 1.4 Program Learning Outcomes

Standard 1-2: The program must have documented outcomes for graduating students. It must be demonstrated that outcomes support the program objectives and that graduating students are capable of performing these outcomes.

The PT, in consultation with some of the standing committees of the department, figured out the following program learning outcomes: The graduates of the mathematical sciences should be able to

1. analyze mathematical statements logically, 2. analyze physical statements logically, 3. prove or disprove mathematical statements, 4. use software for computational and Organizational purposes, 5. formulate conjectures, 6. demonstrate mathematical reasoning and problem solving, 7. apply mathematics to model, and solve, real life problems, 8. collect and analyze data and make inferences, 9. broaden and deepen mathematical knowledge independently, 10. pursue higher studies in mathematics and related fields, 11. function in teams, 12. communicate effectively, 13. communicate mathematical knowledge, 14. work independently, 15. function professionally and ethically.

Table 1.2 shows how the program outcomes are aligned with the program objectives.


Table 1.1: Program Objectives Assessment O b j e c t i v e

Performance Criteria

Assessment Method

When Assessed

Recommendations

Actions*

Knowledge of mathematical concepts

Surveys

Semester 042

Analytical and critical thinking.

-do- -do-

1

Analysis of real life problems

-do- -do- See Sec. 1.5

Independence in studies.

-do- -do- See Sec. 1.5

Communication skills in mathematics

-do- -do-

2

Acquiring skills in using mathematical or statistical software and technology.

-do- -do-

Team work -do- -do- See Sec. 1.5 Oral and written communication skills

-do- -do- See Sec. 1.5 3

Contribution to society with professional good manners and Islamic values and traditions

-do- -do-

will be considered

by the Department

after completion of the self-assessment

process


Table1.2: Program Outcomes vs Objectives Program

Objectives Program Outcomes

The students should have the ability to 1 2 3

1. analyze mathematical statements logically. x 2. analyze physical statements logically x 3. prove or disprove mathematical statements. x 3. use software for computational purposes. x 5. formulate conjectures. x 6. demonstrate mathematical reasoning and problem solving, x 7. apply mathematics to model and solve real life problems. x 8. collect and analyze data and make inferences. x 9. broaden and deepen mathematical knowledge independently x 10. pursue higher studies in mathematics and related fields. x x 11. function in teams x 12. communicate effectively. x 13. communicate mathematical knowledge. x 14. work independently x 15. function professionally and ethically. x

In order to assess the extent to which graduating/alumni students are performing the stated program learning outcomes/objectives, the PT reviewed randomly selected exams, homework, projects of different courses and also, the presentations and summer training reports of past few years. Furthermore, the assessment was conducted through surveys carried out on:

a. senior/junior students b. alumni c. employers

In addition, a survey among the existing faculty members was also conducted. In each survey, the respondents were asked to tick one of the choices for each query. The weights associated with each choice are given in the parentheses:

Very satisfied (4 pts); Satisfied (3 pts); Neutral (2 pts); Dissatisfied (1 pts); Very dissatisfied (0 pts);

It may be noted that students’ enrollment in the program is extremely low. Therefore, the PT extended the surveys, in some cases, to the past 10 years in order to collect more responses. It is worth-mentioning here that admission of students to any academic discipline at KFUPM is not confined to availability of seats in the relevant department; rather it is open to all students with an equal opportunity of entering into discipline of their own choice. Since KFUPM is a technical institution, a degree program in mathematics is not the first choice of the students.


1.5 Results of Program’s Assessment

Standard 1-3: The result of program’s assessment and the extent to which they are used to improve the program must be documented.

The assessment of the undergraduate program is based on certain items discussed in section 1.4. This is the first self-assessment of the program which takes into account certain surveys. As pointed out earlier, the Department has been living with a very low enrollment of undergraduate students. Because of this, the data received from the surveys was not adequate for drawing a definite conclusion about the strengths and weaknesses of the program. Therefore, concrete corrective measures cannot be suggested since the revised program was recently implemented. Nevertheless, some observations are put forward for future consideration. Three surveys were conducted to assess the extent to which math graduates are performing with reference to the program objectives and outcomes. Before getting into the details of the surveys, the following points are important to note:

1. At the time of conducting the surveys, the Department had only 8 students (4 senior, 2 junior, 2 sophomore and 0 freshman). This is the lowest ever enrollment in the program over the past 15 years. There was no graduating student at the end of the semester 042. Therefore, the graduating students’ survey was replaced by Junior/Senior students’ survey.

2. The number of graduates was very small over the past few years and

they did not update their addresses with the Department. A few alumni were traced out through personal efforts of the PT.

3. Most of the math graduates are working in two different environments:

• Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM • Other organizations like Kingdom’s high schools, colleges

and technical companies. Analyses of the alumni and employers’ responses were performed separately for the two different categories.

Assessment of program learning outcomes Our assessment of program learning outcomes is based on three factors:

• Review of exams, homework, projects, presentations and summer training reports.

• Senior/Junior Students Survey • Observations of the faculty


PT observations related to exams etc: Upon a review of syllabi, quizzes, exams, homework and students’ reports of randomly selected courses offered during the past years, the PT observed that

a. Course material is appropriately distributed in the syllabi over 15 weeks of the term.

b. Course syllabi do not explicitly specify the course-learning outcomes.

c. Students in the senior level single section courses are adequately tested by means of comprehensive and reasonably high level exams.

d. Some outcome related topics were not asked about in the exams/quizzes in some sections of multi-section courses. Apparently, no tool was used to measure the relevant outcome.

e. Assessment policy in multi-section courses in terms of giving quizzes as well as duration versus length of exams differs significantly in some sections of the same course.

f. Although most of the junior/senior students are unable to demonstrate appropriate writing skills in their courses, students’ reports submitted in MATH 399 and 490 reflect a good amount of guidance by the course supervisors.

g. In general, the quality of homework submitted by the students in lower level courses is poor. It appears that students do not pay proper attention while writing the solution of assigned problems. In some cases, copying from the solution manuals is also traced.

PT recommendations: Based on the above observations, the Department should take the following measures:

a. Course learning outcomes should be refined for all courses by the respective scientific groups.

b. The course learning outcomes should be included in the course syllabus. At the completion of the course, course learning outcomes achieved in the course should be included the in the instructor’s report.

c. Course assessment policy should be explicitly narrated in the instructor’s report.

d. A policy should be devised to improve the current set-up of coordination in the multi-section courses that ensures uniform coverage of course syllabi and hence, the course learning outcomes.

e. Number of homework problems assigned to the students from the textbooks is usually numerous in lower level courses. Such questions should be referred to the students as practice problems. A reasonable number of selective problems should be assigned for the homework and these problems should be properly graded so that students should be able to recognize their deficiencies. Since


the students have an access to the solution manuals, instructors may overcome this drawback by designing homework different from textbook problems.

Analysis of Senior/Junior Students Survey response: 6 senior/junior students of the Department responded to the survey. Table 1.3 specifies rating of each response.

Table: 1.3: Senior/Junior Students Survey

Ave 1 The program is effective in developing analytic and solving skills 3

2 The program is effective in developing independent thinking 2.67

3 The program is adequate for pursuing higher studies 2.67 4 The program is effective in developing communication skills 2.67 5 The program is effective in enhancing team- work abilities. 0.83 6 The program is effectively administered to support learning 2 7 The program is well designed in all aspects 1.5

Legend. Ave: Average Response of 6 senior/junior students at the scale of 4.

Observations related to Senior/Junior Students Survey:

According to the students’ response,

I. the program is: • Effective in developing analytic and solving skills, • Slightly adequate for pursuing higher studies, • Slightly effective in developing communication skills.

II. the program is

• Not effectively administered to support learning, • Not very well designed in all aspects, • Almost devoid of enhancing team- work abilities.

Students’ comments about the program:

I. Positive aspects: a. Involves applications of Math b. Develops communications skills

II. Negative aspects: i. Lack of developing independent thinking

ii. Lack of developing team- work abilities iii. Textbooks need to be changed iv. New edition of texts is required v. Textbooks should be understandable.

vi. Lack of contact between students and instructors PT comments: It is important to observe that mathematics is not a field of choice of almost all the students admitted to the University. Some of the students with very low GPA who are dropped from other disciplines change their major field and pursue their


studies in mathematics. Currently, the enrollment in the math program is so low that the Department has no graduating student at the time (Term 042) of the survey. It is for this reason that the survey was conducted on a total of six senior/junior students – most of them past dropout of other disciplines as remarked earlier. PT recommendations: Based on the above comments, the survey response and the students’ comments, the PT makes the following recommendations:

• No significant weight should be given to the results of the survey. The sample is bad: it consists of mostly ailing students.

• PT recommendations provided at page 20 take care of the students comments (i)-(ii)

• Keeping in view the level of readability, some textbooks for the courses like MATH 311 and 411 must be changed.

Faculty point of view: As a part of the survey, the faculty members were asked to indicate how much they are satisfied with the type of teaching, and with their interaction with the students. An average response of 54 faculty members is given in Table 1.4

Table: 1.4: Faculty Survey Related to the Program (Part of Table 5.3) Ave 3 Type of teaching/research you currently do. 3.59 4 Your interaction with students. 3.22

Ave: Average Response of 54 faculty members of the Department on a scale of 4.

PT comments: According to the survey response, the faculty appear to be satisfied with the type of teaching they do and with their interaction with the students.

Assessment of program objectives The program objectives were measured on the basis of

i. Alumni survey. ii. Employer survey

Most of the alumni are currently working in companies and educational institutions outside KFUPM. Nevertheless, there are some alumni who hold faculty position in the Department. Therefore, the responses of alumni and employers were analyzed separately. The details are provided in Tables 1.5-1.6.


Table: 1.5: Alumni Survey Table: 1.6: Employer Survey

A M K

A S C

Knowledge 1 Mathematical skills 3.7 3.7 2 Science and technology 2.7 3.5

3 Problem formulation and solving skills 3.2 3.5

4 Collecting and analyzing data 3 3.2

5 Ability to link theory to practice 2.5 3.2

6 Computer knowledge 3 2.5 Communication skills 1 Oral communication 3 3.3 2 Report writing 2.2 3.2 3 Presentation skill 3 3.3 Interpersonal skills 1 Ability to work in teams 2.7 3.8 2 Independent thinking 3.2 3.7

3 Appreciation to ethical values 3.7 3.4

4 Professional development 3.5 3.5 Work skills 1 Time management skills 2.7 3.3 2 Judgment 2.7 3.3 3 Discipline 3.5 2.8

E K M

E S C

Knowledge 1 Mathematical skills 3 3.6 2 Science and technology 3 3.4

3 Problem formulation and solving skills 1 3.4

4 Collecting and analyzing data --- 2.8

5 Ability to link theory to practice 2 3.4

6 Computer knowledge 3 3 Communication skills 1 Oral communication 3 3.6 2 Report writing 0 3.2 3 Presentation skill 1 3.4 Interpersonal skills 1 Ability to work in teams 3 3.6 2 Leadership 2 3.2 3 Independent thinking 3 3.6 4 Motivation 3 2.8 5 Reliability 3 3.4

6 Appreciation to ethical values 4 3.8

Work skills 1 Time management skills 2 3.6 2 Judgment 3 3.6 3 Discipline 4 3.6

Legend Legend

AMK: Average Response of 4 Alumni working in Dept. Math. Sc. KFUPM.

EMK: Average Response of the Employer from the Dept. Math. Sc. KFUPM.

ASC: Average Response of 11 Alumni working in the Kingdom’s high schools, colleges and technical organizations

ESC: Average Response of 5 Employers from the Kingdom’s high schools, colleges and technical organizations

.


Observations related to Alumni Survey: • 11 alumni working in organizations outside KFUPM are generally satisfied

with the learning outcomes of the program. However, they are less satisfied with the contribution of the program related to

Computer knowledge Discipline.

• 4 alumni working as lecturers in the Department of Mathematical Sciences,

KFUPM, have neutral opinion (more inclined towards satisfaction) about the items related to

a. Science and technology b. Ability to link theory to practice c. Ability to work in teams d. Time management skills e. Judgment

However, they are not satisfied with Report Writing skill.

• Alumni asked for inclusion of a core course on Geometry.

PT comments: As a part of the BS program in mathematical sciences,

• Students take two courses in Physics and two in Chemistry. A student may take 5 courses (as free electives) in the engineering departments if interested to have knowledge in technology.

• There are two courses available in the area of geometry which the students may take as math electives. The core requirement already consists of 30 credit hours. Adding another course in this requirement will make the program rigid.

The core courses Math 399 and 490 are partially based on report writing and presentation. PT recommendations: In order to have further improvement on the items b-e,

• The Department should encourage the faculty to assign joint projects based on real life problems to their junior/senior students.

• Every individual should be asked to submit a project report in the proper format within a time limit.

• The students should also be encouraged to give presentation on their project reports or some topic related to the course.

PT comments related to Employer Survey:

• 4 employers from high schools, colleges and a technical organization indicated their satisfaction regarding the performance of the Department’s alumni. However, their rating is below the level of satisfaction on


Collecting and analyzing data Motivation

• KFUPM as an employer showed concern on the following items:

Report writing (Very dissatisfied) Problem formulation and solving skills (Dissatisfied) Presentation skill (Dissatisfied) Ability to link theory to practice (Neutral) Time management skills (Neutral) Leadership (Neutral)

PT comments and recommendations: Apart from KFUPM, other employers are satisfied with the performance of KFUPM graduates. Based on the above comments and the survey responses, PT put forward the following views and recommendations:

Comments: Strengths and weaknesses of the program

The structure of the program is essentially strong and meets the program objectives in all areas: Knowledge, Communication, Interpersonal Skills and Work Skills. No definite deficiency is revealed by the employers and the alumni working outside KFUPM. However, the survey response of both KFUPM (as an employer) and the alumni working in the Department indicates the weaknesses of the program on certain items which are mostly related to communication and work skills.

Recommendations: Significant future development programs The Department should plan to

1. recruit a significant number of able students. 2. tightly control the transfer of ailing students to the Department.

One approach: Only allow the transfer of students whose GPA in mathematics is at least 2.5.

3. design new courses and review the contents of some of the existing courses to reflect the technological trends in the field of mathematics. The steps taken in this direction should be deliberate, wise and sound. Rushed steps will produce negative and serious side effects.

4. introduce Computer Algebra Systems (CAS) as a compulsory component in specific courses, e.g., MATH 101, 102, 201, 202, 280, 301.

5. look into the following suggestion made by the Berkeley Team again (see

p.6): “We recommend that both Math 201 and 202 should be made into classes with 4 credits.”

and forward the emerging viewpoint to the University


1.6 Periodic Assessment of the Department

Standard 1-4: The department must assess its overall performance periodically using quantifiable measures.

The quantifiable measures considered for the overall performance of the Department and the data concerning these measures are as follows: Students’ enrollment data: The data related to the number of undergraduate and graduate students enrolled in the Department for the last three academic years (Table 1.7), the number of graduating students in the program and the number of students graduating with honor (Table 1.8), student-faculty ratio (Table 1.10), and average graduating grade point average per semester (Table 1.9) are given below.

Table 1.7: Students Enrollment during 2001-2004 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

BS 23 15 11 MS 6 + 5* 6 + 5* 6 + 6*

Ph.D. 2 2 2 * Part time MS students

Table 1.8: Number of Graduates during 2001-2004

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Graduates (BS) 9 3 1 Graduates (MS) 0 4 4

Graduates (Ph.D.) 1 0 0 BS Graduates with

honor 0 0 0

Table 1.9: Average GPA of BS Graduates during 2001-2004

2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 Average GPA 2.454 2.525 2.041

Table 1.10: Student-Faculty Ratio* during 2001-2004 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04

Professorial rank faculty

51 53 54

‘Math Students’-Faculty ratio

0.61 0.43 0.36

‘University Students’-Faculty ratio

98.04 94.34 92.59

* It may be kept in view that the Department registers approximately 5000 students per semester in various math/stat courses which are required by other departments. The ‘math students’-faculty ratio does not reflect the overall teaching responsibilities of the Department faculty. Therefore, the teaching load for the Department may be determined on the basis of ‘University Students-Faculty ratio’.


Employers’ satisfaction: Based on the survey, the employers are strongly satisfied with the math graduates with their ethical values and ability to work in teams. In general, they are satisfied with their overall performance. However, the Department, as an employer, is not satisfied with the communication skills of the graduates. Teaching evaluation: The information regarding average teaching evaluation by the students for all courses over the period of the last three academic years is provided at the scale of 10 in the following table:

Table: 1.11: Average Teaching Evaluation of all Courses for 2001-2004 Semester Number of

Courses Number of

Sections Average Evaluation

011 20 195 8.43 012 25 204 8.26 021 23 192 8.36 022 24 190 8.00 031 23 161 8.23 032 27 180 8.08

Research activities: The professorial rank faculty are actively involved in research related to various areas of mathematics and statistics. Several faculty members maintain a high research profile throughout the academic year. This is clearly evidenced in the Distinguished University Research Award received by the faculty members of the Department over the past years and by the research productivity which is summarized in Table 1.12 for the last three academic years.

Table: 1.12 Average Journal & Conference Publications and Funded Projects for 2001-2004

Ave. Journal Pub. Per Faculty/Year

Ave. Conference Pub. Per Faculty/Year

Total # of Funded Research Projects

2 0.2 16 Community services: The Department holds weekly Math Colloquium and Math Education Seminars which are appreciated and well-attended by the University community. As a part of a faculty development program, the Department holds full semester Lecture Series on various topics under the auspices of different Scientific Groups. The faculty members of other departments also attend these lectures. The Department invites 2-4 visitors every semester from different parts of the world. These visitors are involved in several research and teaching activities that include collaborative research work, technical seminars, 1-3 day workshops, and a short lecture series in a specific area of mathematics. The faculty also participates in editorial activities by working on the editorial boards of some math/stat journals or refereeing journal/conference articles.


The Department offers short courses off and on for the high school teachers. These courses attract a good number of math instructors from various parts of the kingdom. A partial list of community services is provided in Table 1.13.

Table 1.13: Community Services during the period 2001-2004 Year Seminars Workshops Lecture-Series Short

Courses 2001-02 45 0 0 1 2002-03 52 1 3 1 2003-04 48 1 5 2

Availability of administrative services: Administrative services related to IT, library and secretarial support were conducted as a part of faculty survey. The following question was asked in the survey: What are the programs/factors currently available in your department that enhance motivation and job satisfaction? The response of the faculty is as follows. Table 1.14: Faculty response to availability of administrative services (See Page 55)

7 Administrative support from the department 3.6 Average Response of 54 faculty members of the Department at the scale of 4.

PT comments: According to the response (3.6/4), the faculty are satisfied with the administrative services provided by the Department. In addition, they made some comments which are rephrased as follows:

• Non-availability of good software to support technology based teaching • Inadequate availability of IT for use in teaching etc • Non-availability of research material & uninterrupted website availability • The department is really strong and encourages faculty members to keep

on research and offers excellent facilities • Availability of an Excellent Library • Inadequate availability of smart rooms • Adequate computing facilities • Adequate availability of books, computers, software • Inadequate availability of Computer Labs • Inadequate availability of technical support • Adequate Photocopying Facility & Printing facility available in the

Department • Technological equipment and support are good. • Availability of a good department library.


Criterion 2

Curriculum Design and Organization


2.1 Introduction This section describes the structure of the current undergraduate program in mathematical sciences. It provides the breakdown of the curriculum which reflects how the program’s objectives and outcomes are achieved in accordance with the guideline of Criterion 1. The basic information about the program’s curriculum is as follows:

A. Title of degree program: The degree title of the program appearing on the official University transcript is:

Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences

B. Definition of credit hour: One semester credit hour represents 15 fifty-minute classes during a semester. An academic year extends over two semesters, each consisting of 15 weeks of classes excluding the period required for final exams.

C. Degree plan: The curriculum flow chart showing the prerequisites for the

program courses is given in Figure 2.1.

D. Curriculum breakdown: The program requirements are indicated in Table 2.1 while Table 2.2 provides curriculum breakdown in terms of basic sciences, major requirements, general education and other requirements.

E. Course descriptions: The description of all BS courses offered by the

Department is given in Volume II. This information includes

a. Course title

b. Course contents as given in the KFUPM catalog

c. Course objectives

d. Course learning outcomes

e. Textbook(s)

f. Syllabus breakdown by lectures

g. Computer usage, if any.

A comparative study of academic requirements for BS program in Mathematical Sciences at KFUPM with that at 3 US institutions is also presented in this section.


Fig. 2.1: Math/Stat courses flow chart for BS Math program


Table 2.1: Requirements for the program

a) General Education Requirements (61 credit hours) Credit Hours English ENGL 101, 102 6

ENGL 214 3 Communication Skills IAS 101, 201, 301 6

Computing ICS 101 3 Mathematics MATH 101, 102, 201, 202 14

CHEM 101, 102 8 Natural Sciences PHYS 101, 102 8

Islamic & Arabic Studies IAS 111, 211, 322, 4xx 8 Social & Behavioral Sciences One GS course 3 Physical Education PE 101, 102 2

Total 61 b) Mathematics Core Requirements (30 credit hours) Introduction to Sets & Structures MATH 232 3 Introduction to Linear Algebra MATH 280 3 Methods of Applied Mathematics MATH 301 3 Advanced Calculus I MATH 311 3 Introduction to Numerical Computing MATH 321 3 Modern Algebra I MATH 345 3 Summer Training MATH 399 2 Advanced Calculus II MATH 411 3 Introduction to Complex Variables MATH 430 3 Seminar in Mathematics MATH 490 1 Introduction to Statistics STAT 201 3

Total 30 c) Electives (30 credit hours) 1. Math Electives (15 credit hours): Besides the core requirement, a student must satisfactorily complete at least 15 credits of mathematics courses in consultation with his advisor. The selection of these courses should be made with a definite goal in mind with at least 9 credit hours from one of the following groups: Pure Mathematics MATH 330, 355, 412, 421, 425, 431 Applied Mathematics and Numerical Analysis

MATH 401, 431, 442, 460, 465, 470 MATH 471, 472, 480, 485, 495

Statistics STAT 301, 302, 310, 325, 365, 415, 430, 435, 440

2. Free Electives (15 credit hours): In addition, the students are required to complete at least 15 credits of free elective courses which must include at least 9 credit hours of non-math courses. At least two of these elective courses must be numbered 300 or above. These courses should not be chosen at random but rather with a definite objective in mind so as to form an integrated part of the degree program.

Total requirements: 121 credit hours


Table 2.2: Curriculum Breakdown

Year (Semester)

Course Number

Credit Hours

Remark

MATH 001 4 ENGL 001 8

ME 001 1

Prep-Year (Semester 1) PE 001 1

MATH 002 4 ENGL 002 8

ME 002 1

Prep-Year (Semester 2) PE 002 1

Prep-Year Program is a non-credit 1-year pre-BS Program

4-Year BS Program in Mathematical Sciences Category (Credit hours)

Year (Semester)

Course

Number

Sciences Math Major

(Gen. & Core) Languages &

Communication Skills

Social Sciences

Remarks

CHEM 101 4 ENGL 101 3

ICS 101 3 MATH 101 3

PE 101 1

Freshman

(Semester 1)

PHYS 101 4 CHEM 102 4 ENGL 102 3

IAS 111 2 MATH 102 4

PE 102 2 1

Freshman

(Semester 2)

PHYS 102 4 ENGL 214 3

IAS 211 2 MATH 201 3 MATH 232 3

Sophomore (Semester 1)

STAT 201 3 GS xxx 3 IAS 101 2

MATH 202 3 MATH 280 3

Sophomore (Semester 2)

MATH 345 3 IAS 322

MATH 301 3 MATH 311 3 MATH 321 3

Junior

(Semester 1) XXXX xxx 3 Free Elect

IAS 201 2 MATH 411 3 MATH xxx 3 Math Elect MATH xxx 3 Math Elect

Junior

(Semester 2) XXXX xxx Free Elect

Summer Session: MATH 399 (Summer Training) 2 credit hours IAS 301 2

MATH xxx 3 Math Elect MATH xxx 3 Math Elect XXXX xxx 3 Free Elect

Senior


IAS 4xx 2 MATH 430 3 MATH 490 3 MATH xxx 3 Math Elect

Senior



2.2 Consistency of Curriculum with Program Objectives

Standard 2-1: The curriculum must be consistent and support the program’s documented objectives.

Table 2.4 describes the matrix that links the courses to program learning outcomes which has been narrated in section 1.4. PT comments: Program learning outcomes have been incorporated in Table 2.4 from the write-ups of math/stat courses prepared by different faculty members. Some of the courses like MATH 355, 431 and STAT 301, 302, 310, 325, 365, 415, 430, 435, 440 introduced recently in the revised program have never been offered. It may be worth mentioning that program learning outcomes 9-14 (see pages 10-11) are desired in most of the junior/senior level math/stat courses. However, these outcomes are not explicitly reflected in the write-ups. PT recommendations: The Department should ask the faculty to specify clearly the measures which assure the existence of all or some of the outcomes “9, 10, …,14” in higher level courses. For example, the course objectives and outcomes should clearly reflect the involvement of students in individual/joint projects or presentation of an advanced level material related to a course topic. Table 2.4 should be updated accordingly. 2.3 Characteristics of Course Contents

Standard 2-2: Theoretical background, problems analysis and solution design must be stressed within the program’s core material.

Table 2.3 indicates the math/stat courses in the degree plan which provide at least 30% exposure to theoretical background, problem analysis or solution techniques.

Table 2.3: Nature of contents of math/stat courses Elements Courses

Theoretical background MATH 232, 311, 330, 345, 355, 401, 421, 425, 430, 431, 440, 442, 450, 455, 460, 465, 470, 471, 472, 480, 485. STAT 201,301, 302, 310, 325, 365, 415, 430, 435, 440

Problem analysis MATH 301, 305, 311, 399, 401, 421, 425, 431, 442, 450, 452, 460, 465, 490, 485, 495. STAT 201,301, 302, 310, 325, 465, 415, 430, 440

Solution Techniques MATH 101, 102, 201, 202, 280, 301, 321, 330, 355, 430, 440, 452, 455, 460, 465, 470, 471, 472, 480, 490, 495


Table 2.4: Matrix linking the courses of the program to the program outcomes

Program Outcomes Category Courses 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

ENGL 101, 102 x ENGL 214 x x

IAS 101, 201, 301 x ICS 101 x x

MATH 101, 102 x x x MATH 201, 202 x x x x CHEM 101, 102 x x PHYS 101, 102 x x x

IAS 111, 211, 322, 4XX x GS XXX

General Requirement

(61 cr hr)

PE 101, 102 x MATH 232 x x x x MATH 280 x x x MATH 301 x x x MATH 311 x x x x x MATH 321 x x x x MATH 345 x x x x x MATH 399 x x x x x x x MATH 411 x x x x MATH 430 x x x x MATH 490 x x x x x x x

Core Requirement

(30 cr hr)

STAT 201 x x x x MATH 330 x x x x MATH 355 x x x MATH 401 x x x x MATH 412 x x x x MATH 421 x x x x MATH 425 x x x x x MATH 431 x x x x x x x x MATH 440 x x x x MATH 442 x x x MATH 450 x x x MATH 452 x x x x x x MATH 455 x x x x MATH 460 x x x x MATH 465 x x x x MATH 470 x x x x MATH 471 x x x x MATH 472 x x x x MATH 480 x x x x MATH 485 x x x x x MATH 495 x x x x x STAT 301 x x x x STAT 302 x x x STAT 310 x x x x STAT 325 x x x STAT 365 x x STAT 415 x x x STAT 430 x x x x STAT 435 x x x x

Math/Stat Electives (15 cr hr)

STAT 440 x x x x x x MATH 305 x x x x MATH 499 x x x x

Free Electives (15 cr hr) XXXX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15


2.4 Comparative Study of Curriculum Requirements There is no accreditation body at the international level which specifies uniform characteristics of BS program in mathematics as desired in the following standards:

Standard 2-3: The program must satisfy the basic sciences requirements for the program as specified by the respective accreditation body.

Standard 2-4: The curriculum must satisfy the major requirements for the program as specified by the respective accreditation body.

Standard 2-5: The curriculum must satisfy humanity, social sciences, arts, ethical and other discipline requirements for the program as specified by the respective accreditation body.

Therefore, the Standards 2-3, 2-4 and 2-5 cannot be met directly for the sake of comparison. Some regional bodies in North America, Europe and Australia, however, accredit BS programs as a whole for their regional institutions. There are six regional accrediting organizations for US universities as narrated in Accreditation of Universities by Ronald B. Standler (http://www.rbs2.com). They accredit all degrees, in all subject areas, in a university. Minimum academic requirements have been set since the year 1970 which apply to all bachelor's degrees from an accredited university in the USA. These requirements are given in Appendix B. The BS program of the Department meets most of these requirements. The PT also made a survey of BS programs in Mathematics at some US institutions. Most of these programs require a student to complete 120-125 credit hours. Tables 2.5-2.10 provide a comparative study of various requirements of the BS degree in Mathematics at

• KFUPM • Pennsylvania State University • California State University, Chico • Washington State University.


http://www.rbs2.com/

Table 2.5: Basic Sciences Requirements Courses

Category KFUPM Pennsylvania St Uni

California St Uni

Washington St Uni

Computing

ICS 101/102/103 (3)

1 Course (3)

1 Course (3)

1 Course (4)

Basic Math

*

1 Course (3)

Sciences CHEM 101, 102 PHYS 101, 102 (16)

3 Courses (9) 2 Courses (6) 3 Courses (12)

Total Credit Hours 19 12 12 16 * KFUPM offers 2 non-credit Math courses in its Prep-Year Math Program.

Table 2.6: Mathematics General & Core Requirements Courses


California St Uni

Washington St Uni

First Year Seminar (1) Calculus Sequence MATH 101, 102,

201 (11) 3Courses (12) 3 Courses

(12) 3 Courses (10)

Intr Differential Equations

MATH 202 (3) ODE & PDE (4) 1 Course (4) 1 Course (3)

Sets & Structures MATH 232 (3) Discrete Math (3)

Methods of Proof (3)

Math Reasoning (3)

Intr Linear Algebra MATH 280 (3) Matrices (2) 1 Course (3) 1 Course (2)

Methods of Applied Math

MATH 301 (3)

Advanced Calculus; Intr Complex Variable

MATH 311, 411 (6) MATH 430 (3)

Real Analys (3) Classical Analys (3) Complex Analys (3)

Adv Calculus I (3)

Adv Calculus II or Complex Analys (3)

Analysis I & II (6)

Numerical Computing MATH 321 (3) 1 Course (3)

(Adv) Algebraic Structures

MATH 345 (3) Algebra or Linear Algeb (3)

1 Course (3)

(Adv) Linear Algebra 1 Courses (3) 1 Course (3) Geometry Intr to Statistics STAT 201 (3) Prob & Stat (3) Prob & Stat (3) Prob & Stat (3) Math History 1 Course (1) Summer Training MATH 399 (2) Seminar in Math MATH 490 (1) Total Credit Hours 44 31 37 34


Table 2.7: Math Electives & Free Electives Requirements

Courses Category KFUPM Pennsylvania

St Uni California

St Uni Washington

St Uni Math Electives 5 Courses (15) 8 Courses (24) 3 Courses (9) 4 Courses (12) Free Electives (with Concentration)

5 Courses (15) 4 Courses (12) 3 Courses (9) 7 Courses (21)

Total Credit Hours 30 36 18 33

Table 2.8: Language & Communication Skills Requirements

Courses Category KFUPM Pennsylvania

St Uni California

St Uni Washington

St Uni English Composition ENGL 101,102

(6) ----

----

-----

Communication Skills (Oral)

1 Course (3) 1 Course (3) 1 Course (3)

Communication Skills (Written)

ENGL 214 (3) 1 Course (3) 1 Course (3)

3 Courses (9)

Mathematics & Writing

1 Course (3)

Critical Thinking 1 Course (3) Life Time Learning 1 Course (3) Languages other than English

IAS 101, 201, 301 (6)

2 Courses (8)

Total Credit Hours 15 14 15 12

Table 2.9: Humanity, Social Sciences, Ethics Requirements Courses


California St Uni

Washington St Uni

Religion Studies & Ethics

IAS 111, 211, 322, 4xx (8)

Social & Behavioral Sciences

GS xxx (3) 3 Courses (6) 3 Courses (9) 2 Courses (6)

Physical Education PE 101, 102 (2) 3 Courses (3) Humanities 3 Courses (6) 2 Courses (6) Arts 3 Courses (6) 1 Courses (3)

3 Courses (9)

Cultural Diversity 1 Courses (3) 2 Courses (6) 1 Courses (3) US, History, Culture/Constitution

1 Courses (3) 2 Courses (6)

World Civilization 2 Courses (6) Gen Edu Upper Div 3 Courses (9) 1 Course (3) Total Credit Hours 13 27 39 27


Table 2.10: Credit Hours Allocated to Various Requirements

Credit Hours Requirement KFUPM Pennsylvania

St Uni California

St Uni Washington

St Uni Basic Sciences 19 12 12 16 Mathematics Core 44 31 37 34 Math Electives 15 24 9 12

Free Electives 15 12 9 21 Language & Communication Skills….etc.

15 14 15 12

Humanity, Social Sciences, Ethics, … etc

13 27 39 27

Total Credit Hours 121 120 121 122 PT observations:

• The credit hours allocated to the basic sciences at KFUPM are on the higher side with respect to that at the other three institutions.

• The credit hours allocated to Math General, Math Core, Math Electives and Free Electives at KFUPM are also on the higher side with a couple of exceptions (notice the bold numbers 24 and 21 in Table 2.10) among the four institutions.

• The requirements related to language and communication skills are almost at par in the four institutions.

• The humanity and social sciences requirements at KFUM are far less than that allocated at the US institutions. In fact, these requirements at KFUPM are mostly restricted to the courses related to religion studies & ethics.

PT recommendations:

In the wake of new cultural and social trends at the global level, the students should be provided an adequate exposure of various characteristics of different cultures and communities. The PT recommends that the Department should look into this matter and discuss it with appropriate university authorities. In particular, the category of basic sciences should be re-structured by decreasing the number of courses, whereas the addition of courses under the category of humanity, social sciences and ethics should be considered by the Department.

2.5 Information Technology Component

Standard 2-6: Information technology component of the curriculum must be integrated throughout the program.

One of the freshman level courses ICS 101 (Computer Programming), ICS 102 (Introduction to Computing) and ICS 103 (Computer Programming in C) is required for the undergraduate program in mathematical sciences. MATH 321 (Introduction to


Numerical Computing) is a core course in which Fortran programming is required. Programming is also required in some of the senior level courses like MATH 471, 472, 480, 485 and 495. In these courses the instructors assign computer based homework and projects that require computer use. In addition, Computer Algebra Systems (CAS) such as Matlab, Mathematica, Maple and Mathcad are usually opted for in elementary courses, like MATH 101, 102, 201 (Calculus I, II, III) by the instructors. The students are also required to submit a computer-typed reports for MATH 399 (Summer Training) and MATH 490 (Seminar in Mathematics). Also some instructors demand the submission of type-written projects for the junior/senior level courses. Some faculty members direct students to visit their web pages or WebCT accounts. Therefore, students’ competency in computer usage is required for the program. A summary of computer usage in various courses is given in Table 2.11. PT comments: From Table 2.11

a. it appears that Computer Algebra System (CAS) can be involved in several math/stat courses. However, its involvement merely relies on the choice of a course instructor and not on its absolute necessity for the course.

b. The use of WebCT and other IT components are not specified for any course although several math/stat faculty members maintain their WebCT accounts and would like to use smart classrooms for their courses.

PT recommendations:

a. The Department should adopt a policy which specifies a minimum application of CAS in the courses where it is necessarily required to benefit the program, particularly, in low level courses requiring a unified teaching approach.

b. The faculty members should be consistently encouraged to use WebCT accounts to support learning.

c. The Department should identify the courses for which smart classrooms necessarily improve the quality of teaching. Reservation of smart classrooms for such courses should be arranged with the registrar office at the time of pre-registration.


Table 2.11: IT Component in the Program Courses

Course Computer Usage/IT Component MATH 001, 002 CD with textbook, Old exams on the web, HW and exam solution on the we

MATH 101, 102, 201, 202 Some Computer Algebra Systems could be used to solve many exercises MATH 232 In the 2nd part of the course, some Computer Algebra Systems could be used MATH 280 Some Computer Algebra Systems could be used to solve many exercises MATH 301 Some Computer Algebra Systems could be used to solve many exercises MATH 305 Computers may used for presenting Arab and Muslim Manuscripts MATH 311 None MATH 321 Computer programming is a must in this course MATH 330 Computers could be used to explore the history of the subject MATH 345 Computer Algebra Systems Could be used to handle many exercises MATH 355 Computer Algebra Systems could be used to enhance students’ familiarity with

the concepts of the course MATH 399 May require computer according to the nature of training MATH 401 Matlab integration is recommended for the perturbation problems MATH 411 None MATH 412 None MATH 421 None MATH 425 Computers are used to implement several algorithms related to graphs,

enumeration problems and counting MATH 430 Matlab integration is recommended for many problems MATH 431 None MATH 440 Computers are used to enhance the visualization of curves and surfaces Internet

is used to explore the history of the subject MATH 442 None MATH 450 Computer Algebra Systems could be used occasionally, e.g., in the

classification of finite groups MATH 452 None MATH 455 Computer Algebra Systems could be used for computational purposes MATH 460 Matlab is used MATH 465 None MATH 470 Computer Algebra Systems could be used to solve many initial and boundary

value problems MATH 471 FORTRAN programming; use of numerical software like LINPACK,

EISPACK, LAPACK packages MATH 472 FORTRAN programming, Matlab and use of numerical software like

LINPACK, EISPACK, LAPACK packages MATH 480 Matlab is used to enhance understanding. Computers are used for presentation

of materials MATH 485 Matlab is used to implement procedures. Material presentation carried through

computers MATH 490 Computers may be used depending on the project MATH 495 Matlab is used to implement procedures. Material presentation carried through

computers MATH 499 Depending on the contents of course (Topics in Mathematics) STAT 201 None STAT 302 None STAT 310 STATISTICA package may be used STAT 325 None STAT 365 STATISTICA MINITAB package may be used STAT 415 None STAT 430 It needs STATISTICA package STAT 435 It needs STATISTICA and SAS packages STAT 440 It needs STATISTICA and SAS packages


2.6 Oral and Written Communication Skills

Standard 2-7: Oral and written communication skills of the students must be developed and applied in the program.

KFUPM has a uniform requirement of communication skills for its undergraduate students in both Arabic and English languages. The Department of Islamic and Arabic Studies (IAS) teaches Arabic courses while English courses are offered by the English Language Centre (ELC). Arabic Program: Arabic, being the native language of the country, is given due attention in the program. The Arabic courses, offered by the Department of Islamic and Arabic Studies, enrich the students’ proficiency in written and spoken Arabic. These courses include IAS 101 (Practical Grammar), IAS 201 (Objective Writing) and IAS 301 (Literary Styles). English Program: To assure competence in written communication in English, two courses at the level of Preparatory-Year (15 contact and 7 credit hours), two courses on composition and a course in Technical Report Writing (3 credit hours each) at university level are offered respectively by the Prep-Year English Program (PYEP) and the University English Program (UEP). The objectives of the two programs are as follows: Objectives of PYEP: Two courses ENGL 001 and ENGL 002 are structured as workshop/laboratory courses, allowing students to progress at different rates. The Writing Laboratory offers tutorials and other resources which provide each student a personalized curriculum for developing writing skills. The PYEP seeks to improve the English proficiency of students to a level that enables them to begin their college studies in technical fields. This involves:

• Building an adequate core of technical and sub-technical vocabulary. • Developing the necessary skills in reading, listening, writing and speaking. Of

special relevance to technical students is the “use of non-prose materials (e.g., charts and diagrams) to anticipate and interpret written materials.”

• Developing and improving grammatical competence. Objectives of the UEP: Following successful completion of the PYEP, students move to the freshman level and take English courses in a three-semester sequence in the UEP with the following objectives:

• Building on reading and writing skills taught in the PYEP. • Focusing on three areas: composition, reading, and dictionary use.


Math courses requiring technical writing and presentations: Opportunities are provided for the development of competence in oral and written English in some of the math courses. Communication skills are monitored and evaluated through course assessment procedures by the math faculty. Written reports and oral presentations are required for MATH 399 (Summer Training) MATH 490 (Seminar in Mathematics).


Criterion 3

Computing Facilities


3.1 Introduction Some of the courses concerning numerical analysis, statistics, introductory differential equations and linear algebra partly involve numerical computing. The Department has also introduced an interactive CD based on the material of MATH 001-002 over the past few years. In addition, some instructors provide exposure of a math software package, e.g., Matlab, Mathematica, Mathcad and Maple to their students. In this regard, the Department of Mathematical Sciences operates three computing labs, two at the Prep-Year Level and one for the BS program. The details of the computing labs are given below: i. Prep-Year level:

A. LAB Title: Prep-Year Math Labs B. Location and Area: Portable 11(OAB): CAL 17, CAL 22 C. Objectives: Use of interactive CD based on course material; introduction of

software; solving computerized practice exams and quizzes D. Adequacy for Instruction: Each lab accommodates 30 students E. Course taught: MATH 001, 002 F. Software available if applicable: Larson’s CD, MATLAB G. Major equipment: 30 PC’s, Server, Smart Classroom environment H. Safety regulations: Not available in the labs

ii. Higher level:

A. LAB Title: Math Lab B. Location and Area: Building 5, Room 202 C. Objectives: To be used for computational work; to conduct workshops. D. Adequacy for Instruction: Enough for 35 students/participants. E. Course taught: STAT 319; MATH 260, 321, 471, 472 F. Software available if applicable: Statistical and math software packages G. Major equipment: 40 PC’s, Printer, Server, Smart Classroom environment H. Safety regulations: Posted in the lab

3.2 Computer Lab Manuals

Standard 3-1: Lab manuals/documentation/instructions must be available and readily accessible to faculty and students.

A. The students are usually aware of operating the desk computers. They do not

require any specific manual for operating the lab computers. B. There are two one-page manuals prepared for the prep-year students, which

help them operate the “Larson’s CD based on the course text material” and the “Graphing Calculator”. Soft copies of both manuals are available in the labs.


C. An exclusive Matlab software manual has been designed for the prep-year

students. It is not mandatory for the students to use this software for their prep-level courses. However, they are encouraged to take advantage of this facility and get awareness of the software with the help of this manual.

D. Documents related to Statistica, Minitab, Mathematica, Matlab and Scientific

Workplace are available in the Department library.

E. Instructors usually design brief manuals while introducing a software package to their students.

F. Handouts are prepared for the workshops which are specially organized for the

faculty on various usages of computers. 3.3 Technical Support

Standard 3-2: There must be adequate support personnel for the instruction and maintaining the labs.

Instructors remain available in the labs for their courses. There are two technical assistants one for taking care of Math Lab (R 5-202) and one for taking care of both Prep-Year Math Labs. They also help the faculty members with their computer related minor hardware or software problems. ITC usually takes care of the major hardware problem. 3.4 Computing Infrastructure & Facilities

Standard 3-3: The University computing infrastructure and facilities must be adequate to support program’s objective.

A. At present, computing labs are required for the courses related to numerical

analysis and statistics. For other courses instructor may, on his own discretion, assign computer-based homework or projects.

B. There is only one lab properly equipped with multi-media system in the

Department. In each term, the Lab Coordinator allocates time slots to the course instructors of Statistics and Numerical Analysis. Sometimes it is difficult for other course instructors to acquire a time slot in the present lab.

C. There are several computer labs at different locations of the University which

are open till late evening and provide enough computing facility to the students.


D. Some software packages required for Stat courses are not readily available in the lab.

PT recommendations:

a. As indicated in Criterion 2, the Department should specify a minimum application of CAS in courses where it is needed by the program. In particular, a modest use of CAS in lower level courses (e.g., MATH 101, 102, 201, 202, 280) and in MATH 301 is needed to strengthen the program objectives. In such case, the Department should set up at least 2-3 additional computer labs.

b. Although the statistical software “Statistica” is available in the “Math Lab”, a user-friendly package “Minitab” is required for courses like STAT 211, 212.

c. Safety regulations should be posted in the Prep-Year Math Labs.


Criterion 4

Student Support and Advising


4.1 Introduction The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers effective advising to its students. The courses required for the program are timely offered by the Department. Every student entering the BS program is allocated an academic advisor. The Department Undergraduate Committee organizes a meeting once a semester with all math major students. Academic and general problems faced by the students are discussed in this meeting.

4.2 Course Offerings

Standard 4-1: Courses must be offered with sufficient frequency and number for the students to complete the program in a timely manner.

There are three types of math/stat courses in the BS program: General requirements, Core requirements and Electives. These courses are offered in the following manner:

A. General requirement courses: Courses in this category are offered every semester. Most of the students from other departments also enroll in these courses. Therefore, several sections of such courses are opened to accommodate the students of all disciplines.

B. Core courses: The core courses are offered once a year.

C. Electives: There are two types of electives required in the program: math

electives and free electives.

a. Math electives: Math electives are subdivided into three categories namely,

• pure mathematics • applied mathematics and numerical analysis • statistics.

Because of the low enrollment in the program, the math electives are not offered on regular basis. However, some of these courses that attract students of other disciplines are usually offered once in every three semesters.

b. Free electives: There are courses which may be taken by math major

students from other disciplines such as engineering, sciences, Islamic & Arabic studies, social sciences and humanities. The concerned departments offer these courses frequently.


4.3 Guidance for Students

Standard 4-2: Guidance on how to complete the program must be available to all students and access to qualified advising must be available to make course decisions and career choices.

The students are informed about the program requirements by different sources. These include the university undergraduate bulletin and the degree plan prepared for individual students with the guidance of their advisors. The students also have access to the university website which provides the required information. A student entering the BS program is allocated an advisor from among the experienced faculty members who initially explains the degree requirements to him. At the time of pre-registration, a student is supposed to consult his advisor in order to make a right choice of courses he intends to take in the following semester. Every advisor maintains a check-list form (see Form 4.1) which reflects the course-offering plan for his advisee over a period of four years and the record of the courses he completes with the passage of time. The advisor monitors the progress of his advisees during the term. An advisee may seek guidance from his advisor on academic problems. The University has also set up an Advising & Counseling Center that provides professional counseling to students who need it. The Center also takes initiative on its own by calling a student whose academic performance declines drastically during the period of his study. Usually, a timely advice to such students makes a difference on their future academic performance. The Deanship of Student Affairs organizes an annual career day where the students have an opportunity to interact with the representatives of local industries, banks and multinational enterprisers. Nevertheless, the job market for the math majors is mostly restricted to high school teaching.


Form 4.1: Checklist

KING FAHD UNIVERSITY OF PETROLEUM AND MINERALS DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Check list for the requirements for the Bachelor Degree in Mathematics Name: _______________________ Phone #: ______________

ID #: ______________ e-mail: _______________

Webpin #:________________ Advisor: ______________

Math Electives in: A. PURE MATH. B. APPLIED MATH. C. STATISTICS

MATH REQUIREMENTS GENERAL EDUCATION ELECTIVES

CR TERM GRADE CR TERM GRADE CR TERM GRADEMATH 101 4 ENGL 101 3 (*) Math Electives (15 Credits) MATH 102 4 ENGL 102 3 1.MATH 3 MATH 201 3 ENGL 214 3 2.MATH 3 MATH 202 3 ICS 101 3 3.MATH 3 MATH 232 3 PHYS 101 4 4.MATH 3 MATH 280 3 PHYS 102 4 5.MATH 3 MATH 301 3 CHEM 101 4 Total 15 MATH 311 3 CHEM 102 4 MATH 321 3 IAS 101 2 (**) Free Electives (15 Credits) MATH 345 3 IAS 111 2 1 MATH 399 2 IAS 201 2 2 MATH 411 3 IAS 211 2 3 MATH 430 3 IAS 301 2 4 MATH 490 1 IAS 322 2 5 STAT 201 3 IAS 4xx 2 GS 3 PE 101 1 Total 15 PE 102 1

Total 44 Total 47 Total Electives 30

(*) Math Electives: Must complete 15 hours of mathematics, with at least 9 credits from one of the following groups:

a. Pure Math: Math 330, 355, 412, 421, 425, 431, 440, 450 452, 455, 460, 465, 470 b. Applied Math: Math 401, 431, 442, 460, 465, 470, 471, 472, 480, 485, 495 c. Statistics: Stat 301, 302, 310, 325, 365, 415, 430, 435, 440.

Free Electives: Must complete 15 credits of free electives. At least 9 credit hours must be non-Math courses, and at least two courses must be numbered 300 or above. For Advisors: student has completed all graduation requirements for the Bachelor's degree in Mathematics/Statistics and is, therefore, recommended for graduation effective the term:_____ Advisor Signature:___________________ Date:_______________ Note: Before graduation this form should be signed and handed over to the chairman's office.


Criterion 5

Faculty


48

5.1 Introduction This chapter classifies the faculty members with respect to the program areas of specialization. The University policy related to faculty currency criteria and the procedures concerning faculty recruiting, evaluation and promotion are also narrated. In addition, the faculty’s point of view about the academic program, facilities and job satisfaction is presented here. At present, the Department of Mathematical Sciences consists of approximately 54 professorial rank faculty members and 24 lecturers. The faculty is subdivided into seven Scientific Groups, namely:

• Algebra and Number Theory Group • Analysis Group • Applied Mathematics Group • Graph Theory and Topology Group • Math Education and History of Mathematics Group • Numerical Analysis and Optimization Group • Statistics Group

As a part of self-assessment, fifty-four faculty members provided their resume in a specific format indicating their area of research and academic performance over the past 5 years. In addition, a survey was conducted to seek the opinion of the faculty on issues related to academics and job satisfaction. The fifty four faculty members who responded to the survey are classified as follows:

• 10 Professors • 15 Associate Professors • 10 Assistant Professors • 01 Instructor • 18 Lecturers

The survey was analyzed in three different ways:

• Analysis I: All academic ranks combined with individual’s length of service • Analysis II: Only professorial ranks combined with their length of service • Analysis III: Only professorial ranks without considering length of service

Outcomes of the faculty survey are displayed in Table 5.3 at page 55.


49

5.2 Qualification and Interest of Faculty Members

Standard 5-1: There must be enough full time faculty who are committed to the program to provide adequate coverage of the program areas/courses, continuity and stability. The interests and qualifications of all faculty members must be sufficient to teach all courses, plan, modify and update courses and curricula. All faculty members must have a level of competence that would normally be obtained through graduate work in the discipline. The majority of the faculty must hold in a Ph.D in the discipline.

The Department consists of 78 multinational faculty members. Out of them, 55 are Ph.D holders in different areas of mathematics and statistics. In addition, there are four adjunct professors in the Department. The statistics related to course offerings as well as the available faculty in various program areas of specialization are given in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1: Faculty distribution by program areas of specialization

Program area of specialization

Courses in the areas (with

average number of sections per

year)**

Average # of

Students per year*

# of faculty

members in each

area

# of Ph.D

faculty members

Applied Mathematics and Numerical Analysis

MATH 401, 442, 460*, 465*, 470*, 471, 472, 480*, 485, 495.

2-5

36

29

Pure Mathematics MATH 330, 355, 412, 421, 425, 431*, 440, 450, 452, 455.

2-5

28

20

Statistics STAT 301, 302, 310, 325, 365, 415, 430, 435, 440.

---

14

6

Total 30 4-10 78 55

* These courses are common to both areas: “ Applied Mathematics and Numerical Analysis” and “Pure Mathematics”. ** These courses are offered at most once in three semesters and require only one section of students. ** This information is related to the period of last three years.


50

5.3 Currency Criteria & Faculty Development Program

Standard 5-2: All faculty members must remain current in the discipline and sufficient time must be provided for scholarly activities and professional development. Also, effective program for faculty development must be in place.

Faculty currency: According to faculty currency criteria, a faculty member is considered current in his discipline if he meets the following conditions:

i. he has published one refereed journal paper and one refereed conference

paper per year during the last five years. ii. he has attended at least two conferences in his area of research during the

last five years. iii. he has taught at least one course per academic year. iv. he has participated in academic development programs on effective

teaching at least once in three years. At present, approximately 55% of the professorial rank faculty members satisfy the currency criteria. Faculty workload: At present, the average teaching load for the professorial rank faculty is six credit hours per semester. A faculty member, with some exceptions, is required to participate in the standing committees and one of the scientific groups of the Department. All faculty members, with some exceptions*, can find time for their scholarly and professional development. Faculty response in this regard is given in Table 5.2. * Those heavily involved in administrative/committee work

Table 5.2: Faculty response regarding their involvement in academics (Part of Table 5.3)

Items related to

teaching/research/community services Level of satisfaction

at the scale of 4

1 Your mix of research, teaching and community service. 3.43

2 The intellectual stimulation of your work. 3.6

3 Type of teaching/research you currently do. 3.59

Opportunity for professional development: The Department and the University have several faculty development programs. These include

• Weekly math colloquium, education seminar and statistics seminar, • Full semester lecture series in specialized area of research, • 1-3 day workshops in specific area of mathematics,


51

• Workshops organized by the Deanship of Academic Development (DAD) on teaching and research related issues,

• Financial support for participation in local or international conferences, • Funded research projects.

Evaluation of faculty development programs: There is not any well-defined procedure for the evaluation of faculty development programs offered by the Department. The programs under the auspices of DAD are usually evaluated. DAD also utilizes outcome of the evaluation for improvements of its future programs. 5.4 Faculty Recruiting, Evaluation & Promotion Procedure

Standard 5-3: The process of recruiting and retaining highly qualified faculty members must be in place and clearly documented. Also, processes and procedures for faculty evaluation, promotion must be consistent with institution mission statement. These processes must be evaluated to ensure that it is meeting its objectives.

Faculty recruitment policy: The office of the Dean of Faculty and Personnel Affairs handles all matters related to faculty recruitment. Through this office, the Department advertises the faculty positions in the publications of recognized mathematical societies or organizations. Sometimes, the Department receives applications directly from the interested candidates. In such a case, these applications are forwarded to the Dean of Faculty and Personnel Affairs for necessary action. Advertisements for faculty positions are also available on the University and Department web-pages. The file of an applicant is assessed by a Department standing committee that consists of experienced faculty members. Applicants found suitable for a faculty position are usually recommended for interview with the consent of Department Chairman, the College Dean and the Vice-Rector for Academic Affairs. Interview reports are reviewed by the Department Chairman and the College Dean. The recruitment request along with the proposed academic rank and salary range is sent to the Vice-Rector for Academic Affairs who advises the Dean of Faculty and Personnel Affairs to complete the appointment process of the applicant. The recruitment case with all the supporting documents is submitted to the University Rector for final approval. Retaining qualified faculty: Maintaining high standards and continuously improving the quality of teaching, research and other services in the University are enhanced by incentives and awards to the faculty. These factors are very well recognized by the Department faculty in their comments made in Item 14 of the faculty survey (see Item 14 below). The major benefits, incentives and awards which contribute to the retention of excellent foreign faculty members**, include


52

• Free furnished housing on-campus. • Nontaxable salaries based on qualifications and experience. • Prepaid round-trip air tickets up to a maximum of four tickets for the travel of

the faculty and his dependents to his point of origin. • Two months annual vacation with pay eligible after completion of 10 months

on academic duty. • A local transportation allowance according to the faculty rank, up to SR 7200

per year. • A termination-of-service benefit (equivalent to 1/2 month salary for each year

if the length of service is less than 5 years and 1 month salary for each year if the length of service is more than 5 years) not exceeding SR 100, 000.

• Educational assistance grants with local tuition fees of maximum total amount of SR 25,000 for school-age dependent children.

• On the average 2-6% increase in salaries based on the ratings of the faculty performance after every two year.

• Instituting the policy of yearly grants of excellence awards in teaching and research.

• Availability of University-funded research in the forms of grants and release- time.

• Funded projects to author textbooks. • Availability of a one-semester sabbatical leave program. A faculty member is

eligible for a sabbatical leave after completion of 5 years of full academic service at KFUPM.

• Participation in contractual research projects funded by external clients. • Facility in offering and organizing short courses. • Financial support to attend one regional and up to two international

conferences each year based on a paper presentation or published paper in a refereed journal.

• Distinguished Teaching and Research Awards. ** The salary scale and benefits of Saudi Faculty are according to the Saudi Civil Service Regulations. Some of the above benefits like free on-campus housing, repatriation tickets, educational assistance grants, and termination benefits apply only to expatriate faculty members. Faculty evaluation: The performance of faculty members in teaching, research and other university services are evaluated annually. The faculty evaluations are based on the teaching performances, self-evaluation and chairman’s evaluation. The teaching evaluation is based on the students’ input and is conducted every semester for all the courses offered in the department. At the beginning of each semester, the Chairman appoints a committee to carry out the process of the teaching evaluation to be conducted at the end of the semester. Toward the end of the second semester, faculty members are requested to fill out their self-evaluation forms. After having thoroughly reviewed the self-evaluation form of a faculty, the Chairman sends it to the College Dean with his input. The evaluation material is eventually forwarded to the Dean of Faculty and Personnel Affairs along with the Dean’s comments. The Univesity Faculty Affairs Committee which is appointed each year as one of the standing committees and is chaired by the Dean of Faculty and Personnel Affairs reviews and


53

finalizes the faculty evaluations. The annual performance evaluation of each faculty member is sent directly to the faculty member himself every academic year. Faculty promotion procedure: The University has approved criteria for promotion of a faculty member to a higher rank. The main objective of faculty promotion policy is to encourage academic excellence and to guard against mediocrity and marginal contribution. The achievements of faculty members are evaluated in comparison with international norms and standards in all areas relevant to the University programs. The research work of the applicant is usually reviewed by 3 academicians who are well-known in the area of research of the applicants. The promotion process aims at determining the eligibility of the candidate and provides feedback to the candidate through the College Dean on his performance in research teaching, and public and university services. The procedure implemented in the Department for faculty promotion follows precisely the University regulations. The University policies and regulations regarding faculty promotion are described in detail in KFUPM booklet: Faculty Promotion; Regulations & Guidelines, September 2000. The faculty input on programs for faculty motivation and job satisfaction has been solicited through the faculty survey form. 54 out of 78 faculty members responded to the 15-item survey form. The data for items 1-13 are analyzed in three different ways by considering different parameters. The results of the analysis are shown in Table 5.3.

Individual faculty responses to items 14 and 15 regarding programs/factors available for faculty motivation and job satisfaction along with suggestions for further improvement are summarized as follows: ITEM 14: What are the programs/factors currently available in your department that enhance motivation and job satisfaction?

Faculty Responses on Teaching

• Teaching load is appropriate and reasonable and it helps in undertaking research on individual basis as well as to opt for research projects

• Availability of good software to support technology-based teaching • Availability of IT for use in teaching, etc • Very reasonable teaching load • Choice of selecting courses to teach


54

Table 5.3: Faculty Survey (Level of satisfaction on the following Items)

Analysis

I Analysis

II Analysis

III # Survey Item All & Exp Prof & Exp Only Prof

1 Your mix of research, teaching and community service 3.43 3.65 3.23

2 The intellectual stimulation of your work. 3.6 3.72 3.26

3 Type of teaching/research you currently do. 3.59 3.68 3.33

4 Your interaction with students. 3.68 3.69 3.23

5 Cooperation you receive from colleagues 3.64 3.71 3.36

6 The mentoring available to you. 3.04 3.08 2.75

7 Administrative support from the department 3.6 3.69 3.4

8 Providing clarity about the faculty promotion process. 3.03 3.32 2.99

9 Your prospects for advancement and progress through ranks. 3.03 3.31 2.97

10 Salary and compensation package. 2.11 2.07 1.95

11 Job security and stability at the department. 3.47 3.55 3.15

12 Amount of time you have for yourself and family. 2.57 2.52 2.27

13 The overall climate at the department. 3.61 3.66 3.32

Allocated Weights

Legends (Different Parameters) 1. All & Exp: Considering all faculty members and the length of their service 2. Prof & Exp: Considering only professorial rank faculty and the length of service 3. Only Prof: Considering professorial rank faculty without length of service

Choice: Very satisfied: 4 Satisfied: 3

Neutral: 2 Dissatisfied: 1 Very dissatisfied: -0.1

Ranks: Professor: 4 Ass Prof: 3

AP: 2.5 Instructor: 2 Lecturer: 1.5

Length of Service: Serv A: 1 Serv B: 1.5

Serv C: 2 Serv D: 2.5 Serv E: 3

Observation on the Outcome of Faculty

Survey As indicated in section 5.1, the survey has been analyzed in three different ways. A slight variation has been noted in the figures that resulted after considering different parameters, like faculty rank and length of service in the three analyses. The figures clearly reflect that the parameters did not have significant impact on the outcomes of survey.

Length of Service

Serv A: 1-5 yrs, Serv B: 6-10 yrs, Serv C: 11-15 yrs, Serv D: 16-20 yrs , Serv E: >20 yrs


55

Faculty Responses on Research facilities

• The encouragement of the department for research projects and conference attendance

• Excellent research support and incentives (library, projects, grants, etc.) • Research environment has improved considerably • Faculty body has a diverse research interest. So, it is easier than in some

American Universities to find an expert in a particular area to collaborate with in a research project

• Availability of research material & an uninterrupted availability of the internet

Faculty Responses on Faculty development programs

• Short courses and workshops organized by the Department and University • Seminar series • Lecture series (it enhances research capabilities). • Weekly Math seminars and weekly Math Education Seminars.

Faculty Responses on Attitude of chairman and coordinator

• The chairman is fair and cooperative. • The unlimited support of the department’s chairman and the prep-year

coordinator to all the issues that help in teaching • The cool, vigilant, confident, fair and strong steps that the department’s

chairman takes through his leadership • Fair Evaluation by Department

Faculty Responses on Environment of the Department

• Cooperation of the colleagues is very good • Friendly departmental atmosphere • Work independence (environment as well as in pursuing research) • The department is really strong and encourages faculty members to keep

on research and offers excellent facilities • Good participation of faculty in departmental affairs • Reasonable academic freedom • I like the atmosphere and the support of the faculty in my department. • Monthly departmental meetings to inform faculty members on current

departmental issues is praiseworthy and should be kept up • Excellent work environment • Friendly Colleagues • The graduate program is a major motivation which keeps me involved in

research and higher mathematics


56

Faculty Responses on Job security

• There is a job stability and security Faculty Responses on Facilities

• Excellent Library • Availability of smart rooms • Good computing and IT facilities • Excellent research facilities • Enough books, computers, software • Spacious Faculty Offices equipped with computing facilities • Availability of Computer Labs • Availability of Technical support • Adequate Photocopying and Printing facilities • Technological equipment and support are good. • A good department library

Faculty Responses on Academic standard

• The prep-year high standard in examinations. • Strong BS Program

Faculty Responses on University environment

• Excellent atmosphere for the family • Less hustle-and-bustle than any other place I’ve worked at. One does not

need to fight traffic everyday to go to and come back from work. This relatively calm environment is conducive to thinking and research activities.

• Congenial academic environment. No interference or distraction from any source.

PT Comments on the responses to item 14: The general responses of the faculty of the Department to Question 14 (Teaching, Academic standard, University environment, Research facilities, Facilities, etc.) indicate a high level of satisfaction with respect to academic atmosphere, social life, personal desires and environment. ITEM 15: Suggest programs/factors that could improve your motivation and job satisfaction?

Faculty Suggestions on Teaching

• More technical support for technology based teaching • More reward and credit for excellence in teaching and for adopting

technology based teaching (keeping in mind the amount of time and effort involved in implementing technology)


57

Faculty Suggestions on Research

• Collaboration of colleagues in the research programs. • Establishing Research labs • Subscription for more Math journals

Faculty Suggestions on Graduate Program

• There is lack of Graduate Students. Normally Graduate Students are back bone of promotion of research activities and we need to find a way out to improve number of Graduate students.

• More activities at M.S. and Ph.D. levels Faculty Suggestions on Undergraduate Program

• Need more undergraduate students Faculty Suggestions on Funds for faculty

• Visits of faculty members to universities abroad to do joint research (not only funded participation at conferences) must be funded.

• Give Research grant of fixed amount for the senior faculty • Grants should be available for post-doc and short term research positions

Faculty Suggestions on Math conferences at KFUPM

• Conferences in Mathematics should be organized at KFUPM

Faculty Suggestions on Visitors

• Extend invitation to more visitors (not only distinguished visitors) to the department

• Visitors' Program for Post Docs to visit KFUPM • Organize frequent visits of Internationally known Mathematicians

Faculty Suggestions on Job security

• Tenure-track positions need to be introduced to increase job security • The University should provide stability and job security for all faculty

members through permanent positions. Faculty Suggestions on Load of committee work

• Involving all department members in committee work to ease the load carried by a few.


58

Faculty Suggestions on Faculty promotion

• Department should have a formal talk on the promotion process to demystify what this process means for the math faculty members. This process may be different from one dept to the other in the University and the University brochure may not be sufficient to elucidate its implications to the math faculty. This talk should also include university/dept opportunities available for the faculty to proceed through the ranks. Slides or presentation materials on this should be made available on the dept webpage.

Faculty Suggestions on Secretarial staff

• Providing more Administrative support (secretary, lab technician) • Improve the Secretarial Services to the faculty • Availability of additional competent secretaries for mathematical typing

work Faculty Suggestions on Faculty evaluation

• Waive the full Professors from the yellow forms (Faculty evaluation forms)

Faculty Suggestions on Salaries and Contracts

• Either salaries are raised or fee for all children be paid by the University to compensate

• Taking care of fairness in the issue of salary as there are some unfair offers being given to new comers while the old members are just forgotten or being dosed with unfair adjustment.

• Increased salary or introduction of retirement benefits • Improve the Salary and Compensation Package • Bring Salary of the faculty to the USA standards • Salary must be improved • Salary grid similar to the Saudi faculty salary grid • Salary Adjustment • Salary increases and bonuses for good and/or excellent faculty

performance should be attractive or at least comparable with other Universities to maintain and/or bolster motivation and job satisfaction

• Change the Contract Period from two to five years • Introduce a Pension Plan for the desired faculty • Compensate for Kinder garden Education of the faculty children from ages

4 to 6 as well • Introduce Investment plans for the faculty (as is in ARAMCO) to get

benefit after retirement and/or at the end of the job • Introduce a package for the widow and her children of a faculty who

passes away during the services to the university. I recommend it should be respectable amounts that can help her take care of the family.


59

Faculty Suggestions on Improvement of facilities

• Improving the service of ordering articles (the current inter library loan service is very slow and ineffective!!).

• The university education for the daughters of faculty members • Full year Sabbatical leave for non-Saudi faculty. Create exchange

programs with other universities inside or outside Saudi Arabia. • Retirement plan program (shared by the University and faculty member) • Health Insurance (shared by the University and faculty member) • Permanent resident status (allowing for more security for the faculty and

his family). • There should be a small café in the department. • There should be a commercial center having different kinds of shops &

restaurants on campus. • Dept should have a faculty lounge like those in American Universities so

that informal lunch (working/research lunch) get-togethers between faculty members can be done on a regular basis.

• There should be more support on stationery items such as overhead projector slides for teaching purposes.

• Better transportation to and from work in the form of buses to and from faculty housing during lecture times (say 6:30 am-5:30 pm). Faculty members who don’t like to drive and /or don’t yet have a car may enjoy this benefit. The first bus starts at 7:05 am and the last bus leaves campus at 3:05 pm. So, faculty members who use this service and are teaching beyond 3.00pm will have to arrange for alternative transportation somehow.

• Good software’s like Scientific Workplace, Smart Classrooms, single office, Good house

• Faculty should be given more freedom and encouragement to improve their new ideas

Faculty Suggestions on Administrative role for foreign faculty

• Some administrative appointments (e.g., department chairman) should be based on experience and merit (instead of Saudi citizenship).

Problems related to lecturers:

• Shortening the period for a lecturer to become an assistant professor the actual situation is very discouraging and frustrating. And as much we appreciate this university and its support for research, we cannot help thinking about alternative universities because of the difficulty of promotion for lecturers with PhD.

• Defining a clear state of the prep year math program ( is it going to stay within the Dept./ Univ.)

• Supply enough, and new computers in the prep year math program


60

• Allocate clean and suitable office space for all the prep year math program teachers

• Arranging regular visits by the department chairman and some other senior members to the prep year

• Having a long lasting coordinator for the prep year math program to achieve some kind of continuity and productivity

• The teaching load should be reduced so more attention could be given to research

• Being able to get Ph.D. from this university would be a great motivation for the non-PhDs. lecturers. Also being able to go to some international conferences would be helpful for lecturers.

• As a lecturer, if I have a more promising and realistic process of passing through the promotion rank will definitely increase my motivation and job satisfaction. The current, process of staying for 6 years after PhD (with no residency) with 6 research points, 3 of which are single authored is to say the least unrealistic, too demanding, and demoralizing.

PT recommendations on the responses to item 15: There are certain comments which require the attention of the Department. In this regard, the PT recommends that the Department should

i. encourage faculty members to apply for the College grant allocated for implementation of innovative ideas

ii. devise a plan to attract more graduate students as this is essential in promoting research activities in the Department

iii. encourage faculty members to contact the library to add a journal of his choice if it is not available.

iv. reduce administrative work load by involving more faculty members v. publish a hand-book (soft copy) on policies and procedures for teaching,

research, promotion and administrative assignments vi. reduce the teaching load of lecturers

Some of the faculty comments refer to University rules and regulations on employment. PT recommends that the Department should bring the following issues to the notice of the University administration:

i. Provision of job security through long term contracts ii. There is an urgent need to adjust the salaries of some of the faculty to

reflect equal pay for equal qualifications and, hence, eliminate unfair differences

iii. Salary scales and compensation schemes should be modified and competitive

iv. Improvement of medical services v. Easing the promotion requirements for lecturers who hold a Ph.D. degree


61

Criterion 6

Process Control


6.1 Introduction Almost every student enters KFUPM with an intention to join engineering, computer or business related programs. Very few students, after the completion of their 1st or 2nd year of study, join the Department of Mathematical Sciences due to their poor performance in other disciplines. The number of students who opt math as their first choice is minimal. Some excellent students from other disciplines choose math as a second major. The University has a well-defined set of rules and regulations for admitting the students to undergraduate programs. 6.2 Admission Procedure

Standard 6-1: The process by which students are admitted to the program must be based on quantitative and qualitative criteria and clearly documented. This process must be periodically evaluated to ensure that it is meeting its objectives.

Admission requirements: The following are the minimum requirement that must be satisfied by any applicant for admission to an undergraduate program at King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals (KFUPM):

1. KFUPM entrance examination consists of two parts: RAM I and RAM II. RAM I is an aptitude test with two components: Mathematics and Linguistics. The aim of the test is to determine the general capabilities of students in the two subjects mentioned above. Students who have graduated from high school are eligible to take RAM I. Those who pass RAM I exam are required to take RAM II. Generally, about 25% of the entrants of RAM I make it to the stage of RAM II. . RAM II is an objective type multiple-choice test given in four subjects: Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and English. The objective of this examination is to evaluate the student’s level in English and Science.

2. Out of those who pass RAM I and RAM II, the best students are selected for

admission taking into consideration both their high school grades and the two test results. The University accepts a limited number of students. This number is based on the availability of resources at the University.

3. Application for the entrance examination constitutes application for

admission to KFUPM. The entrance examination is administered each summer in all major cities of Saudi Arabia.

4. The applicant has to arrange for submission of certified documents to

KFUPM. These documents should affirm that the applicant has satisfactorily graduated from secondary school. An applicant who has graduated from a secondary school outside the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia must have completed


twelve years of combined primary and secondary school studies from a recognized institution. A student interested to enter the math program is required to score C or above in math and English courses at the preparatory year.

Credit Transfer: The policies regarding the transfer of a student from another university to KFUPM, from one college to another within KFUPM, and from one major to another within the college at KFUPM , are all described in detail in the KFUPM study and examination Regulations and the Rules of their Implementation booklet (Articles 42- 49). The conditions pertaining to a KFUPM student who studies some courses at another university are described in Article 50 in the same booklet. These regulations and implementation rules are referred to in Section VIII.A.6 of Volume I. There are two types of credit transfer. a) If the credit hours being transferred are for a course taken within KFUPM, the Departmental Curriculum Committee compares the syllabus of the transfer course with relevant course(s) offered by the Department. Then, recommendations are communicated to the Chairman, who forwards them to the Registrar. In general, a student transferring from another department has to have GPA of at least 2.0 and minimum grade of C in Mathematics courses. b) If the transfer involves another institution, then the same procedure used for internal transfer is followed except that courses where the student scored grades less than C are not accepted for transfer. Generally, there are few transferees from outside KFUPM. Transferred credits from another institution are not used in calculating GPA of the student. Admission criteria and policies are decided at the university level. However, evaluation or modification of the policies is initiated at the level of departments at the desire of the University. 6.3 Monitoring Students’ Progress

Standard 6-2: The process by which students are registered in the program and monitoring of students progress to ensure timely completion of program must be documented. This process must be periodically evaluated to ensure that it is meeting its objectives.

By the end of the second term in the preparatory year, students usually register in the program of their choice. Once registered in the program, each student is assigned an academic advisor who helps him selecting the courses according to his degree plan. The registration of these courses is usually done by the student through the internet. All information needed to guide and help the students register courses is available on the Registrar’s website. Degree requirements, course contents and course


prerequisites are published in the Undergraduate Bulletin and available on the University website. Brochures summarizing important information are prepared by the Department and distributed to students. In addition, a student may consult his academic advisor regarding all matters related to his academic program. Students have access to their transcripts on the internet. Their degree plans indicate the courses to be completed. Violation of prerequisite restrictions are usually checked by the Registrar and brought to the attention of student and the Department. The process of registration undergoes a continuous review based on the feedback of faculty and students. Appropriate changes are made to improve the registration process. 6.4 Teaching & Delivery of Course Material

Standard 6-3: The process and procedures used to ensure that teaching and delivery of course material to the students emphasize active learning and that course learning outcomes are met. The process must be periodically evaluated to ensure that it is meeting its objectives.

In order to ensure effective teaching and appropriate delivery of course material, the Department keeps takes the following measures: Teaching Assignments: At the beginning of each semester, the Department Scheduling Committee prepares a list of courses to be offered the next semester. The faculty members’ teaching preferences are solicited and efforts are made so that instructors are assigned to courses of their preferences. However, the chairman finalizes the teaching assignments before the pre-registration week. Since the last three years the teaching load for the professorial rank faculty and the lecturers has been fixed to 6 and 12 contact hours respectively. Section size: The Department makes an effort to limit section sizes to 30 students for all multi-section courses. Course coordination: Each multi-section course from freshman level and onward is assigned a coordinator. The role of the coordinator is merely to provide an outline to the course-instructors for uniform coverage of course material during the term. He also suggests a set of weekly homework problems usually from the textbook.

Course files: At the end of each semester, faculty members are required to submit an electronic course file for each course they taught. Course file documents course syllabus, copies of all homework, quizzes, exams and also projects if applicable. Instructor’s feedback about the course textbook, history of class size over the entire


semester and distribution of the letter grade are also a part of the course file. This information is available to all faculty members on the Department web page.

Senior project and summer training: All summer training students are assigned a coordinator who keeps track of students’ progress from the registration until the presentation and submission of the final version of their reports. The coordinator makes sure that all the requirements are met before assigning the final grade to students.

Student supervision: Every student is assigned an academic advisor who helps him on any academic issue in which he may need some guidance. It may be noted that the role of advising has been significantly reduced with on-line registration. Office hours: Faculty members are required to post their office hours (3-5 hours/week) to help their advisees and the students they teach. Students are encouraged to visit the faculty during their office hours. Instructors’ website: Several faculty members maintain and periodically update their websites that provide quizzes, exams and handouts of the courses related to their current or past teaching assignments. These items keep a student familiar with the nature and requirement of courses. 6.5 Completion of Program Requirements

Standard 6-4: The process that ensures that graduates have completed the requirements of the program must be based on standards, effective, procedures and clearly documented. This process must be periodically evaluated to ensure that it is meeting its objectives.

The BS Degree in Mathematics requires a total of 121 credit hours divided as follows:

1) 61 credit hours of general requirements 2) 30 credit hours of Core courses 3) 15 credit hours of Math electives, 9 of which at least should be from the

same option: Pure Math., Applied Math or Numerical Analysis. The selection of these courses must be done with the consultation of the academic advisor

4) 15 credit hours of free electives, 9 of which at least should be non-Math courses and 6 credits should be of 300 level or higher

At the time of graduation, the advisor goes through the student’s record and makes sure that the student has finished the requirements. The Chairman, after consulting the academic advisor, issues a letter to the registrar confirming that the student has completed all the degree requirements.


6.6 Updating Curriculum, etc.

Standard 6-5: The process and procedures of curriculum/course, textbook, lab update and development must be effective and clearly documented.

New course or its format: In order to update or introduce a course or a lab, the Chairman sets up an ad-hoc committee to look into the matter. The recommendations of this committee are forwarded to an appropriate scientific group. After thorough deliberations and incorporation of appropriate suggestions and recommendations of faculty members, the final draft is discussed in the Department council meeting for approval. If approved, the Department submits the proposal to the College Dean for further process. A new course or a new format of a course will be effective only after approval by the University Board. Textbooks: In order to introduce a new textbook, the chairman forms an ad-hoc committee in consultation with the Department textbook coordinator. The committee conducts a search by all means (faculty, internet, publishers, etc.) for all possible books relevant to the intended course. After a brief review of the collection, the committee shortlists the titles to 4 or 5. The short-listed titles are thoroughly reviewed and out of these two titles are recommended. The scientific groups of the Department provide their opinion, if any, to the Department textbook coordinator. The matter is then put up before the Department council for vote. The recommended titles are submitted to the College Dean who after the recommendations of the College Council forwards the matter to the University Textbook Committee. The University Textbook Committee looks into the procedure followed in the selection of the titles. New title is adopted for the course after approval by the University Board. PT recommendations: The process of updating courses and textbooks is slow and sometimes defeats the purpose and objectives for which the changes are recommended. Certain measures are required to make current process speedy.


Criterion 7

Institutional Facilities


7.1 Introduction This part is about the facilities provided by the University for enhancement of teaching and other academic activities. Some details about the library, classrooms environment and faculty offices are narrated here. 7.2 New Trends in Teaching

Standard 7-1: The institution must have the infrastructure to support new trends in learning such as e-learning.

Most of the classrooms for math courses are equipped with overhead projectors. Among these, very few are smart classroom with WebCT facility. Table 7.1 presents a general view of the current infrastructure that supports e-learning at KFUPM:

Table 7.1: Infrastructure that supports e-learning Facility Provision at KFUPM

Content authoring tools and software Adequate Course management system (e.g., WebCT) -do- Simulation and scientific software -do- Workshop and training activities for faculty -do- Audio and video production support Inadequate Clear vision for technology integrated teaching -do- Smart rooms (with LAN environment) -do- Technical support for designing and developing material -do- Well-defined professional rewards for excelling in technology integrated teaching

-do-

Smart boards (i.e., interactive electronic white boards None

7.3 Library and Resource Center

Standard 7-2: The library must possess an up-to-date technical collection relevant to the program and must be adequately staffed with professional personnel.

The main library of KFUPM is located at the center of the academic buildings. It has a vast collection of books, periodicals and electronic resources. In addition to Univesity main library, the Department has a Resource Center in Building 5 where most of the faculty offices are located.


The Department Resource Center: The Department Resource Center is located on the 5th floor of Building 5. All math faculty members have access to it at all times. The recommended textbooks of all graduate and undergraduate courses are available in the center. In addition, a few books related to different areas of mathematics and statistics are also available as references. Recently, The centre has acquired a collection of DVD’s of Specialized and Popular Lectures in different areas of mathematics, Digitized Encyclopedia Britannica, Encarta Encyclopedia, Math Interactive and Algebraic and 3D Graphing Software ( DpGraph) The library is equipped with a photocopy machine, a PC, a printer and a scanner. A faculty member may use all these facilities around the clock. The Main Library: An excellent institution must have an adequate library, to support scholarly research by both students and faculty. Most major universities in USA have a total of more than half a million volumes of scholarly books and periodicals in the several libraries on their campus. There is a comparable amount of literature available in the KFUPM main library. Here, the collection includes books, periodicals, proceedings, theses, reports, maps, charts, electronic resources, and audiovisual materials. The details of the collection are provided in Table 7.2:

Table 7.2: Overall resources available at KFUPM Library Monographs 314,189 vols. Periodicals (Bound) 72,063 vols. Periodicals titles 1,169 Electronic Journals 2,725 Electronic documents 365 Electronic Databases 24 Microfilms 37,585 reels Microfiche 486,923 Films 2,516 Other Media 23,947

Further to the collection described above, the KFUPM Library, during the last few years, has focused its attention to supplement printed texts with electronic formats. The pace of development of electronic resources was accelerated and many of the printed journals, subscribed by the Library, are now available through the Library web site. These are in addition to Internet access to many databases such as

1. ACM Digital Library, which includes access to the Association of Computing Machinery journals and conference proceedings,

2. MathSci Net, which provides access to American mathematical Society’s journals and Mathematical Reviews,

3. OIL (Online Information Library), which provides journals and download to more than 30,000 technical papers from the Society of Petroleum Engineers Library,

4. ABI/INFORM, which provides access to Business Periodicals, 5. SIAM (Society for Industrial & Applied Mathematics), and others.


KFUPM Library has a large number of books, periodicals and other resources related to various areas of mathematics and statistics. Tables 7.3-7.4 provide an overview of these resources.

Table 7.3: Math/Stat related resources available at KFUPM Library Monographs 30581 vols.

(21672 Titles) Periodicals titles and Electronic

242

Electronic Databases* 6

Table 7.4: *Electronic Database Math SciNet/AMS books 19 SIAM 13 Science Direct 99** Academic Search Premier 368** Zentralblatt fur Mathematic Bibliographic Database Current Index to Statistics Bibliographic Database

** Partly contains sources related to math/stat

In summary, the technical collection of the library can be considered as highly sufficient for the Math programs. Support Rendered by the Library: The support rendered by KFUPM library can be described by: 1. Access to Resources on the Internet: Fourteen out of the twenty four databases subscribed to by the library can be reached through desktop of the users’ PCs. 2. Library Website: In addition to online services such as KFUPM Online Catalog, the integrated library website allows access to electronic journals, databases, encyclopedias, etc. 3. Audiovisual Support: It includes services concerning microfilms, videotapes and slides. 4. Online Searching: Currently, the Library has online access through the Internet to more than 600 international databases covering various disciplines of science, engineering, social sciences and humanities. 5. Interlibrary Loan: Since 1984, the personal computer is used to organize the growing demand for interlibrary loans (ILLS), to transmit ILL requests abroad, to automate day-to-day activities related to the processing and monitoring of ILLs, and to reduce the work related to manual ILL record keeping. All interlibrary loan functions currently are automated. To facilitate the smooth and continuing supply of ILLs, KFUPM library has opened deposit accounts with various lending institutions worldwide such as:


a. British Library Document Supply Center, UK b. Centrale Bibliotheek Technishche Hogeschool, The Netherlands c. Engineering Societies Library, USA d. Universitats bibliothek und Till, Germany e. Indian National Scientific Documentation Center, India f. GCC University Libraries

In order to reduce lending time, the library has decided to source the photocopy requests in electronic format (PDF files) from the British Library, CBT, and other lending institutions. As a first step using, BLDS Ariel Services has already been started. 6. Circulation, Reference, Reserve, and Information Services: Circulation services provide assistance in check-in, check-out, renewals, searching of material not available on the shelf, holding and recalling, book reserves and photocopy services. Reference and information services consist of several inter-related activities which include reference and readers' advisory services, interlibrary loan, online searching, assistance in searching of the Internet and Intranet databases, reference collection development and library orientation and instruction. They explain how to use the library, identify location of various library facilities, provide assistance in using library resources including the computer catalog, and assist in obtaining information from the collection within the library and outside KFUPM library. The library has a good collection of reference sources that consist of encyclopedias, dictionaries, manuals guides, directories, yearbooks, almanacs and full-text databases, Internet resources, and CD-ROM and traditional databases of indexes and abstracts. The library conducts promotional activities and produces publications on its services and systems. The publications include: Library Newsletter, Library Handbook, Bibliographic Guides, a Comprehensive Guide to the Online Catalog, etc. 7. Selection & Acquisition of Materials: The library coordinates selection of appropriate engineering books, periodicals, and other related materials on the basis of anticipated user needs and expressed faculty requests. Subject profiles have been set up with reputable vendors and publishers for receiving updated information on new publications. The qualified librarians scan these resources and then selected titles are sent to the academic departments for their input. Electronic resources like Global Books in Print, Ulrich, and Amazon (online database) are also used for selection. Orders are placed online/e-mail to the vendors/publishers.


8. Physical Facilities, Staff and Organization:

• Equipment: i. Terminals: 33 ii. Microcomputers: 107 iii. Microfilm Reader Printers: 7 iv. Photocopiers: 4 v. Others: 3 Televisions, 4 video players, 1 film projector, 1 slide

projector. • Seating capacity: 267 persons • Library hours: The library is open for about 15 hours on regular working days

and for about 11 hours and 6 hours on Thursday and Friday respectively. These periods are extended during examination weeks.

• Library Staff and Organizational Structure: The Deanship of Library Affairs consists of three main divisions:

A. the Collections Development Division, B. the Cataloging Operations Division, C. the User Services Division.

The senior managers, who report to the Dean of Library Affairs, manage each Division. The library has 22 professional staff and 12 para professional staff with recognized library service training and support staff of 25. The staff extends help to the faculty and students to meet their academic and research needs.

• Arrangement of Collections: Library of Congress Classification scheme is followed for arrangement of collection on the shelves. Online Public Access catalog is available for searching the collection of the library. The functions of the library are fully automated and an integrated Dobis/Libis online system is used for all library functions. Old books and periodicals are available on the third and fourth floors, while current periodicals, newspapers, new books, and reference materials are located on the plateau level. Microfilms are located in the microfilms cabinets on the third floor. The plateau level also has separate collections of textbooks, government publications and faculty publications. Faculty and students labs for searching electronic databases are also located at plateau level.

From the above description of library services, it may be concluded that the KFUPM library has all the necessary facilities and human resources to provide quality support to the students and the faculty of the Math programs. 7.4 Classrooms and Faculty Offices

Standard7-3: Classrooms must be adequately equipped and offices must be adequate to enable faculty to carry out their responsibilities.

Classrooms: The core and elective courses, with some exceptions, do not require spacious classrooms. However, for the general requirement courses in mathematics, e.g., MATH 101, 102, 201, 202, some classrooms are not suitable for the allocated


number of students. Sometimes, it is quite difficult for an instructor to conduct a quiz or exam in these rooms. The classrooms are mostly located in Buildings 4, 5, 6 and 7 and are equipped with chalk-board and transparency projector. Some of the classrooms are also equipped with computer-in-focus projector system. Faculty offices: Most of the faculty offices are located in Building 5. At present, the office space in Building 5 is insufficient for the existing faculty. Therefore, some faculty members are housed in Buildings 4 and 6. Most of the lecturer rank faculty share offices; two lecturers occupying an office designed for single occupancy. In general, the faculty offices have sufficient space, lighting and air conditioning. However, some of the offices in Building 5 are quite small in size and are devoid of natural lighting. All offices are nicely furnished with carpets, desks, chairs, bookshelves and a small white or chalk board. Each faculty member is provided with a network-connected PC linked to laser printers which are available at different locations of the Department. Some faculty members are provided with printers and scanners in their offices.


Criterion 8

Institutional Support


8.1 Introduction The Department of Mathematical Sciences like other academic departments of the University does not have an exclusive budget. All the needs and the requirements of the Department are met through the University main budget. The major part of the financial resources for KFUPM comes from the Saudi government budget. The University budget includes salaries, allowances, compensations and grants, etc.

8.2 Financial Resources

Standard 8-1: There must be sufficient support and financial resources to attract and retain high quality faculty and provide the means for them to maintain competence as teachers and scholars.

The government has always been supportive and generous in securing sufficient financial recourses for the KFUPM educational programs. KFUPM has been very successful in securing sufficient support and financial resources to attract excellent faculty and provide means to maintain high academic standards. In addition, there are adequate funds to invite highly qualified academician for a short visit to the Department. Necessary funds are also available to support graduate students, research assistants, and Ph.D. students of the Department. The financial resources allocated to acquire and maintain library holdings, laboratories, and computing facilities are quite sufficient. Because of increase in the student number, the faculty size of the Department has been almost doubled over the period of last two decades. However, the number of secretarial staff remained unchanged. With the provision of PC to all faculty members, the secretarial workload is sufficiently reduced. The current status of the staff is as follows:

• A secretary is assigned to the Chairman’s office • A secretary is assigned for typing the exams, quizzes, and research papers • A secretary takes care of building and offices requirements, mail room and for

typing memos and exams • A secretary takes care of Department Resource Center. He types technical

material as well • A secretary takes care of Coordinator’s office for the Prep-Year Math Program • A messenger takes care of the interdepartmental mail and delivering or posting

the advertisements at various locations of the University In addition, there are two technical assistants taking care of the computing facilities and problems related to the faculty PC’s.


8.3 Graduate Students and Research Assistants

Standard 8-2: There must be an adequate number of high quality graduate students, research assistants and students.

At present, there is a nominal number of Saudi students entering the graduate program in mathematics. Although several qualified students from foreign countries apply for the graduate program, they are unable to join the Department due to some stringent requirements even after their acceptance by the Department. Tables 1.7-1.10, in chapter 1, provide data on the number of graduate students, research assistants, and Ph.D. students during the last three years and also the student-faculty ratio. 8.4 Computing Infrastructure & Facilities

Standard 8-3: Financial resources must be provided to acquire and maintain Library holdings, laboratories and computing facilities.

Sufficient resources are available for the University library. A faculty can easily order a book related to his area of interest. The financial support is quite enough to meet the subscription cost of hard bound and electronic copies of scientific journals. The Information Technology Center (ITC) is the primary source of computing facility at KFUPM. It provides computing support for education, research, and administrative applications to the entire University community. ITC enjoys ample financial support to operate a full-scale Enterprise Network where all University servers, PC labs, workstation labs and office PCs are inter-connected. The network infrastructure consists of a fiber optic token-ring and ATM backbones connecting PC labs in all academic and most administrative buildings. PT comments: The University provides sufficient funds to the ITC to take care of the computing facilities for all faculty offices, classrooms and labs. However, the process of ordering software packages is slow. PT recommendations: The process of ordering software packages should be thoroughly reviewed for the sake of improvement.


Appendix A

Excerpts of the Berkeley Report

SAR Dept. of Math Sc 78

Evaluation of the Department of Mathematics King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals,

Dhahran, Saudi Arabia

F. Alberto Grunbaum And

H.W. Lenctra, Jr. Department of Mathematics

University of California Berkeley, CA 94720

The undergraduate program in mathematics is a very solid and broad program that offers a very good preparation to a student planning to do graduate work in mathematics. KFUPM has no need to be envious of any first rate university, in terms of its undergraduate education in mathematics. We offer below a limited number of recommendations aimed at better implementing some of the revisions that have been thoroughly discussed by the faculty at KFUPM and that constitute Appendix II in the Self-Study Questionnaire prepared by the Department of Mathematics. We recommend that students continue to be required to take some Core Courses as spelled out below, and that following this broad and general preparation they should be allowed to pick ‘areas of concentration’ in some of the ‘groups’, as detailed below. To insure a reasonable depth, we recommend that if a student chooses a ‘group’, he should pick at least two courses from it. Although this should be the general rule, we do not want to exclude the possibility that under the supervision of an appropriate faculty advisor a student could be allowed to arrange for a different menu of elective classes. In the description below we use the groupings that presently exist in the Department.

A possible plan for the Core Courses is Elementary Calculus 101, 102, 201, Differential Equations 202, Algebra 232, 280, 345, Analysis 311, 411, 412, 430, Numerical Analysis 321, Applied Mathematics 301, Statistics 301. In terms of areas of concentration from different groups, a possible selection is as follows: Algebra 351, 450, 452, 455, 460,


Analysis 431, 465, 470, Numerical Analysis 460, 471, 472, Optimization 431, 442, 480, Applied Mathematics 401, 431, 465, 470, Topology and Geometry 421, 425, 440, Statistics 302, 310, 415, 430 As a final comment in terms of changes in the content of the courses, we are aware that at KFUPM there exists a very elaborate system to discuss and implement desirable changes. We feel that, at least when compared to the system in Berkeley, the system at KFUPM is too cumbersome. At Berkeley each of the established groups within the Department is reasonably free to try changes in their own area, without the need to consult with the entire department. In fact, it is fairly common that an individual may try a certain approach and if this proves successful he may try to convince his colleagues that the change should be made ‘permanent’. Likewise, the service courses that the Department offers to students in other Departments make a solid impression, and can stand comparison to top universities in America. We have a few suggestions concerning the basic Calculus courses Math 101-102 and Math 201, which the Department teaches for the entire university. A good understanding of calculus is the backbone of a strong science/engineering education. It is widely recognized that this course is a real hurdle for many students who find the level of ‘abstraction’ too hard to overcome unless they are given a good chance to become familiar with the new concepts and their power. We applaud the recent decision at KFUPM to increase the number of credits of the first two classes mentioned above from 3 to 4. On this issue we make two recommendations.

(1) One of the four hours available per week should be spent in ‘recitation mode’, where the students are encouraged to discuss homework assignments, and the time is devoted to ‘problem solving’ as opposed to lecturing on new material. Students can learn a lot by seeing how other students tackle a collection of problems. They should be encouraged by all means to become ‘active’ participants in this recitation section. The instructor should try a variety of different methods in order to ensure intense participation by all students in the section. We refrain from giving any specific recipe, since we know that a method that works well with one group of students may fail completely with another. In some cases the presence of one gifted student is enough to motivate and energize the rest of the class; in other cases the presence of such a student has exactly the reverse effect. Sometimes a workshop mode, in which students are given problems with only a small amount of guidance, produces good results, whereas at other times it is more effective to have the students come to the blackboard and have them explain how they tackle a particular problem. The instructor should be free to try his own way of applying and adapting different teaching techniques, with a


clear understanding of the main goal: students to who this material is new need to make it part of their own vocabulary within a short period of time. This can most easily be achieved if the students are forced to practice over and over till they are familiar with the new ‘abstract’ concepts and understand how ‘concrete’ they really are.

(2) It is our view that the same considerations that led KFUPM to go from 3 to 4 credits for Math 101-102 apply to Math 201 and 202 as well. The topics in Math 201-202 include concepts of crucial importance for the application of calculus to engineering and sciences. These notions, ranging from power series and functions of several variables to differential equations, are the ‘bread and butter’ of many classes that follow. In order to master these powerful tools, the students need to devote more time to this material than they presently do. We recommend that both Math 201 and 202 should be made into classes with 4 credits.


Appendix B

Accreditation of Universities in the USA


Excerpts

Relevant to KFUPM

from

Accreditation of Universities in the USA (Ronald B. Standler)

http://www.rbs2.com The Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA) is a private organization that coordinates the regional accrediting organizations, as well as the accrediting organizations in specific academic subjects.

Minimum Requirements

Definitions

Before one can understand the requirements for academic degrees, one first must understand some terms about academic credit for a class: semester

A semester is an academic term with a duration of 15 weeks. Typically in the USA, a university has two semesters per year: one begins in August and the other begins in January. (There is a third semester during the summer, but most students have jobs during the summer, instead of attending classes then.)

Semester-hour A so-called "one-hour" lecture class has duration of 50 minutes. A lecture class that meets for a total of 3×50 minutes each week for one semester is worth "3 semester hours" of credit. A lecture class that meets for a total of 5×50 minutes each week for one semester is worth "5 semester hours" of credit.


http://www.chea.org/

Bachelor's Degree

Minimum academic requirements for a bachelor's degree from an accredited university in the USA in the year 1970 include:

• A total of at least 120 semester hours of credit must be earned in classes at accredited universities. It typically takes a student four years of full-time study (not including summers) to earn a bachelor's degree. Each of these classes has written examinations, term papers or weekly homework, and other assignments that must be completed by every student. Students were required to attend every class meeting, unless they had a good reason for their absence. There are numerous restrictions on which classes may be counted for a degree, for example:

o specific classes in one's major subject may be required, according to the decision of the faculty in each department

o specific classes in general education (e.g., writing, speech, mathematics, science) may be required

o a selection of classes outside one's major subject is required, to give breadth to one's education: by exposing students to science, mathematics, history, philosophy, psychology, economics, music, etc.

o at least 50 semester hours of credit must be earned in classes suitable for third- or fourth-year students majoring in those subjects

o either take a two-semester foreign language class (e.g., total of 10 semester hours) or pass a competency exam in a foreign language.

These rules supposedly prevent students from graduating by either taking only easy classes, or taking classes in a narrow range of subjects.

• At least the final year of study (i.e., at least 30 semester hours) must be conducted on the campus of university that issues the degree, a so-called "residency requirement". This requirement ensures that the university that issues a diploma will have some first-hand experience with the student, instead of relying on credit for courses taken at another university. Many colleges required at least the final four semesters (i.e., two years) of study be conducted on campus.


Conclusion

The state and federal governments in the USA spend billions of dollars every year to support universities in the USA. Surprisingly, there are no government standards for the quality of education at universities in the USA. Instead, minimum standards for education in universities are set by private, nonprofit corporations, called accrediting organizations. My impression is that accreditation in the USA is:

• mostly a bureaucracy. Evaluations of a department involve preparing a thick stack of paper about each class (documenting the objectives, content, requirements, and example examinations of every class), as well as including the c.v. of each professor. Of course, what really matters is the knowledge of students who pass each class, but accrediting organizations seem to accept the polite assumptions that a professor would never:

o teach only part of the written course syllabus, to make the class easier for the students.

o give generous partial credit when grading examinations, so that students who are incompetent make a score higher than 70% and pass the class.

o tell the students what will be on the examination, so the students can prepare to take the examination, a practice known as "teaching the test". Of course, nearly all of the students make high scores on such an examination, but the scores are meaningless as a measure of the students' competence.

o avoid using online tools to detect plagiarization, despite evidence that at least 1/4 of term papers in universities in the USA contain plagiarized material.

o privately reprimand students who plagiarize their term papers, instead of giving them a failing grade in the class and reporting them for investigation and disciplinary action.

• full of buzzwords about quality and integrity of degrees. • weak (or silent) on substantial requirements that would make a bachelor's

degree a significant intellectual achievement.

Despite the fact that accrediting standards in the USA are weaker than I would prefer, I have no doubt that degrees from an accredited university have more integrity than degrees from a non-accredited university.

PT comments: The concluding remarks made by Ronald B. Standler are applicable to all academic institutions. It is suggested that the Department of Mathematical Sciences should take care of these remarks.


http://www.rbs2.com/plag.htm

Appendix C

Survey Forms


Form 1: Employer Survey The purpose of this survey is to obtain employers’ input on the quality of education King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals is providing and to assess the quality of the academic program. The survey is with regard to KFUPM graduates employed at your organization. We seek your help in completing this survey.

A : Excellent B: Very good C: Good D: Fair E: Poor I Knowledge

1. Mathematical Skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Science and Technology (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Problem formulation and

solving skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 4. Collecting and analyzing

data (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 5. Ability to link theory to

Practice (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 6. Computer knowledge (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

II. Communication Skills

1. Oral communication (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Report writing (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Presentation skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

III Interpersonal Skills

1. Ability to work in teams (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Leadership (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Independent thinking (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 4. Motivation (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 5. Reliability (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 6. Appreciation of ethical (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

values IV Work Skills

1. Time management skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Judgment (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Discipline (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

V General Comments

Please make any additional comments or suggestions, which you think would help strengthen our programs for the preparation of graduates who will enter your field.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VI Information About Organization

1. Organization Name --------------------------------------------------------- 2. Type of Business ---------------------------------------------------------

3. Number of KFUPM Graduates (specify the program) in your

Organization:-----


Form 2: Alumni Survey

The purpose of this survey is to obtain alumni input on the quality of education they received and the level of preparation they had at King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals. The purpose of this survey is to assess the quality of the academic program. We seek your help in completing this survey.

A : Excellent B: Very good C: Good D: Fair E: Poor I Knowledge

1. Mathematical Skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Science and Technology (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Problem formulation and

solving skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 4. Collecting and analyzing

data (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 5. Ability to link theory to

Practice (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 6. Computer knowledge (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

II. Communication Skills

1. Oral communication (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Report writing (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Presentation skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

III Interpersonal Skills

1. Ability to work in teams (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Independent thinking (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Appreciation of ethical (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

Values 4. Professional development (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

IV Work Skills

1. Time management skills (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2. Judgment (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 3. Discipline (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)


V General Comments

Please make any additional comments or suggestions, which you think would help strengthen our programs. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VI Alumni Information

1. Name (Optional) --------------------------------------------------- 2. Name of organization------------------------------------------------------- 3. Position in organization: ------------------------------------------------------

4. Year of graduation:----------------------------------------------------------


Form 3: Survey of Graduating Students

The survey seeks graduating students’ input on the quality of education they received in their program and the level of preparation they had at King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals. The purpose of this survey is to assess the quality of the academic programs. We seek your help in completing this survey.

A : Strongly agree B: agree C: disagree D: Strongly disagree

1. The program is effective in developing analytic and problem solving skills.

A B C D

2. The program is effective in developing independent thinking. A B C D 3. The program is adequate for pursuing the higher studies.

A B C D

4. The program is effective in developing communication skills.

A B C D

5. The program is effective in enhancing team- working abilities.

A B C D

6. The program effectively administered to support learning. A B C D 7. The program is well designed in all aspects.

A B C D


8. What are the best aspects of your program?

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. What aspects of your program could be improved? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may use additional sheets for questions 10 & 11 if needed


Form 4: Faculty Survey The purpose of this survey is to assess faculty members, satisfaction level and the effectiveness of programs in place to help them progress and excel in their profession. We seek your help in completing this survey and the information provided will be kept in confidence. Indicate how satisfied are you with each of the following aspects of you situation at your department?

A: Very satisfied B: Satisfied C : Neutral D: dissatisfied F: Very dissatisfied

1. Your research, teaching and community service A B C D F

2. The intellectual stimulation of your work.

A B C D F

3. Type of teaching/research you currently do.

A B C D F 4. Your interaction with students.

A B C D F

5. Cooperation you receive from colleagues

A B C D F

6. The mentoring available to you.

A B C D F

7. Administrative support from the department

A B C D F

8. Providing clarity about the faculty promotion process.

A B C D F 9. Your prospects for advancement and progress through ranks.

A B C D F

10. Salary and compensation package.

A B C D F

11. Job security and stability at the department.

A B C D F


12. Amount of time you have for yourself and family.

A B C D F

13. The over all climate at the department.

A B C D F

14. What are the best programs/factors currently available in your department that enhance your motivation and job satisfaction? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15. Suggest programs/factors that could improve your motivation and job satisfaction? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Information about faculty member. 1. Academic rank: A: Professor B: Associate Prof. C: Assistant. Prof. D: Instructor E: Lecturer 2. Years of service: A: 1-5 B: 6-10 C: 11-15 D: 16-20 E: > 20


Index

Program Team’s Comments & Recommendations


Page Criterion 1 Strategic Plan 16

Student Survey 17-18

Alumni Survey 20

Employer Survey 20-21

Program Strengths and Weaknesses 21

Future Development 21

Administrative Services 24

Criterion 2 Learning Outcomes

(Syllabi Write-up) 30

Curriculum (Comparison) 35

Curriculum (IT Component) 36

Criterion 3 Curriculum

(Inclusion of CAS) 43 Criterion 5 Department Environment

(Faculty Response) 57

Job Satisfaction (Faculty Response) 61

Page Criterion 6 Curriculum

(Update) 67

Criterion 6 Facilities

(Computing) 77 **************************************************************




Self-Assessment


Volume II Description of Courses

Submitted to



in May 2005


Note

The document




• Volume I:





2

Table of Contents

1. Prep-Math Courses 5-9

1.1. MATH 001 6 1.2. MATH 002 8

2. Math Courses: General Requirement 10-18

2.1. MATH 101 11 2.2. MATH 102 13 2.3. MATH 201 15 2.4. MATH 202 17

3. Math/Stat Courses: Core Requirement 19-39

3.1. MATH 232 20 3.2. MATH 280 22 3.3. MATH 301 24 3.4. MATH 311 26 3.5. MATH 321 28 3.6. MATH 345 29 3.7. MATH 399 31 3..8. MATH 411 32 3.9. MATH 430 34 3.10. MATH 490 37 3.11. STAT 201 38

4. Math/Stat Courses: Electives 40-100

a. Pure Mathematics 40

4a.1. MATH 330 41 4a.2. MATH 355 43 4a.3. MATH 412 45 4a.4. MATH 421 47 4a.5. MATH 425 49 4a.6. MATH 431 51 4a.7. MATH 440 53 4a.8. MATH 450 55 4a.9. MATH 452 57 4a.10. MATH 455 59 4a.11. MATH 460 61 4a.12. MATH 465 63 4a.13. MATH 470 65


3

b. Applied Math & Numerical Analysis 66

4b.1. MATH 401 67 4b.2. MATH 431 69 4b.3. MATH 442 70 4b.4. MATH 460 72 4b.5. MATH 465 73 4b.6. MATH 470 74 4b.7. MATH 471 75 4b.8. MATH 472 77 4b.9. MATH 480 79 4b.10. MATH 485 81 4b.11. MATH 495 83

c. Statistics 85

4c.1. STAT 301 86 4c.2. STAT 302 88 4c.3. STAT 310 89 4c.4. STAT 325 91 4c.5. STAT 365 92 4c.6. STAT 415 93 4c.7. STAT 430 95 4c.8. STAT 435 97 4c.9. STAT 440 99

5. Free Electives (Related to Math) 101-105

4.1. MATH 305 102 4.2. MATH 499 104 5.3. Other Possible Math Free Electives 105


4

(Non-Credit)

Prep-Year Math Courses


5

MATH 001: Prep-Year Mathematics I

Semester: All Semesters

Catalog Data: (2001-2003)

MATH 001: Preparatory Mathematics I. 4-0-4. Concepts and manipulations in algebra. Introduction to concepts of calculus. Preparation for rigorous study of mathematics

Textbook: Aufmann, R., Barker, V., and R. Nation, College Algebra

with Trigonometry, Houghton Mifflin, 4th ed. 2002. Coordinating Group/Committee

Prep-Year Math Program

Objectives: Introduce the students to the preliminary concepts of the

real numbers, absolute values, exponents and polynomials. Also, introduce the students to the concepts of equations and inequalities, functions and graphs, and polynomial and rational functions.

Prerequisite: High school mathematics or its equivalent. Topics:

1. The real number system. 3 classes 2. Intervals, absolute value and distance. 2 classes 3. Integer and rational exponents. 3 classes 4. Polynomials. 1 class 5. Factoring. 2 classes 6. Rational expressions. 2 classes 7. Complex numbers. 1 class 8. Linear equations and applications. 2 classes 9. Quadratic equations; other types of

equations. 3 classes

10. Inequalities. 2 classes 11. A two dimensional coordinate system

and graphs. 3 classes

12. Introduction to functions. 2 classes 13. Linear and quadratic functions. 3 classes 14. Properties of graphs; the algebra of

functions. 4 classes

15. Polynomial and synthetic division; polynomial functions.

4 classes

16. Zeros of polynomial functions; the fundamental theorem of algebra.

4 classes

17. Rational Function; Inverse Functions 4 classes


6

Computer Usage: Computer lab using the CD Interactive Algebra and Trigonometry by Larson and Hostetler. Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam

(All exams are coordinated) Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the understanding of the preliminary concepts of real numbers,

absolute values, exponents, and polynomials. 2. how to factor polynomials and simplify rational expressions. 3. how to solve equations and inequalities, especially linear, quadratic

and rational ones. 4. the understanding of the concept of functions especially, linear,

quadratic, the composition of two functions and the inverse of a function.

5. how to graph functions and apply the properties of graphs like symmetry, translation and reflection.

6. how to find the zeros of a polynomial and graph a polynomial function and a rational function.

Classification: Math Prep-Program

Prepared by: Dr. H. Al-Attas Date: April 15, 2003


7

MATH 002: Prep-Year Mathematics II Semester: All Semesters

Catalog Data (2001-2003)

MATH 002: Preparatory Mathematics II. 4-0-4. Concepts and manipulations in algebra, trigonometry, and analytic geometry. Introduction to concepts of calculus. Preparation for rigorous study of mathematics.

Textbook: Aufmann, R., Barker, V., and R. Nation, College Algebra

with Trigonometry, Houghton Mifflin, 4th ed. 2002. Coordinating Group/Committee:

Prep-Year Math Program

Objectives: Introduce the students to the concept of exponential and

logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions, vectors, analytic geometry, system of equations, and matrices.

Prerequisite: MATH 001 or its equivalent. Topics:

1. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions and their graphs.

3 classes

2. Properties of logarithms; exponential and logarithmic equations.

3 classes

3. Radian and degree measure; circular functions.

3 classes

4. Right triangle trigonometry; trig functions of any angle.

2 classes

5. Applications of trigonometric functions.

2 classes

6. Graphs of trigonometric functions.

5 classes

7. Fundamental trigonometric identities; verifying trigonometric identities.

1 class

8. Sum and difference formula; multiple and half angle identities.

3 classes

9. Functions of the form f (x)= a sin x + b cos x.

1 class

10. Inverse trigonometric functions.

2 classes

11. Solving trigonometric equations.

2 classes

12. Vectors in the plane. 2 classes 13. Conic sections: parabolas, ellipses, and

hyperbolas. 4 classes


8

14.

Linear and nonlinear system of equations in two variables.

3 Classes

15. Gaussian elimination method.

2 Classes

16. Algebra of Matrices; the inverse of a matrix.

4 Classes

17. Determinants.

3 Classes

Computer Usage:

Computer lab using the CD Interactive Algebra and Trigonometry by Larson and Hostetler.

Evaluation Methods:

5. Homework assignments and class activities 6. Quizzes 7. Two major exams 8. A final exam

(All exams are coordinated) Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the understanding of the concept of exponential and logarithmic

functions and their graphs. 2. the understanding of the concept of trigonometric functions and their

graphs. 3. how to apply the trigonometric identities and solve the trigonometric

equations. 4. the understanding of the concept of vectors and apply the algebra of

vectors. 5. the understanding of the concept of parabolas, ellipses and hyperbolas

and their graphs. 6. how to solve systems of linear and nonlinear equations in two

variables. 7. the understanding of the concept of matrices and determinants and how

to find the solution of a linear system by the Gaussian elimination method.

Classification: Math Prep-Year Program

Prepared by: Dr. H. Al-Attas Date: April 15, 2003


9

Math Courses General Requirement


10

MATH 101: Calculus I

Semester: All Semesters


MATH 101: Calculus I (4-0-4) Limits and continuity of functions of a single variable. Technique of differentiation. Implicit differentiation. Local extrema, first and second derivative tests for local extrema. Concavity and inflection points. Curve sketching. Applied extrema problems. The Mean Value Theorem and applications.

Textbook: H. Anton, I. Bivens, and S. Davis. Calculus (Early

Transcendentals), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 7th ed., 2002. Coordinating Group/Committee:

Calculus Committee

Objectives: Introduce the students to the concepts of limit and

continuity; techniques of differentiation and applications of derivatives.

Prerequisite: One-year preparatory mathematics or its equivalent. Topics:

1. Limits and continuity (including those of trigonometric functions)

9 classes

2. Slopes, rates of change and the derivative 3 classes3. Techniques of differentiation (including

derivatives of trigonometric functions) 3 classes

4. The chain rule and implicit differentiation 3 classes5. Related rates, local linear approximations,

and differentials 3 classes

6. Inverse functions. Derivations of exponential, logarithmic and inverse trigonometric functions.

6 classes

7. L’Hopital’s rule; intermediate forms 3 classes8. Analysis of functions: increase, decrease and

con cavity. Relative extrema. First and second derivative tests

3 classes

9. Applying technology and the tools of calculus (curve sketching)

3 classes

10. Absolute maxima and minima. Applied maximum and minimum problems.

3 classes

11. Rectilinear motion. 2 classes12. Newton’s method 2 classes13. Rolle’s Theorem and the Mean Value

Theorem 2 classes


11

The Recitation Hour: One of the weakly four hours assigned to Calculus I is devoted to a Recitation Hour in which the students practice solving calculus problems under the supervision of the instructor in charge in an interactive way. Computer Usage: Some of the exercises of the book require the use of computer software packages, eg., Mathematica, Matlab. The computer lab of the Department of Mathematical Sciences is equipped with these software packages. Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the understanding of the basic concepts and techniques of limit, continuity and

differentiation for functions of one variable, 2. how to apply differentiation in sketching curves and applied optimization

problems, 3. how to apply the computing techniques like local linear approximation,

Newton’s Method and l’ Hopital rule. Classification: General Education Requirement Prepared by: Dr. A. Shawky Ibrahim Date: March 25, 2003


12

Math 102: Calculus II Semesters: All Semester


Math 102: Calculus II 4-0-4 Definite and indefinite integrals of functions of a single variable. Fundamental theorem of calculus. Techniques of integration. Hyperbolic functions. Applications of the definite integral to area, volume, arc length and surface of revolution. Improper integrals. Sequences and series: convergence tests, integral, comparison, ratio, and root tests. Alternating series. Absolute and conditional convergence. Power series. Taylor and Maclaurin series.

Textbook: H. Anton, I. Bivens, and S. Davis. Calculus (Early Transcendentals),

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 7th ed., 2002. Coordinating Group/Committee:

Calculus Committee

Objectives: Introduce the students to the concepts of integrals; applications of

integration in geometry; techniques of integration; sequences and series; application of alternating series and Taylor’s series.

Prerequisite: Math 101 Topics: 1. Indefinite & definite integrals 9 classes 2. Logarithmic function from the integral point of view 1 class 3. Area & volumes 5 classes 4. Arc length & surface area 3 classes 5. Hyperbolic functions 2 classes 6. Integration by parts & trigonometric integrals 3 classes 7. Trigonometric substitutions & integration by partial fractions 3 classes 8. Special substitution & improper integrals 3 classes 9. Maclaurin and Taylor polynomial approximations 2 classes 10. Sequences & Monotone sequences 3 classes 11. Infinite series & convergence tests 4 classes 12. The Alternating Series 3 classes 13. Power series & Maclaurin and Taylor series 2 classes 14. Differentiating and integrating power series 2 classes Recitation Class: One of the weakly four hours assigned to Calculus II is devoted to a Recitation

Hour in which the students practice solving calculus problems under the supervision of the instructor in charge in an interactive way.


13

Computer Usage: Some of the exercises of the book require the use of computer software

packages, eg., Mathematica, Matlab. The computer lab of the Department of Mathematical Sciences is equipped with these software packages.

Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments and class activities

2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam

Students’ Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the understanding of integrals as limit of Riemann sums as well as an

antiderivative of functions. 2. the applications of integrals like finding area between two curves, arc

length, volumes and surface area of the solids of revolution. 3. the evaluation of integrals using different techniques like algebraic and

trigonometric substitutions, integration by parts, and partial fractions. 44.. the limit of sequences and convergence tests for series, approximate

sum of infinite series, use of power series in approximation of definite integrals, and local higher order approximation.

Classification: General Education Requirement Prepared by: Mr. A. Al-Shallali Date: April 11, 2003


14

MATH 201: Calculus III Semester: All Semesters

Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 201: Calculus III 3-0-3 Polar coordinates, polar curves, area in polar coordinates. Vectors, lines, planes and surfaces. Cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Functions of two and three variables, limits and continuity. Partial derivatives, directional derivatives. Extrema of functions of two variables. Double integrals, double integrals in polar coordinates. Triple integrals, triple integrals in cylindrical and spherical coordinates.

Textbook: H. Anton, I. Bivens, and S. Davis. Calculus (Early

Transcendentals), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 7th ed., 2002. Objectives: The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the basic

concepts of parametric equations, polar functions, polar integrals and applications, 3-dimensional analytic geometry; partial derivatives, multiple integrals and applications.

Prerequisites: Math 102 (Calculus II) Topics: 1. Polar coordinates system (Graphs, Tangent Lines,

Area) 6 classes

2. Rectangular coordinates in 3-D 2 classes

3. Vectors, dot product, cross product 3 classes

4. Lines and planes 4 classes

5. Quadric surfaces 2 classes

6. Functions of two or more variables 4 classes

7. Partial derivatives, chain rule, total differential 5 classes

8. Directional derivatives, gradients 4 classes

9. Maxima and minima 4 classes

10. Double integrals 6 classes

11. Triple integrals 5 classes


15

Computer Usage:

1. The use of computer is occasionally required to solve several homework problems.

2. The use of computer with a suitable program in the class room as a teaching aid in sketching 3-D graphs, is required.

Evaluation Methods:


Student Learning Outcome:

Related to the course contents, a student should be able to 1. Sketch polar curves, find slopes of tangent lines to polar curves and find areas

of regions described in polar coordinates. 2. Find the dot product and cross product of vectors. 3. Find the parametric equations of lines and equations of planes in 3-space. 4. Sketch some surfaces described by rectangular, cylindrical and spherical

coordinates. 5. Compute limits of functions of 2 and 3 variables. 6. Find the partial derivatives of functions of several variables. 7. Find the maxima and minima of functions of two variables. 8. Evaluate double integrals, triple integrals in rectangular, cylindrical and

spherical coordinates. 9. Calculate the area of some regions in 2-space and calculate the volume of

some solid regions using double and triple integrals. Classification: General Education Requirement Prepared by: Dr. Ibrahim Al-Rasasi Date: Feb 20, 2005


16

MATH 202 : Elements of Differential Equations Semester: All Semesters


MATH.202: Elements of Differential equations. (3-0-3) First order and first degree equations. The homogeneous differential equations with constant coefficients. The method of undetermined coefficients, reduction of order, and variation of parameters. The Cauchy- Euler equations. Series solutions. Systems of linear differential equations. Applications

Textbook: D.G.Zill. A First Course in Differential Equations,

Brooks/Cole, 2001 Reference Text: D W.E.Boyce and R.C.DiPrima, Elementary Differential

Equations and Boundary Value Problems, Seventh Edition, 2002, J.Wiley and Sons.

Coordinating Group/Committee:

Applied Mathematics Group

Objectives: To introduce students to fundamental classes of

differential equations, to model selected physical phenomena using differential equations, and to arrive at solutions for typical single or systems of linear ordinary differential equations.

Prerequisite: MATH 201. Topics: 1. Definitions and terminology 3 classes2. Separation of Variables, Exact Equations Homogeneous

Equations 7 classes

3. First order linear equations 2 classes

4. Initial Value and Boundary Value Problems 2 classes

5. Reduction of Order 2 classes

6. Solution of nonhomogeneous equations by the Annihilator

approach

3 classes

7. Method of Variation of Parameters 2 classes

8. Cauchy-Euler Equation 2 classes9. Series solution ( ordinary and regular singular points) 9 classes10. Matrix eigenvalue problems 4 classes11. Systems of linear constant differential equations. 9 classes


17

Computer Usage:

Occasional CAS assignments Evaluation Methods:



After successful completion of the course, it is expected that the student will be able to:

1. Classify an ordinary differential equation as to its order, type, linearity or non-linearity

2. Formulate differential equations to describe applications involving radioactive decay, mixing, cooling, or electric circuits

3. Find the solutions to some linear and nonlinear ordinary differential equations using the various techniques outlined in the topics.

Classification: General Education Requirement Prepared by: Dr. A. Boucherif Date: April 14, 2003


18


Math Courses Core Requirement


MATH 232

Course Offering Frequency: Once per year Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH232: Introduction to Sets and Structures 3-0-3. Elementary Logic. Methods of proof. Set theory. Relations and functions. Finite and infinite sets. Equivalence relations and congruence. Divisibility and the fundamental theorem of arithmetic. Well-ordering principle and the axiom of choice. Groups, subgroups, symmetric groups, cyclic groups and order of an element, isomorphisms, cosets and Lagrange's theorem.

Textbook: Wlliam Barnier and Norman Feldman, Introduction to Advanced

Mathematics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey; 2nd edition, 2000. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Houghton Mifflin college Div.; 4th edition 1998

Objectives: The aim of the course is to teach students the fundamentals of (pure)

mathematics, especially, reading, understanding and writing of mathematical proofs.

Prerequisites: MATH 201 Topics: Part I: From Barnier and Feldman 1. Elementary logic 5 classes

2. Methods of Proof 5 classes

3. Set theory 5 classes

4. Relations and Functions. 5 classes

5. Equivalence relations and partitions 2 classes

6. Cardinality of finite and infinite sets 4 classes

7. Divisibility and the fundamental theorem of arithmetic 5 classes

8. Well-ordering Principle and Axiom of Choice 2 classes Part II: From Gallian

9. Groups, subgroups, symmetric groups, cyclic groups and order of an element 7 classes

10. Isomorphisms, cosets and Lagrange's theorem 5 classes

Computer Usage:

1. For most of course (the 1st book by Barnier and Feldman) computer usage is not needed.

2. With the 2nd book (by Gallian) some computer algebra software could be used.


Evaluation Methods: Homework, quizzes, class tests and final exam. Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. ability to read and understand proofs of basic results in mathematics 2. ability to write their own proofs of simple exercises 3. knowledge and understanding of different methods of proofs 4. understanding the role of mathematical definitions 5. ability to read, understand and appreciate lemmas, theorems, propositions and

corollaries. 6. understanding and using the principle of mathematical induction.

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Dr. A. Umar Date: February 21, 2005.


MATH 280: Introduction to Linear Algebra

Course Offering Frequency: Once a year Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 280: Introduction to Linear Algebra 3-0-3 credits Matrices and systems of linear equations. Vector spaces and subspaces. Linear independence. Basis and dimension. Inner product spaces. The Gram-Schmidt process. Linear transformations. Determinants. Diagonalization. Real quadratic forms.

Textbook: Bernard Kolman. Elementary Linear Algebra. 6th edition, 1996, Prentic

Hall, New York. Objectives: The objective of this course is to introduce the students to the basic

concepts and techniques of elementary linear algebra. Students will learn the basic concepts of matrices, vector spaces, inner product spaces, linear transformations, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors and real quadratic forms.

Corequisites: MATH 201. Topics: 1. Systems of linear equations and matrices. 5 classes

2. Echelon form of a matrix and inverses of matrices 4 classes

3. Real vector spaces: subspaces, basis and dimension. . 6 classes

4. Coordinates and isomorphisms. 2 classes

5. Homogeneous systems and rank of a matrix 3 classes

6. .Inner product spaces 3 classes

7. The Gram-Schmidt process 2 classes

8. Linear transformations. 5 classes

9. Similarity of matrices 2 classes

10. Determinants: definitions and properties 3 classes

11

12.

13.

Cofactor expansion and the inverse of a matrix. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors: Diagonalization Real quadratic forms

3 classes

5 classes

2 classes

Computer Usage:


Some computer software packages, like Maple and Matlab, can be used to solve many problems in the course.

Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and some other class activities. 2. Quizzes. 3. Major exams. 4. A final exam.


Related to course contents, a student should be able

1. To prove some basic results of linear algebra. 2. To solve systems of linear equations using matrices. 3. To find the inverse of a square matrix if it exists. 4. To determine if a given set is a vector space. 5. To decide the linear dependence or independence of vectors in a given vector space. 6. To find a basis and the dimension of a vector space. 7. To use the Gram-Schmidt process to find an orthonormal basis of a vector space. 8. To find the kernel, range and matrix representation of a linear transformation. 9. To find the determinant of a square matrix. 10. To find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a square matrix. 11. To diagonalize a linear transformation. 12. To find the canonical form of a quadratic form.

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Dr. A. Laradji and Dr. I. Al-Rasasi Date: March, 2005


MATH 301: Methods of Applied Mathematics Semester: All Semesters

Catalog Data:

(2001-2003) MATH 301: Methods of Applied Mathematics (3-0-3) Special functions, Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials, vector analysis, including vector fields, divergence, curl, line and surface integrals, Green’s, Gauss’s, and Stokes’s theorems, systems of differential equations, Sturm-Liouville theory, Fourier series and transforms, introduction to partial differential equations and boundary value problems.

Textbook: D.G. Zill and M.R. Cullen. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and Bartle Publishers, 1999

Reference Texts:

1. P.V. O’Neil. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1991.

2. E. Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 7th edition, 1993.

Objectives: This course is designed to provide engineering students with basic notions and some tools of applied mathematics including vector analysis and methods for solving engineering problems.

Prerequisite: MATH 202.

Topics: 1. Gradient, divergence and curl 2 classes 2. Line integrals 2 classes 3. Green’s, Stokes’s and divergence theorem 4 classes 4. Laplace transform and applications 4 classes 5. Orthogonal functions 2 classes 6. Fourier series 3 classes 7. Sturm-Liouville theorem 4 classes 8. Bessel and Legendre series 3 classes 9. Fourier series method of solving heat, wave and Laplace equations 6 classes 10. B.V.P. in polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates 6 classes 11. Fourier transform and application 6 classes 12. Revision 2 classes Computer Usage:

The usage of computer is helpful and recommended in solving homework problems. Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams


4. A final exam Student Learning Outcome: The students are expected to have learnt the basic tools of applied mathematics in solving applied and engineering problems in their respective areas of study.

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Drs. M. Aslam Chaudhry and Bilal Chanane Date: April 14, 2003


MATH 311: Advanced Calculus I

Frequency: Once a year


MATH 311: Advanced Calculus I (3-0-3) The real number system. Continuity and limits. Uniform continuity. Differentiability of functions of one variable. Definition, existence and properties of the Riemann integral. The fundamental theorem of calculus. Sequences and series of real numbers.

Textbook: M. H. Protter and C. B. Morrey. A First Course in Real Analysis, 2nd ed., Springer, 1991.

Reference Books: 1. R. G. Bartle and D. R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 2nd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992. 2. F. Dangello and M. Seyfried, Introductory Real Analysis, Houghton Mifflin, New York, 2000. 3. K. Stromberg, An Introduction to Classical Real Analysis, Wadsworth International Group, California, 1981.

Objectives: This course covers a theoretical foundation of analysis. It provides a treatment of real number system and basic theory upon which elementary calculus of one variable is based.

Prerequisite: MATH 201

Topics:

1. Axioms for a field 2 classes 2. Natural Numbers 2 classes 3. Inequalities 2 classes 4. Mathematical Induction 2 classes 5. Continuity 2 classes 6. Limits 1 classes 7. One-sided Limit 2 classes 8. Limits at Infinity and Finite Limits 2 classes 9. Limits of Sequences 1 classes 10. The Intermediate Value Theorem 2 classes 11. Least U. Bound and Greatest L. Bound 2 classes 12. The Bolzano-Weierstrass Theorem 1 classes 13. Boundedness and Extreme Value Theorem 1 classes 14. Uniform Continuity 2 classes 15. The Cauchy Criterion 1 classes 16. The Heine Borel and Lebesgue Theorem 2 classes 17. The Derivative in R1 3 classes 18. Inverse Functions 2 classes 19. The Darboux Integral 4 classes 20. The Riemann Integral 3 classes 21. The Logarithm and Exponential Functions 2 classes


Computer Usage: None Student Learning Outcome:

The student should be able to 1. use the properties of real numbers, 2. analyze mathematical statements, 3. apply mathematical induction, 4. prove theorems related to limit, differentiation and integration of functions of one

variable, 5. use theorems to solve problems.

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Dr. Muhammad A. Bokhari Date: February 15, 2005


MATH 321: Introduction to Numerical Computing Course Offering Frequency: Once a Year


MATH 321: Introduction to Numerical Computing 3-0-3 Floating point arithmetic and error analysis. Solution of Nonlinear Equations. Polynomial Interpolation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Data fitting. Solution of linear algebraic systems. Initial and boundary value problems of ordinary differential equations.

Prerequisites: MATH 201; ICS 101, ICS 102, or ICS 103 Textbook: J. H. Mathews and K. D. Fink, “Numerical Methods Using Matlab”, 4th

ed., Pearson Prentice Hall, (2004) Objectives: This course introduces the student to:

1. The computer capabilities and limitations. 2. The numerical techniques to solve mathematical equations. 3. Vector oriented programming. 4. Elementary introduction to the mathematical theory behind the

numerical Algorithms. Topics: 1. Review of Calculus 1 classes 2. Binary systems and error analysis 3 classes 3. Fixed Point and Bracketing Methods 4 classes 4. Newoton’s Method 3 classes 5. Upper triangular linear systems 1 classes 6. Gaussian Elemination and Pivoting 3 classes 7. Triangular factorization and Iterative methods 3 classes 8. Lagrange and Newton Polynomials 3 classes 9. Least square curve fitting 3 classes 10. Numerical differentiation and Integration 9 classes 11. Single and multistep methods for ODEs 9 classes 12. Review 3 classes Computer Usage: Students are expected to implement the numerical algorithms using MATLAB and/or MAPLE. Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate

1. Understanding of capabilities and limitations of computers in connection with computer arithmetic.

2. Understanding of numerical methods to approximate functions, derivatives, integrals and to solve linear and nonlinear equations. The ability to numerically solve simple odes is also expected.

3. Ability to think algorithmically about solving problems. 4. Ability to transform algorithms to computer code. 5. Ability to work in teams.

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Dr(s). M. El-Gebeily Date: 12-2-2005


MATH 345: Modern Algebra I Course Offering Frequency: Once per year


MATH 345: Modern Algebra I 3-0-3 Review of basic group theory including Lagrange's Theorem. Normal subgroups, factor groups, homomorphisms, fundamental theorem of finite Abelian groups. Examples and basic properties, integral domains and fields, ideal and factor rings, homomorphisms. Polynomials, factorization of polynomials over a field, factor rings of polynomials over a field. Irreducibles and unique factorization, principal ideal domains.

Textbook: Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Houghton

Mifflin College Div; 4th edition, 1998. Objectives: The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the basic notions

and techniques of Abstract Algebra; namely, groups, rings, polynomial rings over a field, factorization theory in integral domains.

Prerequisites: MATH 232 (Introduction to Sets and Structures) Topics: 1. Groups, subgroups, cyclic groups, isomorphisms 9 classes

2. Cosets and Lagrange’s Theorem, normal subgroups, factor groups, homomorphisms

12 classes

3. Examples and basic properties of rings, integral domains and fields,

ideals and factor rings, homomorphisms 9 classes

4. Polynomials, factorization of polynomials over a field, factor rings of

polynomial rings over a field 9 classes

5. Irreducibles, primes, factorization in integral domains, UFD, PID,

Euclidean domains 6 classes

TOTAL 45 classes

Computer Usage:

With Gallian’s book (5th edition), it is now possible to handle many exercises using a computer algebra software provided online (in Gallian’s homepage).

Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and some class activities. 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam.


Student Learning Outcome: On successful completion of the course, students will (1) have acquired:

1. active knowledge of basic concepts of abstract algebra 2. understanding (and memorization) of fundamental results in finite group theory and

factorization theory 3. familiarity with concrete and classic examples of groups, rings, and fields

(2) demonstrate ability to: 1. write proofs of some basic results of abstract algebra 2. solve problems and formulate new ones 3. do manipulations with (prime) integers 4. handle permutations, finite groups, and orders 5. construct finite groups 6. find subgroups of a finite group 7. identify rings and fields 8. relate ideals to factor rings and homomorphisms 9. prove and use tests for irreducibility for polynomials 10. put factorization theory into use 11. solve problems using computer algebra systems (online)

Classification: Math Core Requirements Prepared by: Dr. S. Kabbaj Date: February 19, 2005


MATH 399

Course Offering Frequency: As required during summer term Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 399: Summer Training (0-0-2) Students are required to spend one summer working in industry prior to the term in which they expect to graduate. Students are required to submit a report and make a presentation on their summer training experience and the knowledge gained

Textbook: None Objectives: To experience applications of mathematical sciences while working in

an educational institution, a research organization, or a company. Prerequisites: ENGL 214; Junior Standing Topics: To be assigned by the employer Computer Usage:

As per project requirement Student Learning Outcome:

Students should be able to 1. demonstrate mathematical reasoning and problem solving skills and/or apply

mathematics to model and solve real life problems 2. work independently 3. interact with his team members. 4. function professionally and ethically 5. produce a report 6. give a presentation about his experience/achievements

Classification: Core requirement Prepared by: Dr. M.A.Bokhari Date: May, 2005


MATH 411: Advanced Calculus II

Course Offering Frequency: Once a Year Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 411: Advanced Calculus II 3-0-3

Theory of sequences and series of functions. Continuity and differentiability of functions of several variables. Partial derivatives. The Chain rule. Taylor's theorem. Maxima and minima. Integration of functions of several variables. Convergence and divergence of improper integrals. Derivative of functions defined by improper integrals.

Textbook: M. H. Protter and C.B. Morrey. A first course in Real Analysis, 2nd ed., Springer, 1991

References 1. C. H. Edwards, Jr., Advanced Calculus of Several Variables,

Academic Press, 1973. 2. W. Fleming, Functions of Several Variables, 2nd ed., Springer

Verlag,1977. 3. W.F. Trench, Advanced Calculus, Harper and Row Publishers,

1978. 4. K. Stromberg, An Introduction to Classical Real Analysis,

Wadsworth International Group, California, 1981... 5. R.G. Bartle and D.R. Sherbert, 2nd. Ed., John Wiley and

Sons,1992

Objectives: This course covers a theoretical development of calculus of several variables with a special emphasis on the Taylor's formula in several variables and the multivariate mean value theorem. The special and important cases of this subject, constitute the elementary calculus for three and one variables.

Prerequisites: MATH 311 Topics: 1. The Schwarz and Triangle Inequalities 2 classes

2. Metric Spaces 2 classes

3. Elements of Point Set Topology 3 classes

4. Countable and Uncountable sets 2 classes

5. Compact Sets and the Heine –Borel Theorem 2 classes

6. Functions on Compact sets 2 classes

7. Connected sets 3 classes

8. Mappings from One Metric Space to Another 2 classes

9. Partial Derivatives 3 classes


10. The Chain Rule 2 classes

11. Taylor's Theorem; Maxima and Minima 3 classes 12. The Derivative in RN 2 classes 13 The Darboux Integral in RN 2 classes 14 The Riemann Integral in RN 3 classes 15 Tests of Convergence and Divergence 2 classes 16 Series of Positive and Negative Terms 2 classes 17 Power Series 2 classes 18 Uniform Convergence of Sequences 3 classes 19 Uniform Convergence of Power series 3 classes Computer Usage:

None Evaluation Methods: Student Learning Outcome: The student should be able to

1. use the properties of derivative and integral of a function of several variables. 2. analyze statements in relation to multivariate analysis. 3. prove theorems about the continuity, differentiability and integration in n variables. 4. develop and apply certain convergence tests for infinite series 5. use theorems to find the area and volume of some regions in the 3-dimensional

spaces.

Classification: Core requirement Prepared by: Dr. Abdul Rahim Khan. Date: February 20, 2005


MATH 430: Introduction to Complex Variable Semester: At least once a year.


MATH 430: Introduction to Complex Variable (3-0-3) Complex numbers and Complex plane, Arguments and roots of unity, De Moivre’s theorem, Basic Topological definitions, Analytic functions, Limits, Continuity, Differentiability, Cauchy-Riemann Conditions, Elementary functions. Branch Cuts, Convergence of Complex Series, Complex Integration, Cauchy’s Theorem, Cauch’s Integral formula, Morera’s and Liouville’s theorems. Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, Residue theorem, and poles. Rouche’s theorem. Fundamental theorem of Algebra, Evaluation of improper integrals, Meromorphic functions. Basic concepts of conformal mapping.

Textbook: E. B. Saff and A .D. Snider, Fundamentals of Complex Analysis, 2nd Edition, Prentice- Hall,1993.

Reference Books: 1. R. V. Churchal and J. W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications,4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company,1988. 2. L. V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

Objectives: In this course a student learns the concepts of complex numbers, functions of complex variable, limit, continuity, differentiation, and contour integration of function of complex variable. It is expected that the students becomes familiar with the standard theorems of Cauchy, Morera, Liouville, and Rouche and their applications in solving problems involving improper integrals arising in applied mathematics and Engineering Applications.

Prerequisite: Math 201, Calculus-III

Topics:

1. The Algebra and analysis of complex numbers

3 classes

2. The complex exponential function, power and roots, and functions of complex variables.

3 classes

3. Limit and continuity and analyticity, Cauchy Riemann equations,and harmonic functions

3 classes

4. The exponential, trigonometric and 3 classes

hyperbolic functions.the logarithmic functions, complex powers and inverse trigonometric functions.

5. Contours and Contour integrals. 3 classes 6. Independence of path, Cauchy integral

theorem 3 classes

7. The Cauchy integral formula and its consequences.

3 classes

8. Bounds for analytic functions, sequences and series,and Taylor series.

3 classes

9. Taylor and Laurent series 3 classes 10. Zeros and singularities and the point at

infinity.. 3 classes

11. The Residue theorem, and the trigonometric integrals over [0, 2 ]π .

3 classes

12. Improper integrals Improper integrals involving trigonometric functions

3 classes

13. Indented contours Integrals involving multi -valued functions Conformal mapping

6 classes

The Recitation Hour: There is no recitation hour for the course. However, an instructor may arrange with the students for additional lecture(s) to explain the Engineering Applications of the Basic theorems. Computer Usage: Computer software packages, eg., Mathematica, Matlab are used to solve some of the exercises of the book. The computer lab of the Department of Mathematical Sciences is equipped with these software packages. Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes(up to 6) 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam( Comprehensive)

Student Learning Outcome: Related to the course contents an average successful student should be able:

1. To solve problems of limits, continuity, differentiation, and integration of functions of complex variables..

2. To use the standard theorems to prove uniqueness and existence of solutions of the problems of interest.

3. To make use of the conformal mappings in solving Engineering problems. SAR Dept. of Math Sc. 35


4. To make use of the Residue theorem in solving integrals involving the Fourier and

Laplace transforms. Classification: General requirement Prepared by: Drs. M. Aslam Chaudhry and F. D. Zaman Date: January 12, 2005


MATH 490

Course Offering Frequency: As required Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 490: Seminar in Mathematics (3-0-3) This course provides a forum for the exchange of mathematical ideas between faculty and students under the guidance of the course instructor. The instructor arranges weekly presentations by himself, other faculty members and/or students, of lectures or discussions on topics or problems of general interest. The course culminates in the presentation by each student of at least one written report on a selected topic or problem, reflecting some independent work and evidence of familiarity with the mathematical literature. With the permission of the instructor, students may work with other faculty members in the preparation of written reports

Textbook: None Objectives: The course focuses on training a student to search mathematical

literature, to discuss mathematical ideas with the faculty members and to write as well present a report on an assigned topic

Prerequisites: Any two of MATH 301, 311 and 345 Topics: Variable contents Computer Usage: Depends on the project


Students are should be able to 1. search literature 2. analyze problem 3. broaden and/or deepen his knowledge in the selected area 4. formulate conjecture related to his project material 5. work independently 6. communicate mathematical knowledge.

Classification: Math Core requirement Prepared by: Dr. M.A.Bokhari Date: May, 2005


STAT 201: Introduction to Statistics

Course Offering Frequency: Once a year Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

STAT 201: Introduction to Statistics 3-0-3 Descriptive statistics: measures of location, dispersion, and skewness. Probability. Random variables. Normal and Binomial probability distributions. Sampling distribution of the mean. Estimation. Testing hypotheses. Regression and correlation. Application using statistical packages.

Textbook: Ross, S. H. Introductory Statistics, McGraw-Hill, 1996.

References: Triola, M. F. Elementary Statistics, 8-th Edition, Addison Wesley

Longman, 2000. Rasmussen, S. An introduction to Statistics, 1992. Sanders, D. H. and Smidth, R. K. Statistics A first course, 6-th Edition, McGeaw Hill, 2000.

Objectives: introduction to statistics is intended to be the first course in

statistics for students. The emphasis is on understanding how to use statistics to solve real-world problems. Upon completion of this course you should: • Be familiar with the techniques of data analysis studied; • Understand the basic elements of probability studied; • Understand the assumptions, methods, and implications

associated with various methods of statistical inference studied; and

• Be proficient in using MINITAB and be able to interpret the associated output.

Prerequisites: MATH 102 Topics 1. Introduction, the nature of statistics, populations and samples 3 classes 2. Introduction, frequency tables & graphs, histograms, etc. 3 classes 3. Measures of central tendency and variation 3 classes 4. Probability 6 classes 5. Discrete and Continuous random variables, binomial, normal, etc. 9 classes 6. Sampling distribution 7 classes 7. Point and Interval estimation 7 classes 8. Testing hypothesis 7 classes 9 Simple and multiple regression 6 classes

Computer Usage:

Minitab statistical package Evaluation Methods: Two major exams, finals, homework and quizzes. Student Learning Outcome:


1. Learn how to describe data set using different methods. 2. Learn the basic concepts for probability and how to find the probability for sets. 3. Know most of the well known probability distributions. 4. Learn how to make statistical inference for real data sets. 5. Use the simple and multiple regression to study the relation between the dependent

variable and independent variables. Classification: Math Core requirement Prepared by: Dr Hassen Muttlak Date:19/2/2005

Electives

Option Pure Mathematics


40

MATH 330: Euclidean and Non-Euclidean Geometry

Course Offering Frequency: As required


MATH 330: Differential Geometry (3-0-3) Axiomatic approach to Euclidean geometry. Use of logic in mathematical reasoning. Hilbert's formulation. Removal of the parallel axiom. The discovery of non-Euclidean geometries. Independence of the parallel postulate. The question of the geometry of physical space. Geometric transformations and invariance under groups of transformations. Hyperbolic geometry.

Textbook: M. J. Greenberg. Euclidean and non-Euclidean

geometry, W.H.Freeman and Co,(1980) Objectives: To introduce the axiomatic methods in the context of

geometry Prerequisites: Math 202 Topics:

1. Introduction and History. Pythagorean Theorem and Euclid’s Axioms. Triangle congruence, parallel lines. Similar triangles. Power of a point. Centroid, incenter, Heron’s formula. Circumcircle. Euler line, Nine point circle. Simson line, Pedal triangle. Constructions and Algebra of Constructions. Regular pentagon. Constructability and Trisecting an arbitrary angle.

15 classes

2. Models of Hyperbolic Geometry. Neutral Geometry. AAA Congruence. Classifying parallel lines. Singly Asymptotic Triangles. Poincaré Upper Half Plane. Inversion in a circle. Fractional Linear Transformations. Cross Ratio. Translations, Rotations & Reflections.

15 classes

3. Hyperbolic metric. Area of Triangles. Poincaré Disk Model. Circles, hypercycles, and horocycles.

6 classes

4. Hyperbolic trigonometry. Angle of parallelism. Curvature.

6 classes

5. Spherical Trigonometry. 3 classes Computer Usage:


41

No. Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam Student Learning Outcome:

After completion of the course, a student should be able to 1. have an idea of Euclid’s Fifth Postulate 2. learn how to prove theorems, facts, lemmas, etc. in a formal mathematical

system 3. appreciate the work of Saccheri, Bolyai, Lobachevskii, Gauss, Poincaré, and

others in the development of hyperbolic geometry 4. hyperbolic trigonometry and its relation to the hyperbolic geometry 5. know basic ideas of spherical geometry

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs H. Azad, A. H. Bokhari, M. T. Mustafa Date: Feb. 19, 2005


42

MATH 355: Linear Algebra

Course Offering Frequency: Never Offered Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 355: Linear Algebra (3-0-3) Theory of vector spaces and linear transformations. Direct sums. Inner product spaces. The dual space. Bilinear forms. Polynomials and matrices. Triangulation of matrices and linear transformations. Hamilton-Cayley theorem.

Textbook: "Linear Algebra" by Serge Lang, 3rd edition, Springer (1987), 2000 printing.

Objectives: This course aims to familiarize students with the concepts and theory of linear algebra.

Prerequisites: MATH 280 Topics: 1. Vector spaces: definitions; bases 3 classes

2. Dimension of a vector space; sums and direct sums 3 classes

3. Linear mappings; kernel and image of a linear map 3 classes

4. Composition and inverse of linear maps; linear map associated with a matrix; matrix associated with a linear map

4 classes

5. Scalar products; orthogonal bases; positive definite case 5 classes

6. Bilinear maps and matrices; general orthogonal bases 3 classes

7. Dual space and scalar products 3 classes

8. Quadratic forms 2 classes

9. Symmetric operators; hermitian operators; unitary operators

4 classes

10. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues; characteristic polynomial 5 classes

11. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues of symmetric matrices;

diagonalization of symmetric matrices 3 classes

12. Polynomials; polynomials of matrices and linear maps 2 classes

13. Existence of triangulation; theorem of Hamilton-Cayley 2 classes


43

Computer Usage:

Computer software (e.g. Maple or Mathematica) could be used to enhance the student's familiarity with concepts such as eigenvalues and triangulation of matrices.

Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Major exams 4. Final exam

Student Learning Outcomes: Related to the course contents, students should demonstrate a rigorous understanding of

1. the structure of vector spaces and linear transformations 2. the role of matrices as representations of linear transformations 3. bilinear maps and quadratic forms 4. inner product spaces, hermitian and unitary operators 5. eigenvalues and eigenvectors 6. diagonalization and triangulation 7. polynomials of matrices and linear maps

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. A. Laradji Date: 29 March 2005


44

MATH 412: Advanced Calculus III



MATH 412: Advanced Calculus III (3-0-3) Functions of bounded variation. The Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Implicit and inverse function theorems. Lagrange multipliers. Change of variables in multiple integrals. Vector functions and fields on Rn. Line and surface integrals. Greens' theorem. Divergence theorem. Stokes' theorem.

Textbook: M. H. Potter, C. B. Morrey. A First Course in Real

Analysis, Springer Verlag, 1997. Objectives: To understand the computational and theoretical aspects of

integral calculus for functions of several variables. Prerequisites: Math 411 Topics:

1. Functions of bounded variation. The Riemann Stieljes integral.

3 classes

2. Differential of a function. Implicit and inverse function theorem

6 classes

3. Lagrange multipliers. 3 classes4. Change of variable in multiple integrals. 6 classes5. Vector fields on Rn 3 classes6. Line and surface integrals. 6 classes7. Green’s theorem. 6 classes8. Divergence theorem. 6 classes9. Stokes’ theorem 6 classes

Computer Usage: None Evaluation Methods:



45


After completion of the course, a student should be able to 1. compute the differential of a function and its rank 2. understand and apply the method of Lagrange multipliers 3. calculate line and surface integrals 4. understand the proofs of Green’s, Divergence and Stokes’ theorems 5. apply Green’s, Divergence and Stokes’ theorems

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs H. Azad, M. H. Bokhari, A. R. Khan Date: Feb. 19, 2005


46

MATH 421: Introduction to Topology Course Offering Frequency: As required


MATH 421: Introduction to Topology 3-0-3 Topological Spaces: Basis for a topology, The order topology. The subspace topology. Closed sets and limit points. Continuous functions. The product topology and the metric topology. Connected spaces. Compact spaces. Limit point compactness. The countability axioms. The separation axioms. The Urysohn lemma. The Urysohn metrization theorem. Complete metric spaces.

Textbook: Topology, A First Course by James R.

Munkres , Printice-Hall (1975) Objectives: This course is designed to provide basic topics in

topology. It discusses various topological and metric spaces. Students will learn the basic concepts of topological spaces, continuity, convergence, compactness, connectedness and separation axioms. Students are expected to develop skills to write clear and precise proofs.

Prerequisites: MATH 232, MATH 311 Topics: 1. Sets and Maps: Theory of sets and functions, countable

and uncountable sets, partially and totally ordered sets. 3- classes

2. Metric Spaces: Metrics, open sets and closed sets,

equivalent metrics, continuity and convergence, compactness.

9- classes

3. Topological Spaces: Topologies, neighborhoods,

boundary, interior and closure, bases and local bases. 9- classes

4. Continuity and Convergence: Continuous maps,

Homeomorphism, product and quotient spaces, convergence.

6- classes

5. Compactness: Compact Spaces, compact metric spaces,

locally compact spaces. 6- classes

6. Connectedness: Connected spaces, components, locally

connected and path-connected spaces. 6- classes

7. Countability and Separation Axioms: The countability

axioms, T0-, T1-, T2-spaces, regular and normal spaces. 6- classes


47

Computer Usage: None. Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Major exams 4. A final exam

Student Learning Outcome: Related to the course contents, a student should be able to

1. use basic concepts of continuity, compactness, connectedness, metric spaces in other areas.

2. develop analytical and critical thinking 3. analyze abstract spaces, 4. communicate mathematical skills. 5. develop skills to write clear and precise proofs

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Mohammad Z. Abu-Sbeih Date: Jan. 13, 2005


48

MATH 425: Graph Theory Course Offering Frequency: Once every two years


MATH 425: Graph Theory 3-0-3 Graphs and digraphs. Degree sequences, paths, cycles, cut-vertices, and blocks. Eulerian graphs and digraphs. Trees, incidence matrix, cut-matrix, circuit matrix and adjacency matrix. Orthogonality relation. Decomposition, Euler formula, planar and nonplanar graphs. Menger's theorem. Hamiltonian graphs.

Textbook: Graphs and Digraphs (2nd ed.) by: G. Chartrand and L.

Lesniak Objectives: This course is designed to introduce the students to the

concepts of Graph Theory and Algorithms such as graphs and digraphs, connectedness, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs, embedding, coloring, matching and factorization. Real-word problems will be presented, together with a wide variety of applications to other branches of mathematics, engineering, and computer science. Students are expected to develop skills to write clear and precise proofs.

Prerequisites: MATH 260 or MATH 280 Topics: 1. Graphs and Digraphs: Graphs, Digraphs, Deg

sequence. 6 classes

2. Connected Graphs & Digraphs: Paths & Cycles, Cut-

vertices, Eulerian Graphs 7 classes

3. Trees: Elementary Properties, n-Ary Trees, Acyclic

Decomposition. 7 classes

4. Graph Embeddings: Euler's Formula, Ch. of Planar

Graphs. 6 classes

5. Connectivity and Networks: n-Connected Graph,

Menger's Theorem, Max-Flow. 4 classes

6. Hamiltonian Graphs & Digraphs: Hamiltonian Graphs;

Ham. Planar Graphs. 5 classes

7. Oriented Graphs: Robbin's Theorem, Tournaments,

Score Sequence. 4 classes


49

8. Factors and Factorizations: Matching, Factorizations. 2 classes

9. Graph Colorings: Vertex Colorings, Map Colorings. 2 classes

Computer Usage: The use of computers is essential for algorithms such as salesman problem, spanning trees, networks, and so on.. . There are some software packages which may be helpful to demonstrate some examples such as Cabri Graph. Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and class activities. 2. Quizzes. 3. Major exam. 4. Projects. 5. A final exam.


1. use basic concepts in graph theory such as connectedness, subgraphs, trees, directed graphs, tournaments, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs and matching.

2. develop analytical and critical thinking, 3. analyze real life problems, 4. communicate mathematical skills, 5. develop skills to write clear and precise proofs.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Mohammad Z. Abu-Sbeih Date: Jan. 13, 2005


50

MATH 431

Course Offering Frequency: Never offered Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 431: Introduction to Measure Theory and functional analysis

(3-0-3)

Lebesque integral functions, Fatou’s lemma, dominated convergence theorem, measurable functions, measurable sets, non-measurable sets, Egoroff’s theorem, convergence in measure. Lp-spaces, Riesz-Fischer theorem, geometry of Hilbert spaces, orthonormal sequences, Fourier series, bounded linear functionals, Hahn-Banach theorem, linear functionals on Hilbert and Lp-spaces.

Textbook: An Introduction to Analysis and Integration Theory by,

E.R. Phillips; Intext Educational Publications, Scranton, U.S.A., (1971).

Objectives: The course aims at making the students familiarized with

basic concepts of measure theory and functional analysis. Prerequisites: MATH 411 Topics: 1. Step functions, Completion of the space of step functions,

Null sets. 5 classes

2. Lebesque integrable functions. 3 classes

3. Monotone Convergence theorems, Fatou’s lemma. 3 classes

4. Dominated convergence theorem, Relationship between Riemann and Lebesque integration measureable functions. Measurable sets.

5 classes

5. Non measurable sets, Egoroff’s theorem, Convergence in

mean. 5 classes

6. Holder’s and Minkowski’s inequalities, Riesz - Fischer

theorem. 3 classes

7. Cauchy-Schwartz inequality, Orthonormal sets, Separable

Hilbert spaces. 5 classes

8. Fourier series, Riemann localization theorem, 3 classes


51

9. Convergence of Fourier series, Cesaro summable series, Bounded linear functionals

4 classes

10. Hahn-Banach theorem, Uniform boundedness theorem. 3 classes

11. Projection theorem, Riesz representation theorem for

Hilbert spaces. 3 classes

12. Riesz representation theorem for Lp-spaces 2 classes Computer Usage:

None Student Learning Outcome:

The student should be able to 1. differentiate between Riemann and Lebesgue integration 2. analyze the properties of function spaces 3. understand the proofs of standard theorems 4. use theorems to solve problems 5. guess the validity of statements 6. pursue higher studies in the related area 7. present the material clearly.

Classification: Math elective Prepared by: Dr M.A.Bokhari Date: March 2005


52

MATH 440: Differential Geometry



MATH 440: Differential Geometry (3-0-3) Curves in Euclidean space: Arc length, tangent normal and binormal vectors; curvature and torsion, Frenet formulae. Geometry of surfaces: the first and second fundamental form, geodesics, Gaussian and mean curvature; fundamental theorem of Gauss. Introduction to the non Euclidean geometries of the sphere and the unit disc.

Textbook: Andrew Pressley. Elementary Differential Geometry,

Springer, 2003. Objectives: To understand geometry of curves and surfaces in 3-

dimensional Euclidean space. Prerequisites: Math 202 or Math 260 Topics:

1. Curves in Euclidean space: Arc length, tangent normal and binormal vectors; curvature and torsion, Frenet formulae.

9 classes

2. Geometry of surfaces: the first and second fundamental form

15 classes

3. Geodesics. 9 classes4. Gaussian and mean curvature. 3 classes5. Fundamental theorem of Gauss. 3 classes6. Non Euclidean geometries of the sphere and

the unit disc. 6 classes

Computer Usage: Use of Matlab for drawing curves, surfaces and vector fields. Evaluation Methods:



53


After completion of the course, a student should be able to 1. compute arc length, curvature, torsion 2. solve geodesic equations on standard quadratic surfaces 3. compute the tangent spaces 4. verify the concepts of smoothness and non-smoothness 5. verify that standard surfaces are 2-dimensional manifolds 6. compute the areas on surfaces 7. compute the first and second fundamental forms

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs H. Azad, A. H. Bokhari, M. T. Mustafa Date: Feb. 8, 2005


54

MATH 450: Modern Algebra II


MATH 450 : Modern Algebra II (3-0-3) Finite and finitely generated Abelian groups. Solvable groups. Nilpotent groups. Sylow theorems. Factorization in integral domains. Principal ideal domains. Fields. Field extensions. Finite fields. An introduction to Galois theory.

Textbook: Contemporary Abstract Algebra, 4th ed. by J. A. Gallian Objectives: To introduce the students to more advanced topics in

Abstract Algebra and to learn more about the structure of groups, rings and fields.

Prerequisites: MATH 345 : Modern Algebra I Topics: 1. Euclidean domains 4 classes

2. Principal Ideal domains 4 classes

3. Polynomial rings 2 classes

4. Divisibility theory 6 classes

5. Direct sums of rings 2 classes

6. Field extensions 6 classes

7. Finite fields 5 classes

8. Abelian groups, Fundamental theorem of finite abelian groups,

10classes

Sylow theorems 9. Solvable groups 3 classes

10. Nilpotent groups 3 classes = 45

Computer Usage: Usually not used at all. However, there is a possibility to use computer in this course and do some application; for instance, when dealing with the classification of finite groups.


55

Evaluation Methods: Homework, quizzes, class tests and final exam. Student Learning Outcome: Students are expected to demonstrate

1. the understanding of the algebraic structure of groups, rings and fields. 2. the understanding of factorization of polynomials and divisibility compared

with the case of integers. 3. the classification of finite abelian groups (up to isomorphism); Fundamental

Theorem of finite abelian groups. 4. the structure of certain important groups such as solvable and nilpotent groups.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Mohammad Samman Date: March 7, 2005


56

MATH 452: Applied Algebra Course Offering Frequency: As required


MATH 452: Applied Algebra 3-0-3 Boolean algebras. Symmetry groups in three dimensions. Polya-Burnside method of enumeration. Monoids and machines. Introduction to automata theory. Error correcting codes.

Textbook: W.J. Gilbert. Modern Algebra with applications, John

Wiley & Sons Inc., 1976. Objectives: The purpose of the course is to teach concepts and

techniques from modern algebra which are applicable to some areas of science and engineering. Special emphasis is given on their applications to circuit theory, crystallography, finite state machines and coding theory.

Prerequisites: MATH 280, MATH 345 Topics: 1. Algebra of Sets, Boolean Algebras, Switching Circuits 3

2. Posets and Lattices, Normal Forms and Simplification of Circuits

3

3. Transistor Gates, Representation Theorem 3

4. Finite Groups in Two Dimensions, Proper Rotations of Regular Solids

3

5. Finite Rotation Groups in Three Dimensions, Crystallographic

Groups 3

6. Burnside Theorem, Necklace Problems 3

7. Coloring Polyhedra, Counting Switching Circuits 3

8. Monoids and Semigroups, Finite State Machines 3

9. Quotient Monoids and the Monoid of a Machine 2

10. Deterministic Automata, Nondeterministic Automata, Pushdown Automata

5


57

11. The Coding Problem, Simple Codes 3

12. Polynomial Representation, Matrix Representation 3

13. Error Correcting and Decoding, BCH Codes 4 Computer Usage: None Evaluation Methods:

1. Two major examinations: 40% 2. Homework / Assignment: 20% 3. Final Examination: 40%

Student Learning Outcome: The student should be able to

1. Use properties of Boolean algebras to analyze and simplify switching circuits. 2. Prove and use results about symmetry groups to solve related problems of

chemical compounds and crystallography. 3. Prove and use results about monoids and semigroups to solve related problems

of deterministic, nondeterministic and pushdown automata. 4. Use concepts from ring theory and field theory to analyze and solve related

problems of coding, decoding and error correction of codes. Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr(s). Muhammad A. Al-Bar and Muhammed Anwar Chaudhry Date: March 13, 2005


58

MATH 455: Number Theory


MATH 455: Number Theory 3-0-3 Divisibility and primes. Congruences. Primitive roots. Quadratic reciprocity. Arithmetic functions. Diophantine equations. Farey sequences and rational approximations.

Textbook: I. Niven, H. Zuckerman and H. Montgomery. An

Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, 5th edition, Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1991.

Objectives: This course is designed to provide students with a

solid introduction to the basic concepts of number theory. Students will learn the basic notions, with the emphasis on proofs, of divisibility, primes, congruences, quadratic residues and quadratic reciprocity, arithmetic functions, some Diophantine equations, Farey fractions and irrational numbers.

Prerequisites: MATH 345. Topics: 1. Divisibility, Euclidean algorithm, GCD, LCM. 3 classes

2. Primes: The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, infinitude of primes.

3 classes

3. Congruences: Basics of congruences, Fermat’s,

Euler’s and Wilson’s Theorems. 4 classes

4. Solutions of congruences and the Chinese Remainder

Theorem. 2 classes

5. Polynomial congruences: prime and prime power

moduli. 3 classes

6. Primitive roots and power residues. 4 classes

7. Quadratic residues and quadratic reciprocity. 6 classes

8. Arithmetic functions and Mobius inversion formula. 5 classes

9. Some Diophantine equations: linear equations and some assorted examples, Pythagorean triangles.

7 classes


59

10. Farey fractions and rational approximations 4 classes

11. Irrational numbers: irrationality of π . 4 classes Computer Usage:

Some computer software packages, like Maple, can be used for computational purposes and also to test the invalidity or the possible validity of some number theoretic statements.

Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments and some other class activities. 2. Projects. 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam.


Related to course contents, a student should be able

1. To prove some basic results in number theory. 2. To apply the theorems of Fermat, Euler and Wilson in calculating

and/or proving some statements in number theory. 3. To solve different types of congruences. 4. To use the Chinese Remainder Theorem in solving systems of linear

congruences in one variable. 5. To find primitive roots modulo primes and prime powers. 6. To use the Quadratic Reciprocity Law in calculating and proving some

statements in number theory. 7. To solve some Diophantine equations.

Classification: Math Elective. Prepared by: Dr. Ibrahim Al-Rasasi , Dr. M. A. Chaudhry. Date: Feb 20, 2005


60

MATH 460


MATH 460: Applied Matrix Theory 3-0-3 Review of the theory of linear systems. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. The Jordan canonical form. Bilinear and quadratic forms. Matrix analysis of differential equations. Variational principles and perturbation theory. The Courant minimax theorem. Weyl’s inequalities, Gerschgorin’s theorem, perturbation of the spectrum. Vector norms and related matrix norms. The condition number of a matrix

Textbook: Gilbert Strang. Linear Algebra and Its Applications

Saunders College Publishing 3rd Edition 1988. Objectives: The objective of the course is to introduce students to

advanced matrix theory and its applications to solutions of systems of linear equations, systems of differential equations, optimization.

Prerequisites: MATH 280 Topics: 1. Review Geometry of Linear Equations 2 classes 2. Triangular Factors and Row Exchanges, Inverses, and Transposes 2 classes 3. Vector Spaces and Subspaces, Linear Independence, Basis,

Dimension 5 classes

4. Networks and Incidence Matrices, Linear Transformations 3 classes 5. Orthogonal Spaces, Inner Products, Projections 3 classes 6. Orthogonal Bases, Orthogonal Matrices, Gram-Schmidt

Orthogonalization 3 classes

7. Determinants, Applications 3 classes 8. Diagonal Form of a Matrix. Jordan Form. Functions of matrices

3 classes

9 Solutions of Differential Equations. Solutions of Difference Equations 3 classes 10. Complex Matrices: Symmetric, Hermitian, Orthogonal, Unitary.

Similarity Transformations 6 classes

11. Maxima, Minima, Saddle Points 3 classes 12. Semi definite and Indefinite Matrices 3 classes 13. Minimum Principles, Rayleigh quotient 3 classes 14 The norm and condition number of a matrix 3 classes Computer Usage:

1. MATLAB was used for numerical computations


61

Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework 2. Quizzes 3. Two Major Examinations 4. Final Examination


8. Apply matrix theory to solve a system of linear ordinary differential equations.

9. Recognize different classes of matrices and exploit their properties. 10. Minimize/Maximize quotients of quadratic functions using the

Rayleigh Principle. 11. Perform the Gram-Schmidt othogonalization process. 12. Manipulate simple functions of matrices. 13. Apply the notion of condition number to discuss relative errors.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Y. A. Fiagbedzi. Date: February 1, 2005


62

MATH 465 Course Offering Frequency: As required


MATH.465: Ordinary Differential Equations 3-0-3

Textbook: The Qualitative Theory of Ordinary Differential

Equations.An Intorduction by F.Brauer and A.Nohel, Dover Publications Inc.,NY 1969

Objectives: This course introduces the students to the qualitative theory

of systems of first order ordinary differential equations and the stability properties of their solutions.

Prerequisites:

MATH. 202, MATH.280….

Topics: 1. Examples 2 classes

2. Systems of first order 4 classes

3. The need for a theory- Gronwall Inequality 4 classes

4. Linear Systems (existence, uniqueness, etc) 5 classes

5. Linear systems with constant coefficients 4 classes

6. Two-dimensional autonomous systems 5 classes

7. Existence Theory-Scalar case 2 classes

8. Existence Theory-general case 4 classes

9. Stability of linear systems 4 classes

10. Stability of almost linear systems 4 classes

11. Lyapunov second method 7 classes Computer Usage:

None


Students are expected to demonstrate ability to 14. prove existence and uniqueness results for systems of differential

equations


63

15. perform a linear stability analysis 16. pursue higher studies in Ordinary Differential Equations

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs:A. Boucherif, B. Chanane , S. Messaoudi Date: 15/02/05


64



MATH 470: Partial Differential Equations 3-0-3

Textbook: Beginning Partial Differential Equations by P. O’Neil Objectives: This course is an introduction to PDE.’S. It mainly exposes

the students to some physical equations and to practical methods of solutions.

Prerequisites: MATH.301 Topics: 1. Linear First Order PDE’S. 3 classes

2. Quasilinear First Order PDE’S. 3 classes

3. Second Order PDE’S in two variables 3 classes

4. The Wave Equation 9 classes

5. The Heat Equation 9 classes

6. The Laplace Equation 9 classes

7. Green’s function. 6 classes Computer Usage:

Mathematica , MatLab,…etc can be used to solve and visualize solutions Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 17. The ability to solve standard Partial Differential Equations 18. The ability to investigate non standard Partial Differential Equations 19. The ability to use the existing packages to solve and visualize solutions

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs: A. Boucherif, B. Chanane, and S. Messaoudi Date: February 9, 2005


65

Electives

Option Applied Mathematics

& Numerical Analysis


66

MATH 401



MATH 401 Methods of Applied Mathematics II (3-0-3) Introduction to linear spaces and Hilbert spaces. Strong and weak convergence. Orthogonal and orthonormal systems. Integral equations: Fredholm and Volterra equations. Green’s Function: Idea of distributions, properties of Green’s function and construction. Any one of the following topics: Asymptotic Methods: Laplace method, Steepest descent method, Perturbation Theory: regular and singular perturbations, Integral Transforms: Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and Hankel transforms.

Textbook: Applied Mathematics (Second Edition) J.D. Logan, John Wiley,1996. Reference Books Linear Integral Equations – Theory and Technique(Second Edition) R.

P. Kanwal, Birkhauser,1997. Objectives: To introduce the students of engineering and science in general and

mathematics in particular some modern mathematical methods. Prerequisites: MATH 301, MATH 311. Topics: 1. Linear and Hilbert spaces, examples 4 classes

2. Strong and weak convergence, orthogonal and orthonormal systems, examples and applications

5 classes

3. Integral equations : Reduction to integral equations, examples 2 classes

4. Distributions – idea and properties; distributional solutions of DE’s 9 classes 5 Volterra equations 3 classes 6 Fredholm integral equations with separable and symmetric kernels 6 classes 7 Greens function , Definition, properties, construction, eigenfunctions

and Green’s function 6 classes

8 Option 1 Perturbation theory: Regular Perturbations, Methods,

Examples 3 classes

Failure of regular perturbation, singular perturbation 3 classes Inner and outer approximations, matching and boundary layer

phenomena, examples 4 classes

Option II Asymptotic Methods: Little o and big O notion, examples 2 classes Asymptotic sequences and asymptotic approximations, idea and

examples 2 classes

Asymptotic approximation of integrals, integration by parts 2 classes


67

Laplace method and examples 2 classes Steepest descent method 2 classes Option III Integral transforms: Fourier transforms, properties and

applications 4 classes

Laplace transforms, properties and applications 3 classes Mellin and Hankel transforms 3 classes

Computer Usage:

Matlab integration where needed (Perturbation problems)


Students are expected to demonstrate 1. Applications of orthogonal functions 2. Setting up problems as integral equations and obtaining solutions 3. Solving Non-homogeneous problems in ODE’S using Greens’s function 4. Learning to obtain solutions using perturbation or asymptotic methods or using

integral transforms (one of these to be focused) Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs. F.D. Zaman & M. Aslam Chaudhary Date: January 12, 2005.


68

MATH 431

For the course please see page 51

under

“Pure Mathematics Electives”


69

MATH 442

Course Offering: As required Catalog Data: (2001-2003)

MATH 442 Calculus of Variations and Control Theory 3-0-3 An introduction to the classical theory of calculus of variations. Necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality. The Pontryagin maximum principle. Dynamic programming in continuous time and the Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Introduction to control theory. The linear regulator problem

Prerequisites: MATH 202 Textbook: Optimal Control and the Calculus of Variations by E.R. Pinch, Oxford

University Press, 1995. Objectives: The aim of this course is to introduce mathematics students (typically

at the Junior or Senior levels) to the Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control. In particular, it is hoped that exposure to Optimal Control will broaden the outlook of the Mathematics student and thus help him make an educated choice between Pure Mathematics and Applied Mathematics.

Student Learning Outcome: Students are expected to demonstrate

1. Ability to do basic optimization in infinite dimensional space. 2. Ability to tackle practical problems including time optimal control problems and the

linear regulator problem. Topics: 1. Introduction: Brief History, Formulation of the “Simplest Problem of

the Calculus of Variations”. Du Bois-Reymond Lemma.. 3 classes

2. Euler-Lagrange Equation. Integration of Euler-Lagrange Equation in

Specific Special Cases. 3 classes

3. Weierstrass Necessary Condition, Excess Function. 3 classes

4. Legendre Necessary Condition. Erdmann-Weierstrass Corner Conditions. 3. classes

5. Jacobi Necessary Condition - The Accessory Problem, Integration of a Jacobi’s Equation.

3 classes

6. Introductory Examples of Control Problems Selected from Economics,

Business, Chem. Eng., Elect. Eng., Flight Mechanics, etc.. 3 classes


70

7. Mathematical Formulation of Optimal Control Problems: State Variables, Control Variable, Initial Set, Tangent (Terminal) Set, Performance Index (Cost Functional)

3 classes

8. Equivalence of Bolza, Mayer and Lagrange Formulations.. 3 classes

9. Variational Approach to Optimal Control Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Optimality, Transversality Conditions, Treatment of a Variety of Terminal Conditions.

9 classes

10. Pontryagin Minimum Principle: Bolza Problem with Control Inequality

Constraint. Application to Time Optimal Control Problems. Application to Minimum Fuel Problems.

6 classes

11. Dynamic Programming: Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation. The Linear

Regulator Problem. 6 classes

Computer Usage:

1. This course was last taught about five years ago. There was not computer usage. Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework 2. Quizzes 3. Two Major Examinations 4. Final Examination

Classification: Math Elective.

Prepared by: Dr Y. A. Fiagbedzi. Date: Feb. 13, 2004


71

MATH 460


under



72

MATH 465


under



73

MATH 470


under



74

MATH 471: Numerical Analysis I Course Offering Frequency: Once every other year


MATH 471: Numerical Analysis I Floating-point round-off analysis. Solution of Linear Algebraic Systems: Gaussian Elimination and LU Decomposition; Condition of a Linear System; Error Analysis of Gaussian Elimination; Iterative Improvement. Least Squares and the Singular Value Decomposition. Matrix Eigenvalue Problems.

3-0-3

Prerequisites: MATH 280; MATH 321 or SE 301. Textbook: Burden and Faires: Numerical Analysis, 7th ed. Brooks/Cole (2001). References: Forsyth and Moler: Computer Solution of Linear Algebraic

Systems. Prentice-Hall (1967) ) Forsyth, Malcolm and Moler: Computer Methods for

Mathematical Computations. Prentice-Hall (1977). Objectives: To introduce the students to some of the more important topics of

Numerical Linear Algebra including aspects of the theory by which its algorithms may be analyzed and to high-quality Numerical Software of Linear Algebra.


Students are expected to demonstrate

1. Proficiency in Programming in FORTRAN 2. Understanding of Floating-Point Arithmetic. 3. Ability to Solve Linear Algebra and Matrix Problems Using high-quality Numerical

Software. 4. Capability to do Error Analysis and Error Estimates for Numerical Results.

Topics: 1. Main topics of Numerical Linear Algebra 1 class 2. Floating-Point Round-Off Analysis 6 classes 3. Review of selected topics from Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory 6 classes 4. Direct Methods for Solving Linear Systems 7 classes 5. Conditioning and Perturbation 6 classes 6. Iterative Methods for Solving Linear Systems 6 classes 7. The Linear Least-Square Problems 6 classes 8. Matrix Eigenvalue Problems 7 classes

Computer Usage:

2. FORTRAN Programming 3. LINPACK, EISPACK and LAPACK packages.


75

Classification: Math Elective

Prepared by: Dr. Mahmoud A. Sarhan Date: 13-02-2005


76

MATH 472: Numerical Analysis II Frequency: As required


MATH 472: Numerical Analysis II (3-0-3) Approximation of functions: Polynomial interpolation, spline interpolation, least squares theory, adaptive approximation. Differentiation. Integration: Basic and composite rules, Gaussian quadrature, Romberg integration, adaptive quadrature. Solution of ODEs: Euler, Taylor series and Runge-Kutta methods for IVPs, multistep methods for IVPs, system of higher-order ODEs. Shooting, finite difference and collocation methods for BVPs. Stiff equations.

Textbook: R. L. Birden and J. D. Faires: Numerical Analysis, 7th ed. Brooks/Cole (2001).

Reference Books: 1. D. Kincaid and W. Cheney, Numerical Analysis, 3rd

Ed., Brooks/Cole (2002). 2. J. R. Rice, Numerical Methods, Software and Analysis, 2nd Ed., Academic Press, New York, 1992. 3. A. H. Stroud, Numerical Quadrature and Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations, Springer-Verlag, 1974.

Objectives: This course deals with the study, development and analysis of algorithms for obtaining numerical solutions to various mathematical problems like interpolation, approximation of functions, integration, and ordinary differential equations. The subject is treated from a mathematical point of view with attention given to its theorems, proofs and development of pseudocode mostly based on the theorems.

Prerequisite: MATH 321 or SE 301

Topics: 1. Lagrange and Hermite interpolation 3 classes2. Spline interpolation 2 classes3. Orthogonal polynomials and Least squares approximation 4 classes4. Chebyshev Polynomials and economization of power series 2 classes5. Numerical differentiation and Richardson’s extrapolation 3 classes6. Basic and composite numerical integration rules 4 classes7. Romberg integraion 1 classes8. Adaptive quadrature 2 classes


77

9. Gaussian quadrature 2 classes10. Euler’s and higher order Taylor methods 3 classes11. Runge-Kutta methods 3 classes12. Adams-Bashford & Adam-Moulton methods 2 classes13. Methods for higher order ODEs 2 classes14. Newton’s, quasi-Newton methods 2 classes15. Shooting methods for BVPs 3 classes16. Finite difference methods 3 classes17. Collocation methods 2 classes Computer Usage:

Fortran and/or MATLAB programming is used for every topic of the course. Student Learning Outcome:

The student should be able to 1. demonstrate proficiency in programming, 2. solve interpolation, approximation, integration and ODEs problems numerically. 3. provide mathematical reasoning for the algorithms developed in the course. 4. do error analysis and error estimates for the numerical resuts.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Muhammad Bokhari Date: February 15, 2005


78

MATH 480 Course Offering: Occasionally


MATH 480 3-0-3 Formulation of linear programs. Basic properties of linear programs. The simplex method. Duality. Necessary and sufficient conditions for unconstrained problems. Minimization of convex functions. A method of solving unconstrained problems. Equality and inequahit)’ constrained optimization. The Lagrange multipliers. The Kuhn-Tucker conditions. A method of solving constrained problems.

Prerequisites: Math 280, ICS 101 or ICS 102 Textbook: Linear and Nonlinear Programming by E.G. Luenberger, 2nd edition

(1994). Objectives: The course deals with the basic ideas of mathematical programming (linear

and nonlinear). We shall see how simple mathematics plays a significant role in the development of these ideas. The students will be asked to work out the computational implementation of a numerical algorithm for solving Linear and Nonlinear Programming problems and do presentations.


1. model real life problems using linear and nonlinear programming concepts 2. understand the mathematics behind these optimization problems 3. solve linear and nonlinear programming problems using dedicated software 4. keep up-to-date with available software from the internet

Topics:

1. Introduction, Examples of Linear Programming Problems, Basic Solutions 3 classes 2. The Fundamental Theorem of Linear Programming, Relations to

Convexity 3 classes

3. Pivots, Adjacent Extreme Points, Determining a Minimum Feasible Solution, Computational Procedure~Simplex Method, Artificial Variables

4 classes

4. Matrix Form of the Simplex Method, The Revised Simplex Method 4classes 5. Dual Linear Programs, The Duality Theorem 3 classes 6. Relations to the Simplex Procedure, Sensitivity and Complementary

Slackness, The Dual Simplex Method 3 classes

7. Transportation Problem 3 classes 8. First Order Necessary Conditions, Examples of Unconstrained

Problems, Second-Order Conditions, Convex and Concave Functions,. 3 classes

9. Minimization and Maximization of Convex Functions, Newton’s Method

3 classes

10. Modified Newton’s Method, Construction of the Inverse, Davidon-Fletcher-Powell Method, The Broyden Family

4 classes

11. Constraints, Tangent Plane, First-Order Necessary Conditions 3 classes

12. Second-Order Conditions, Eigenvalues in Tangent Subspace, Inequality Constraints

3 classes

13. Penalty Methods, Barrier Methods, Properties of Penalty and Barrier_Functions

3 classes


79

14. Quadratic Programming, Direct Methods, Modified Newton’s Methods 3 classes Computer Usage: Dedicated software like Matlab will be used by students to solve linear and nonlinear programming problems. Evaluation Methods:

1. Assignment 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A comprehensive final exam 5. Project

Classification: MATH Elective

Prepared by: Dr S. Al-Homidan, Dr. Bilal Chanane Date: February 20, 2005


80

MATH 485: Wavelets and Applications



MATH 485: Wavelets and Applications (3-0-3) Wavelets. Wavelet transforms. Multiresolution analysis. Discrete wavelet transform. Fast wavelet transform. Wavelet decomposition and reconstruction. Applications such as boundary value problem, data compression, etc.

Textbook: David F. Walnut. An introduction to wavelet analysis, Birkhauser, 2002.

Objectives: To introduce the emerging discipline of wavelets, with applications.

Prerequisites: Math 280 and Math 301, or Instructor’s consent

Topics:

1. Fourier series & Fourier transform Fourier inversion, dilation, translation, modulation, signals, systems, discrete FT, FFT.

9 classes

2. Dyadic step functions, Haar system, Haar bases, behavior of Haar coefficients, approximation and detail operators.

12 classes

3. Discrete Haar transform in one and two dimensions.

3 classes

4. Multiresolution analysis, examples of orthonormal wavelets.

6 classes

5. The discrete wavelet transform decomposition and reconstruction algorithms.

3 classes

6. Vanishing moments & approximation, Daubechies wavelets.

6 classes

7. Applications to image processing. 6 classes Computer Usage: Matlab Wavelet toolbox is introduced and is recommended to visualize and implement computations with wavelets. Evaluation Methods: 1. Homework assignments, projects and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam


81


After completion of the course, a student should be able to 1. understand the fundamental ideas of mathematical theory of wavelets 2. display competency in computations and examples of wavelets 3. work with the most commonly used wavelets 4. use wavelets for solving scientific and engineering problems 5. develop ability to work in groups

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs. M. T. Mustafa, M. El-Gebeily, A. H. Siddiqi Date: Feb. 15, 2005


82

MATH 495: Industrial Mathematics



MATH 495: Industrial Mathematics (3-0-3) Industrial and environmental problems. Theoretical foundations and computational methods involving ordinary and partial differential equations.

Textbook: Charles R. MacCluer. Industrial mathematics: modeling in industry, science and government, Prentice Hall, 2000.

Objectives: To highlight mathematical methods which are used to understand and solve real world problems.

Prerequisites: Math 301 and Math 321, or Instructor’s consent

Topics:

1. Statistical reasoning and Monte Carlo methods.

3 classes

2. Data acquisition and manipulation. 3 classes 3. Image processing, FFT, linear

programming. 3 classes

4. Regression. 3 classes 5. Cost benefit analysis and micro economics. 3 classes 6. Ordinary differential equations. 6 classes 7. Frequency domain methods. 3 classes 8. Partial differential equations. 12 classes 9. Divided difference and Galerkin’s method 6 classes 10. Splines and technical writing 3 classes

Computer Usage: Students are recommended to implement the computational procedures learnt in the course. Evaluation Methods:

1. Homework assignments, projects and class activities 2. Quizzes 3. Two major exams 4. A final exam


83


After completion of the course, a student should be able to 1. model and solve certain real life problems

a. from the area of economics b. based on ordinary and differential equations

2. understand the principles of modeling through differential equations 3. understand manipulation of data through time series analysis

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Drs. M. T. Mustafa, M. El-Gebeily, A. H. Siddiqi Date: Feb. 8, 2005


84


Electives

Option Statistics


STAT 301: Introduction to Probability Theory Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT 301: Introduction to Probability Theory 3-0-3 Basic classical models of probability. Set functions. Axiomatic definition of probability. Conditional probability and Bayes' theorem. Random variables and their types. Distributions, moments and moment generating functions. Special discrete and continuous distributions. Random vectors and their distributions. Marginal and conditional distributions. Independent random variables. Functions of random variables. Sums of independent random variables. Weak law of large numbers and the central limit theorem.

Textbook: A First Course in Probability by Sheldon Ross, Prentice Hall, (5th edition),

1998. References . Hoel, S. C. Port and Ch. J. Stone (University of California, Los

Angeles) "Introduction to Probability", Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, 1991

G. P. Shorack (University of Washington, Seattle ) "Probability for Statisticians", Springer, 2000.

A. N. Shiryaev (Moscow State University) "Probability", Springer, 1996.

Objectives: To familiarize the student with the basic concepts and techniques in probability theory with applications in statistics especially to solve problems of engineering, physical and social sciences.

Prerequisites: MATH 201 Topics: 1. Introduction. Sample space and events. Axioms and properties of

probability. Equally likely outcomes. Probability as measure of belief. 3 classes

2. Conditional probabilities and Bayes' formula. 3 classes

3. Independent events. Axioms for conditional probability. 3 classes

4. Random variables. Distribution functions. Discrete random variables 3 classes

5. Expected value of the random variable and of a function of it. Variance and standard deviation.

3 classes

6. The Bernoulli and Binomial Random and Poisson variables. Computing

of Binomial and Poisson distributions. 3 classes

7. Other discrete probability distributions. Continuous random variables.

Introduction. Expectation and Variance. The uniform random variable. 6 classes

8. Normal distribution. Exponential Distribution. Other continuous

distributions. Distribution of a function of a random variable. 6 classes


Joint distribution functions. Independent random variables. 9. Sums of independent random variables. Conditional Distributions: discrete

and continuous cases. 6 classes

Expectation, covariance and variance of a sum of random variables. Correlations.

10. Conditional expectation. Moment generating functions. 6 classes Chebyshev's inequality. Weak law of large numbers. The Central Limit

Theorem.

11. Illustration and applications of the Central Limit Theorem 3 classes Computer Usage: A new feature which is included in the texbook is Probability Models Disk. This easy to use PC Disc allows students to perform quickly and easily calculations and simulations. In particular using the disc they can:

1. derive probabilities for Binomial, Poisson and Normal random variables; 2. illustrate The Central Limit Theorem; 3. illustrate strong and weak Laws of Large Numbers.

Evaluation Methods: 5 quizzes, home works, 2 major exams, project and one final exam Student Learning Outcome:

1. analyzing probabilistic statements logically, 2. demonstrating probabilistic reasoning and problem solving, 3. applying probabilistic models in solving real life problems,

Classification: Mathl Elective Prepared by: Dr I. Rahimov Date: 19.02.2005


STAT 302: Statistical Inference Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT302 3-0-3 Random sampling and the sampling distributions; t, chi-square, and F. Order statistics. Methods of estimation: maximum likelihood and moments. Properties of a good estimator: unbiasedness, consistency, efficiency, sufficiency, and approximate normality. Testing of simple hypotheses, the Neyman-Pearson lemma. Testing composite hypotheses, uniformly most powerful and likelihood ratio tests. Bayesian Statistics.

Textbook: Hogg, Robert V. and Tanis, Elliot A. (2001). Probability and Applied

Statistical Inference. Sixth edition, Prentice Hall. Objectives: To provide students with the foundation knowledge of mathematical

statistics to make inferences. Prerequisites: STAT 301 Topics: 1. Random Sampling and Sampling Distributions 3 classes

2. Order Statistics 3 lectures

3. T, Chisquare and F Distributions 6 classes

4. Maximum Likelihood and Method of Moments Estimation 3 classes

5. Properties of a Good Estimator 6 classes

6. Tests of Statistical Hypotheses 9 classes

7. Neyman-Pearson Lemma and related theory of tests of hypothess 9 classes

8. Bayesian Statistics 6 classes

Computer Usage: No use

Evaluation Method: 4 Quizzes, Two Major Exams, and One Final Exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to have 1. the ability to derive sampling distributions of functions of random variables. 2. the ability to derive estimates of parameters of a statistical distribution. 3. the ability to derive certain tests.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Anwar H. Joarder Date: The 20th February, 2005


STAT310: Regression Analysis

Course Offering Frequency: Never Offered


STAT310:Regression Analysis 3-0-3 Simple linear regression: The least squares method, parameter estimation, confidence intervals, tests of hypotheses and model adequacy checking. Multiple linear regression, including estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, tests of hypotheses and prediction. Model adequacy checking and multicollinearity. Polynomial regression. Variable selection and model building

Textbook: Introduction to Linear Regression Analysis, 3rd edition By Douglas C.

Montgomery, Elizabeth A. Peck, G. Geoffrey Vining (2001), Wiley. Objectives: To provide students with the knowledge of distribution theory, estimation

and test needed to deal with linear statistical models to solve problems with multivariate data.

Prerequisites: STAT 201 or equivalent Topics: 1. Simple linear regression model; LS estimation of parameters; 2 classes

2. Hypothesis testing on the slope and the intercept 3 classes

3. Interval estimation in simple linear regression; Prediction of new observations 3 classes

4. Coefficient of determination; some consideration in the use of regression; regression through the origin

3 classes

5. Maximum likelihood estimation; correlation 3 classes

6. Multiple regression models; Estimation of parameters 4 classes

7. Hypothesis testing in multiple regression 3 classes

8. Confidence intervals in multiple regression 3 classes

9. Prediction of new observation; Multicollinearity 3 classes

10. Residual analysis 3 classes

11. PRESS statistic, and Outliers ; Test for lack of fit 3 classes

12. Variance stabilizing transformations; Transformation to linearize models; selection of a transformation

3 classes

13. Generalized and weighted least squares 2 classes

14. Diagnostics for leverage and influence 2 classes

15. Polynomial models in one variable; polynomial models in two or more variables 2 classes


16. The model building problem; computational techniques for variable selection 3 classes Computer Usage:

Use Statistica Evaluation Method: 4 Quizzes, One Major Exam, One Project and One Final Exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the ability to use appropriate linear models to real world data. 2. the ability to make inferences for the above data. 3. the ability to use computers for modeling data. 4. the ability to deal with related matrix algebra efficiently.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Anwar H. Joarder Date: The 26th February, 2005


STAT325: Nonparametric Statistical Methods Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT325: Nonparametric Statistical Methods 3-0-3 One sample problem, the sign, and Wilcoxon signed rank tests. Two-sample problem, Wilcoxon rank sum and Man-Whitney tests. Kruskal –Wallis test for one-way layout. Friedman test for randomized block design. Run test for randomness. Goodness of fit tests.

Textbook: Practical Nonparametric Statistics (3rd Edition) by Conover, W.J. (1999) Objectives: To provide students the knowledge to deal with one- and two-sample

location tests, measures of association, analyses of variance, runs test for randomness, and goodness of fit tests without making parametric distributional assumptions. The students are expected to be able to figure out which nonparametric techniques are appropriate in various situations.

Prerequisites: STAT 201 or consent of the Instructor Topics: 1. Review of Probability Theory 3 classes

2. Statistical Inference 6 classes

3. Some Tests Based on the Binomial Distribution 9 classes

4. Contingency Tables 9 classes

5. Some Methods Based on Ranks 9 classes

6. Statistics of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov Type 9 classes Computer Usage:

None

Evaluation Method: 4 Quizzes, One Major Exam, One Project and One Final Exam


Students are expected to 1. know the correspondence between levels of measurement and

nonparametric procedures 2. select the appropriate nonparametric statistical test for hypothetical or

actual research situations 3. interpret the results of nonparametric statistical procedures 4. know the assumptions underlying nonparametric tests and differentiate

them from parametric tests 5. compare the relative efficiencies of parametric and nonparametric tests

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr. Mohammad H. Omar Date: 19th February, 2005


STAT 365: Data Collection and Sampling Methods Course Offering Frequency: Once a year


STAT 365: Data Collection and Sampling Methods 3-0-3 Concept of data collection. Sample surveys, finite and infinite populations, execution and analysis of samples. Basic sampling designs: simple stratified, systematic, cluster, two-stage cluster. Methods if estimation of population means, proportions, totals, sizes, variances, standard errors, ratio and regression.

Textbook: Scheaffer, R. L., Mendenhall, W. and Ott, R. l. “Elementary Survey

Sampling,” 5th Edition, Duxbury Press, Belmont, 1996. References Hedayat, A. S. and Sinha, B. K. “Design and Inference in Finite Population

Sampling,” Wiley, New York, 1991. Cochran, W. G. “Sampling Techniques,“ 3rd Edition, Wiley, New York, 1977 . Thompson, S. K., “sampling,” Wiley, New York, 1992. Tryfos, P. “Sampling Methods for Applied Research, Wiley, New York, 1996.

Objectives: This course is aimed at providing skills in data collection techniques. It introduces methods of conducting sampling surveys using basic sampling designs. By the end of the course student will be able to determine the sample size required and use one of the sampling methods to collect real life data about a problem of his choice, and be able to analyze his data to reach final conclusion(s).

Prerequisites: STAT 201 Topics: 1. Elements sampling methods 4 classes 2. Simple random sampling 6 classes 3. Stratified random sampling 8 classes 4. Ratio, regression, and difference estimation 7 classes 5. Systematic sampling 4 classes 6. Cluster sampling 5 classes 7. Two stages Cluster sampling 4 classes 8. Estimation of population size 4 classes 3 classes

Computer Usage: Minitab statistical package Evaluation Methods: small project, one midterm, final, home work and quizzes/ Student Learning Outcome:

1. Learn how to collect data 2. Use simple random sample to collect data 3. Use stratified ransom sample to collect data

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Hassen Muttlak Date:19/2/2005


STAT 415: Stochastic Processes Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT 415: Stochastic Processes Basic classes of Stochastic Processes. Poisson and Renewal processes with applications in simple queuing systems. Discrete and continuous time Markov chains. Birth-Death and Yule processes. Branching models of population growth and physical processes. 3-0-3

Textbook: Sheldon M. Ross. Stochastic Processes 2nd edition (1996) Objectives: To give the student an intuitive feel of the applications of stochastic

processes in engineering, physical and social sciences. Prerequisites: STAT 301 Topics: 1. Probability. Random Variables. Moment Generating, Characteristic

Functions. Conditional expectations. Limit Theorems. Stochastic Processes.

4 classes

2. The Poisson Process. Interarrival and Waiting Time Distributions. Non-

Homogeneous Poisson Process. Compound Poisson Process. Conditional Poisson Process.

5 classes

3. Definition of the Renewal Process. Limit Theorems. The Key Renewal

Theorem and Applications. Delayed and Reward Renewal Process. A Queuing Application.

9 classes

4. Regenerative Process. The Symmetric Random Walk. Stationary Point

Process. 3 classes

5. Markov Chains. Kolmogorov-Chapman Equations. Ruin Problem. 6 classes

6. Branching Processes. Application of Markov Chains. 3 classes

7. Time-reversible Markov Chains. Semi-Markov Processes. 3 classes

8. Continuous Time Markov Chains. Birth and Death Processes. 3 classes

9. Kolmogorov's Differential equations. Limiting Probabilities. 3 classes

10. Time Reversibility. Stochastic Population Models. 3 classes

11. Queuing Processes 3 classes Computer Usage: No Evaluation Method: 4 quizzes, two major exams and one final exam. Student Learning Outcome:


Students are expected to 1. analyze stochastic statements logically, 2. demonstrate stochastic reasoning and problem solving, 3. apply various stochastic processes models in solving real life problems.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr I. Rahimov Date: 19.02.2005


STAT 430: Experimental Design Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT430 3-0-3 Importance of statistical design of experiments. Single factor and multifactor analysis of variance. Factorial designs. Randomized blocks. Nested designs. Latin squares. Confounding and 2-level fractional factorials. Analysis of covariance.

Textbook: Design and Analysis of Experiments, 5th edition, by Douglas C.

Montgomery (2001), Wiley Objectives: To provide students with basic knowledge of designed experiments.

Understanding the concepts of design and treatment structure. Study different experimental designs, with special reference to factorial designs. To develop an understanding of the relevant mathematical foundation to make inferences.

Prerequisites: STAT302 Topics: 1. Introduction Experimental Design – Chapter 1 3 classes

2. Simple Comparative Experiments – Chapter 2 6 classes

3. One Factor ANOVA – 3.1 -3.9 6 classes

4. Randomized Blocks, Latin Squares and Related Designs – Chapter 4 6 classes

5. Introduction to Factorial Designs – Chapter 5 3 classes

6. The 2k Factorial Design – Chapter 6 6 classes

7. Blocking and Confounding in the 2k Factorial Design 6 classes

8. Two-level Fractional Factorial Designs 6 classes

9. Analysis of Covariance – 14.3 3 classes Computer Usage:

A statistical package will be used.

Evaluation Method: Homework Assignments, 4 Quizzes, One Major Exam, Group Project, Final Exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate: 1. An understanding of the basic concept of designed experiments.


2. Working knowledge of analysis of variance 3. The ability to understand and analyze factorial and fractional factorial designs.

Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Walid S. Al-Sabah Date: February 22, 2005


STAT435: Linear Models

Course Offering Frequency: Never Offered Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

STAT435: Linear Models 3-0-3 Review of multiple regression. The general linear model. Quadratic forms. Gauss-Markov theorem. Multivariate normal distribution. Computational aspects. Full rank models. Models not of full rank. Computer applications.

Textbook: Myers, Raymond H. and Milton, Janet S. (1991) A First Course in the

Theory of Linear Statistical Models. PWS-KENT Publishing Company, Boston, USA.

Objectives: To provide students with the knowledge of distribution theory, estimation

and test needed to deal with linear statistical models to solve problems with multivariate data.

Prerequisites: STAT 310 Topics: 1. Quadratic forms and their differentiation (2.1-2.2) 3 classes

2. Distribution of quadratic forms (2.3-2.4) 6 classes

3. Point estimation of model parameters (full rank) (3.1-3.5) 4 classes

4. Interval estimation model parameters (full rank) (3.6-3.8) 5 classes

5. Testing for model adequacy (full rank) (4.1-4.5) 5 classes

6. General linear hypothesis (full rank) (4.6-4.8) 4 classes

7. Reparmeterization and conditional inverses (less than full rank)( 51.-5.3) 3 classes

8. Gauss-Markov and related theorems (less than full rank) (5.4-5.7) 6 classes

9. Hypothesis testing in a general setting (less than full rank) (6.1-6.3) 3 classes

10. Application to design of experiments (6.4-6.6) 6 classes Computer Usage:

Use SAS/ STATISTICA Evaluation Method: 4 Quizzes, One Major Exam, One Project and One Final Exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the ability to use appropriate linear models to real world data. 2. the ability to make inferences for the above data. 3. the ability to use computers for modeling data.


4. the ability to deal with related matrix algebra efficiently. Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Anwar H. Joarder Date: The 20th February, 2005

STAT 440 MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS Course Offering Frequency: Never offered


STAT440 3-0-3 Introduction to multivariate analysis. Multivariate normal distribution theory. Distribution of the sum of product matrix. Inference about the parameters of the multivariate normal distribution. Comparison of means. Linear models. Principal components. Factor analysis. Classification and discrimination techniques.

Textbook: Richard A. Johnson and Dean W. Wichern (1998). Applied

Multivariate Statistical Analysis. Fourth edition edition, Prentice Hall. Objectives: To provide students with the knowledge necessary to understand the

nature of the problem involving multivariate data, formulate it, select appropriate techniques for analysis, use a package for analysis, and to interpret in layman's terms.

Prerequisites: STAT310 Topics: 1. Introduction to multivariate analysis (2.1- 2.7) 3 classes

2. Random Sampling; Bivariate normal distribution (3.1-4.2) 3 classes

3. Multivariate normal distribution (MND) theory (4.3-4.8) 3 classes

4. Distribution of sum of product matrix (4.4-4.5) 3 classes

5. Estimation of parameters of MND (4.3) 3 classes

6. Hotelling’s 2T and LR test (5.1-5.3) 3 classes

7. Confidence regions, and large sample inferences (5.4-5.5) 3 classes

8. Comparison of several multivariate means (6.2-6.4) 3 classes

9. Linear regression models (7.1-7.5) 3 classes

10. Multivariate multiple regression models (7.7-7.8) 3 classes

11. Principal components (8.1-8.5) 6 classes

12. Factor analysis (9.1-9.4) 4 classes

13. Classification and discrimination techniques (11.1 – 11.7) 5 classes Computer Usage:

Use SAS/ Statistica in some applications



Evaluation Method: 4 Quizzes, One Major Exam, One Project and One Final Exam Student Learning Outcome:

Students are expected to demonstrate 1. the ability to test linear hypothesis 2. the ability to make data reduction by principal components 3. the ability to identify factors that account for the major percentage in sample variance 4. the ability to derive a rule that can be used to optimally assign a new object to the

labeled classes. Classification: Math Elective Prepared by: Dr Anwar H. Joarder Date: The 20th February, 2005


101

Electives

Option Free Electives

(Related to Math Courses)

MATH 305: Development of Mathematics

Course Offering Frequency: Once every two years Catalog Data : (2001-2003)

MATH 305: Development of Mathematics 3-0-3 History of numeration: Egyptian, Babylonian, Hindi and Arabic contributions. Algebra: including the contributions of Al-Khwarizmi and Ibn Kura. Geometry: areas, approximation ofπ , the work of Al-Toussi on Euclid's axioms. Analysis and calculus: Newton, Leibniz, and Gauss. The concept of limit: Cauchy, Laplace. An introduction to some famous old open problems.

Textbook: A History of Mathematics (2nd ed.) (1989) by: Boyer/Merz Objectives: This course is designed to introduce the students to the development of

mathematics. It shows how mathematics operations and geometry started. Arab and Muslims mathematicians’ work is presented in details.

Prerequisites: MATH 202 Topics: 1. History of numeration: Egyptian, Babylonian, Hindi and Arabic contributions. 4- classes

2. Arabic numbers, the idea of zero, numbers presentation, numbers operations, square roots, the existence of infinity and Alkandi, Alhrani, alhassar, Almarakshi, Ibn Alhaam, Alkashi, Almagrabi and Alamali contributions.

7- classes

3. History of Algebra: Egyptian, Babylonian, Greece and Hindi ideas. Muslims and

Arab contributions.

7- classes

4. Algebra: including the contributions of Al-Khwarizmi, Ibn Badar, Ibn Kura, Alkarkhi, Alsmual, Almagrabi Alandansi, Alglsadi, Alsaidlani, Alastkhari and Alardiani.

6- classes

5. Algebra: the idea of variable, equations, Third and fourth equations for Thabat Ibn Garah and Al-khwarizmi’s idea for square root. Approximation of square root and system of equations.

7- classes

6. Algebra: the contributions of Umar Al-khaiam in discovering the geometric analysis which known these days by Pascal triangle.

2- classes

7. Geometry: Egyptian and areas, Babylonian and approximation ofπ , Greece and the three famous problems and the work of Al-Toussi on Euclid's axioms.

4- classes

8. Analysis and calculus: Newton, Leibniz, and Gauss. The concept of limit: Cauchy and Laplace.

4- classes

9. An introduction to some famous old open problems. Summary of triangles science

through ages. 2- classes


102


103

Computer Usage: No use for computer. Evaluation Methods: 1. Class activities 2. Projects 3. Major exams 4. A final exam Student Learning Outcome: Related to the course contents, a student should be able to

1. use basic concepts in mathematics; 2. develop analytical and critical thinking. 3. analyze real life problems, 4. communicate mathematical skills. 5. develop skills to write clear and precise proofs

Classification: Free Elective Prepared by: Prof. Ali Al-Daffa and Dr. Monther R. Alfuraidan Date: Feb 17, 2005


104



MATH 499: Topics in Mathematics (Variable Credit1-3) Variable contents. Open for senior students interested in studying an advanced topic in mathematics with a department faculty member. May be repeated for a maximum of three credit hours total.

Textbook: As suggested by the course instructor Objectives: The course focuses on training a student to perform self-study in some

specific topic of mathematics under the guidance of an instructor. Prerequisites: Senior standing, Permission of the Department Chairman upon

recommendation of the instructor Topics: Variable contents Computer Usage: Depends on the topic


Students are expected to 6. broaden and/or deepen his knowledge in the selected area 7. pursue higher studies in the selected area 8. work independently 9. communicate mathematical knowledge.

Classification: Math Electives Prepared by: Dr. M.A.Bokhari Date: May, 2005

Note (Free Electives in MATH)

In addition to MATH 305 and MATH 499, a student may select a free elective from the list of Pure Math Electives or Applied Math & Numerical Analysis Electives. However, the total number of credit hours in this category should not exceed 6.


105



Self-Assessment


Volume III Faculty Resume

Submitted to



in May 2005


Note

The document




• Volume I:





1

Table of Contents

(Faculty Resume)

1. Professors 3-41

2. Associate Professors 41-89

3. Assistant Professors 90-114

4. Instructors 115-117

5. Lecturers 118-148


2

Professors

SAR Dept. of Math. Sc. 3

Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Haydar Akca

2. Academic rank: Professor

3. Degrees: PhD (1983) Inonu University, Turkey MS (1979) Inonu University, Turkey BS (1970) Ege University, Turkey

4. Employment history Visiting Professor (1998- ) KFUPM

Professor (1991-1998) Akdeniz Univ. Antalya, Turkey Associate Prof (1984-1991) Erciyes Univ. Kayseri, Turkey

Research Assit (1977-1984) Inonu Univ. Malatya, Turkey

5. Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus II Term 032: Calculus II Term 031: Calculus I Term 022: Math 202 Term 021: Math 101, Math 260, Math 595 Term 012: Math 101, Math 202 Term 011: Math 101, Math 131 Term 002: Math 101, Math 202, Math 595 Term 001: Math 101, Math 201 Term 19992: Math 201 Term 19991: Math 102, Math 499, Math 595 Term 19982: Math 201, Math 612 Term 19981 : Math 201, Math 611

6. Research activities and publications in the last five years

(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

(A) Journal Articles 1. H. Akca, R. Alassar, V. Covachev, and Z. Covacheva. Discrete counterparts

of continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural networks with impulses. Dynamic Systems and Applications, 13:75-90, 2004.


2. H. Akca, R. Alassar, V. Covachev, Z. Covacheva, and E.A. Al-Zahrani. Continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural networks with impulses,Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, Vol. 290, 2(2004), 436-451. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 290(2):436-451, Feb. 2004.

3. H. Akca, V. Covachev, and E. Al-Zahrani. On Existence of Solutions of Semilinear Impulsive Functional Differential Equations with Nonlocal Conditions Operator Theory: Advances and Applications, 153:1-11, 2004.

4. V. Covachev, H. Akça, and E. Ahmed Al-Zahrani. Periodic solutions of neutral impulsive systems with periodic time-dependent perturbed delays. Functional Differential Equations, 10(3-4):441-462, 2003.

5. V. Covachev, H. Akca, Z. Covacheva, and E. Al-Zahrani. A Discrete counterpart of a continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural network with impulses in an integral form. Studies of the University of Zilina Mathematical Series, 17:11-18, 2003.

6. Covachev V., Covacheva Z., Akca H., and Al-Zahrani E.A. Almost periodic solutions of neutral impulsive systems with periodic time-dependent perturbed delays. Central European Journal of Mathematics, 3:1-23, 2003.

7. A. Boucherif and H. Akca. Nonlocal Cauchy problems for semilinear evolution equations. Dynamic Systems and Applications, 11:415-420, 2002.

8. H. Akca, A. Boucherif, and V. Covachev. Impulsive functional-differential equations with nonlocal conditions. International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 29(5):251-256, 2002.

9. A. Ashyralyev and H. Akca. Stability estimates of difference schemes for neutral delay differential equations. Non-linear Analysis; Theory, Methods, and Applications, 44:443-452, 2001.

10. V. Covachev, H. Akca, and F. Yenicerioglu. Difference approximations for impulsive differential equations. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 121:383-390, 2001.

(B) Conference Articles 1. H. Akca, R. Alassar, V. Covachev, and Y. Shebadeh M. Neural Networks:

Modeling with impulsive differential equations, ,. In proceedings of the Dynamical Systems and Applications. Akca H., Boucherif A. and Covachev V.,editor, Pages 32 - 471, July, 2004.

2. V. Covachev, H. Akca, and Y. Shebadeh Mustafa. Periodic solutions of the discrete counter part of an impulsive system with a small delay . In proceedings of the Dynamical Systems and Applications, Proceedings. Akca H., Boucherif A. and Covachev V,editor, Pages 282-2941, July, 2004.

3. A. Ashyralyev, H. Akca, and F. Yenicerioglu. Stability properties of difference schemes for neutral differential equations Nova Science Publishers, New York Vol. 3 (2003), 57-66. . In proceedings of the Differential Equations and Applications. Y.J., Cho, J.K., Kim and K.S., Ha,editor. Nova Science Publishers, New York, Pages 573, Gyeongsang National University ,Chinju 660-701, Korea, 2003.

4. H. Akca and V. Covachev. Periodic solutions of linear impulsive systems with periodic delay in the critical case. In proceedings of the Proceedings of Dynamic Systems & Applications. G.S. Ladde, N.G. Medhin and M. Sambandham,editor. Dynamic Publishers, Inc., Pages 15 -23, Vol III, Dynamic Publishers, Inc., P.O. Box 48654, Atlanta, Georgia 30362-0654, USA, May, 2001.

5. H. Akca and V. Covachev. Delay Differential Equations: Mathematical Modeling in Medicine and Periodic Solutions of Impulsive Systems with Periodic Delays in the Critical Case, , Deakin University, Geelong, (2001), 448-461. . In proceedings of the The Proceedings of Mathematics and


Design 2001: The Third International Conference. Mark Burry, Vera Winitzky de Spindadel,editor. Deakin University, School of Architecture & Building, The School of Computing & Mathematics, Deakin University, Geeong, Australia, July, 2001.

6. A. Ashyrslyev, H. Akca, and L. Byszewski. On a semilinear evolution nonlocal Cauchy problem. In proceedings of the Some Problems of Applied Mathematics. Allaberen Ashyralyev and H.Ali Yutrseven,editor. Fatih University, ISBN: 975-303-003-7, Pages 29-44, Vol 21, September, 2000.

7. H. Akca and S. Heikkila. On impulsive linear delay differential equations in the ordered Banach spaces. In proceedings of the Proceedings of the International conference of Distributed Systems: Optimization and Economic-Environmental Applications (DSO’2000). I.I.Eremin, I.I. Lasiecka, V.I.Maksimov,editor. Ural Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Ekaterinburg, Pages 78-85, July, 2000.

(C) Books 1. Akca H., Boucherif A. and Covachev V.,(editor) Proceedings of the

Dynamical Systems and Applications, Proceedings, July, 2004 pp 760.


Resume (Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Hassan Azad 2. Academic rank: Professor

3. Degrees:

PhD (1977) University of Notre Dame MS (1974) University of Notre Dame

4. Employment history Professor (KFUPM) 1996- to date Professor (Quaid I Azam University) 1991-1996 Associate Professor (Quaid I Azam University) 1986-1991 Assistant Professor (Quaid I Azam University) 1985-1986 Research Associate ( Ruhr Universitaet,Bochum ) 1981-1985 Research Associate (Rijks Universitaet ,Utrecht)1979-1980 Visiting Assistant Professor (University of Notre Dame)

1977-1979 Member, Max Planck Institute ,

Jan 1991-Dec 1991 and Jan 1996-July 1996


Term 042: Math 201 Term 041: Math201;Math 440 Term 032: Math 533; Math 201 Term 031: Math 202;Math 201 Term 022: Math 201;Math 280 Term 021: Math 201;Math 280 . Term 012: Math 101; Math 202 I Term 011: Math 201; Math 132 Term 002: Math 101; Math 202 Term 001: Math 201; Math 132


Research activities and publications in the last five years (Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

Journal Articles 1. Holomorphic principal bundles over a compact manifold (co-authors: B.

Anchouche and I. Biswas), C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. I Math., 330(2000), no. 2, 109-114.

hleraK &&

2. On holomorphic principal bundles over a compact Riemann surface admitting a flat connection (co-author: I. Biswas), Math Annalen, 322(2002), 333-346 3. Harder-Narasimhan reduction for principal bundles over a compact Kahler manifold (co-authors B. Anchouch and I. Biswas), Math Annalen ,323 (2002),333-346 4. On holomorphic principal bundles over a compact Riemann surface admitting a flat connection II(co-author: I. Biswas), Bull. London Math. Soc, Vol 35,No 4(2003),p.440- 444 5. Quasi-potentials and metrics on flag manifolds II (co-author: I.Biswas), Journal of Algebra ,269 (2003),480-491

Einstein-hleraK &&

6. On principal bundles over a flag manifold,(coauthor I.Biswas), Journal of Lie Theory,Vol 14(2004), No.2 ,p.569-582 7. On a theorem of Clay (co-author: A. Laradji), College Math. Journal, Vol. 31, No. 5, Nov. 2000, p. 405. 8. The Projection Method in Evaluating Multiple Integrals, Int.J.Math.Ed.in Sci and Tech( IJMEST)(2001),Vol 32,444-446 9.On the definition of the cross product, IJMEST(2001) Vol.32, p.585-567 10. An inequality for certain exponential sums (coauthor, A.Laradji), Math Gazette, Vol.87, No.510(2003), p.252-257 11. An impossible construction, (coauthor A.Laradji), Math.Gazette (accepted)



1. Name: Abdelkader BOUCHERIF


3. Degrees:

PhD (1979) Brown Univ., USA MS (1975) UCLA, USA BS (1971) Algiers Univ., Algeria

4. Employment history

Professor (2002- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1999-2002) KFUPM Professor (1985-1999) Univ.Tlemcen, Algeria Associate Professor (1981-1984) Univ.Tlemcen, Algeria Assistant Professor (1980-1981) ENITA-Algiers, Algeria

Teaching Assistant (1978-1979) Brown Univ., USA Lecturer (1971-1973) ENSEP-Oran, Algeria Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: Intro. to Diff. Eqs Term 041: Intro. to Diff. Eqs Term 032: Intro.to Diff. Eqs Term 031: Intro.to Diff. Eqs.; Hilbert Space Methods in Appl. Mathematics I Term 022: Intro.to Diff. Eqs. Term 021: Intro.to Diff. Eqs.; Advanced ODEs I Term 012: Intro.to Diff. Eqs; Hilbert Space Methods in Appl. Mathematics II Term 011: Intro.to Diff. Eqs; Hilbert Space Methods in Appl. Mathematics I Term 002: Intro.to Diff. Eqs; Ordinary Differential Eq. Term 001: Calculus III



(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles

[1]-Z.Benbouziane, A.Boucherif, and S.M.Bouguima. Third order nonlocal multipoint boundary value problems. Dynamic Systems and Applications, 13(1):39-46, 2004. [2]-A.Boucherif and N.Al-Malki. Solvability of Neumann boundary value problems with Caratheodory nonlinearities. Electronic Journal of Differential Equations, 2004(51):1-7, 2004. [3]-A.Boucherif and B.Chanane. Second order multivalued boundary value problems. Communications on Applied Nonlinear Analysis, 11(1):85-91, 2004. [4]-B.C.Dhage, A.Boucherif, and S.K.Ntouyas. On periodic boundary value problems of first order perturbed impulsive differential inclusions. Electronic Journal of Differential Equations, 2004(84):1-9, 2004. [5]-M. Benchohra, A. Boucherif, and A. Ouahabi. On nonresonance impulsive functional differential inclusions with nonconvex right hand side Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 282(1):85-94, 2003. [6]-B. Chanane and A. Boucherif. Computations of the eigenpairs of two-parameter Sturm-Liouville problems with three-point boundary conditions International Journal of Differential Equations and Applications, 7(2):203-210, 2003. [7]-A. Boucherif and R.Precup. On the nonlocal initial value problem for first order differential equations. Fixed Point Theory, 4(2):205-212, 2003. [8]-A. Boucherif and N. Al-Malki. Solvability of two-point boundary value problems. International Journal of Differential Equations and Applications, 8(2):129-135, 2003.


[9]-A. Boucherif and B. Chanane. Boundary Value Problems for Second Order Differential Inclusions . International Journal of Differential Equations and Applications, 7(2):147-151, 2003. [10]-A. Boucherif. Nonlocal Cauchy problems for first order multivalued differential equations. Electronic Journal of Differential Equations, 47:1-9, 2002. [11]-A. Lakmeche and A. Boucherif. Boundary value problems for impulsive second order differential equations . Dynamics of Continuous, Discrete and Impulsive Systems, 9a(3):313-320, 2002. [12]-H. Akca, A. Boucherif, and V. Covachev. Impulsive functional differential equations with nonlocal conditions . International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 29(5):251-256, 2002. [13]-A. Boucherif. First order differential inclusions with nonlocal initial conditions. Applied Mathematics Letters, 15(4):409-414, 2002. [14]-A. Boucherif and H. Akca. Cauchy Problems for Semilinear Evolution Equations. Dynamic Systems and Applications, 11(3):415-420, 2002 . [15]-A. Boucherif and M. Benchohra. Initial value problems for first order impulsive integro-differential inclusions in Banach spaces. International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 1:445-457, 2002. [16]-A. Boucherif and S.M.Bouguima. Nonlocal multipoint boundary value problems. Communications on Applied Nonlinear Analysis, 8(2):73-85, 2001. [17]-M. Benchohra, A. Boucherif, and J.J. Nieto. Initial value problems for a class of first order impulsive differential inclusions . Discussions Mathematicae. Differential Inclusions, 21(2):159-171, 2001. [18]-A. Boucherif. Two-point boundary value problems for third order differential equations. International Journal of Applied Mathematics, 2,1:39-46, 2001.


[19]-A. Boucherif and S.M. Bouguima. Solvability of nonlocal multipoint boundary value problems. Nonlinear Studies, 8(4):395-406, 2001. [20]-M.Benchohra and A.Boucherif. IVP for impulsive differential inclusions of first order. Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, 8(1):51-66, 2000. [21]-M.Benchohra and A.Boucherif. Existence of solutions on infinite intervals to second order initial value problems for a class of differential inclusions in Banach spaces . Dynamic Systems and Applications, 9:425-434, 2000. [22]-M. Benchohra and A. Boucherif. An existence result for an i.v.p. for an integrodiff.equation. Communications on Applied Nonlinear Analysis, 7(1):91-99, 2000. [23]-A. Boucherif and M. Dahmane. Positive solutions of third order boundary value problems. Pan American Mathematical Journal, 10(2):79-103, 2000. [24]-M. Benchohra and A. Boucherif. An existence result for first order initial value problems for impulsive differential inclusions in Banach spaces Archivum Mathematicum (Brno), 36:159-169, 2000. [25]-A. Boucherif. Initial value problems for integro-differential inclusions. International Journal of Applied Mathematics, 4(4):427-434, 2000. [26]-M.Benchohra and A.Boucherif. First order multivalued initial and periodic value problems. Dynamic Systems and Applications, 9:559-568, 2000.

[27]-A. Boucherif and N.Chiboub Fellah Merabet. Boundary value problems for first order multivalued differential syatems. Archivum Mathematicum (Brno), To appear [28]-M.Benchohra, A.Boucherif, and S.K.Ntouyas. Global existence for second order impulsive neutral functional integro-differential equations in Banach spaces with nonlocal conditions. The Global Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, To appear


[29]-A. Boucherif and Y.A. Fiagbedzi. An integro-differential inequality and application. Tamsui Oxford Journal of Mathematical Sciences, To appear [30]-Y. Fiagbedzi and A. Boucherif. Finite dimensional representation of distributed delay systems. European Journal of Control, To appear [31]-A. Boucherif and Juan J.Nieto. Periodic boundary value problems for first order differential inclusions. Communications in Applied Analysis, To appear

b. Conference Articles 1. A. Boucherif. Differential equations with nonlocal boundary

conditions. Non-linear Analysis; Theory, Methods, and Applications, 47(4):2419-2430, 2001.

2. A.Boucherif. Periodic Solutions of Impulsive Differential

equations. In proceedings of the UAE-Math-Day. To appear

3. A.Boucherif and N.Al-Malki. Nonlinear second order

periodic boundary value problems. In proceedings of the Dynamical Systems and Applications-Antalya, Turkey- To appear

a. Books-Conference Proceedings

b. Technical Reports (etc.)

1. (with N.Al-Malki) Existence of solutions of periodic

boundary value problems, TR # 320, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2004)

2. (with S.M.Bouguima), Nonlocal multipoint boundary value

problems, TR # 253, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2000)

3. Initial value problems for integro-differential inclusions, TR

# 251, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2000)

******************************************************


Resume (Dated:March 2005)

1. Name: Bilal Chanane


3. Degrees:

PhD (1990) University of Sheffield, UK MS (1979) University of Missouri-Rolla, USA DES (1975) University of Algiers, Algeria


Professor (2000- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1994-2000 ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1993-1994) INELEC, Algeria Assistant Professor (1990-1993) INELEC, Algeria Teaching Assistant (1981-1990) U. Sheffield., UK Lecturer (1981-1986) INELEC, Algeria Lecturer (1979-1981) AMIA, Algeria Teaching Assistant (1977-1978) U. Missouri-Rolla.,

USA Teaching Assistant (1975-1976) USTHB, Algeria


Term 042: Math 301 Methods of Applied Mathematics Math 301 Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 041: On leave Cardiff University, UK Term 033: On leave Cardiff University, UK Term 032: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Term 031: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 531 Function of a Complex Variable Math 595 Reading and Research (Differential Equations on Time Scales)


Term 022: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 514 Advanced Mathematical Methods Term 021: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 470 Partial Differential Equations Term 013: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 302 Engineering Mathematics Term 012: Math 102 Calculus II Math 301 Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 011: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 442 Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control Term 003: Math 201 Calculus III Math 301 Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 002: Math 202 Introduction to Differential Equations Math 533 Real Analysis Term 001: Math 003 Prep-Year Math Math 101 Calculus I Math 480 Linear and Nonlinear Programming


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

7. Journal Articles B. Chanane, 2005, Computation of the eigenvalues of Sturm-Liouville

problems with parameter dependent boundary conditions using the

regularized sampling method, Mathematics of Computation, Amer. Math. Soc.

posted on March 18, 2005, S 0025-5718(05)01717-5 (to appear in print).

A. Boucherif, B. Chanane, 2004, Second Order Multivalued Boundary Value

Problems, Communications on Applied Nonlinear Analysis, Vol. 11, No. 1, pp.

85-91.


B. Chanane, 2003, Recovering entire functions with polynomial and

exponential growth and approximation of their zeros, Intern. J. Applied Math.

and Applications, Vol. 13, pp. 261-277.

B. Chanane, A. Boucherif, 2003, Computation of the eigenpairs of two-

parameter Sturm- Liouville problems with three-point boundary conditions,

Intern. J. Differential Equations and Applications, Vol.7, No.2, pp. 203-210.

A. Boucherif, B. Chanane, 2003, Boundary Value Problems for second Order

Differential Inclusions, Intern. J. of Differential Equations, Vol.7, No.2, pp.

147-151.

B. Chanane, 2002, Approximation of the Eigenvalues of Regular Fourth Order

Sturm-Liouville Problems using Interpolation Theory, Approximation Theory

X: Wavelets, Splines, and Applications, Charles K. Chui, Larry L. Schumaker,

and Joachim Stockler (eds.), pp. 155-166.

B. Chanane, 2002, Fliess series approach to the computation of the

eigenvalues of fourth order Sturm-Liouville problems, Applied Mathematics

Letters, Vol.15, Iss. 4, pp.459-463.

B. Chanane, 2002, On a class of random Sturm-Liouville problems, Intern. J.

Applied Math. and Applications, Vol.8 No.2, pp. 171-182.

B. Chanane, 2001, High Order Approximations of the Eigenvalues of Sturm-

Liouville Problems with Coupled Self-Adjoint Boundary Conditions,

Applicable Analysis, Vol. 80, pp. 317-330.

A. Boumenir, B. Chanane, 2001, The Computation of negative eigenvalues of

singular Sturm-Liouville problems, I.M.A. J. Num. Anal., 21, (2), pp. 489-501.

B. Chanane, 2000, The Paley-Wiener-Levinson theorem and the computation

of Sturm-Liouville eigenvalues:Irregular sampling, Applicable Analysis,

Vol.75 (3-4), pp.261-266.



1. Name: Muhammad Aslam Chaudhry

2. Academic rank: Professor of Mathematics

3. Degrees:

Ph. D (1984) Carleton University Ottawa, Canada M. Sc (1981) Carleton University Ottawa, Canada M. Sc (1979) Punjab University Lahore , Pakistan B. Sc (1976) Punjab University Lahore , Pakistan


Professor (2000- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1990-2000) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1984-90) KFUPM Lecturer (1979-80) Punjab University Lahore, Pakistan


Term 041-043

A. Mathematical Methods for Engineers B. Calculus- III C. Methods of Applied Mathematics ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Term 031-032: A. Mathematical Methods for engineers B. Calculus-III


Term 021-022: A. Calculus-I B. Calculus-_III C. Mathematical Methods for Engineers Term 011-012: A. Calculus-III B. Mathematical Methods for Engineers Term 001-002: A. Engineering Mathematics B. Calculus-I Term 991-992: A. Engineering Mathematics B. Calculus-I


a. Journal Articles

1. M.Aslam Chaudhry, Transformation of the extended

Gamma function with applications to Astronomical Thermonuclear Functions, Journal of Astrophysics and Space 262(1999), 263-270.

2,00,2 ( , )b xΓ

2. M.T. Boudjelkha and M.Aslam Chaudhry, On the

approximation of a generalized Incomplete Gamma function arising in heat conduction problems, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 248(2000), 509-519.

3. M. Aslam Chaudhry, Asghar Qadir, M.T

Boudjelkha, M. Rafique, and S. M. Zubair, Extended Riemann’s zeta functions, Rocky Mountain Journal of Mathematics, 31(2001), 1237-1263.


4. M.Aslam Chaudhry and S. M. Zubair, Extended Gamma and Digamma Functions, Fractional Calculus and Applied Analysis, 04(2001), 303-326.

5. M.Aslam Chaudhry and S. M. Zubair, Extended

Incomplete gamma functions with applications, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 274(2002), 725-745.

6. M.Aslam Chaudhry, Asghar Qadir, and S. M.

Zubair, Extended Error functions with Applications to Probability and Heat Conduction Problems, Journa of Fractional Calculus and Applied Analysis, 03(2002), 259-278.

7. M. Aslam Chaudhry , Asdghar Qadir, H. M.

Srivastava, and R. B. Paris, Extended Hypergeometric and Confluent Hypergeometric Functions, Applied Mathematics and Computations, 159(2004), 589-602.

8. M. Aslam Chaudhry and Asghar Qadir, Fourier

transform and and distributional representation of the Gamma function leading to some new identities, IJMMS, 39(2004), 2091-2096.

9. P. Cerone, M. Aslam Chadhry, G. Korvin, and

Asghar Qadir, New inequalities involving the zeta function, Journal of Inequalities in Pure and Applied Mathematics , 5(2)(2004),01-16.

10. M. Aslam Caudhry and Asghar Qadir, Incomplete

exponential and Hypergeometric Functions with


applications to Non-Central 2χ -Distribution(To appear in Communications in Statistics, 34(3)(2005).

11. M. Aslam Chaudhry, A unified approach to the

Riemann functional equation, (Submitted to Proc. Edinburg Soc.(2004).

12. M. Aslam Chadhry, A Proof of the Riemann

hypothesis, (Submitted to JNT(2005)).

b. Conference Articles (non)

c. Technical Report/Books

M. Aslam Chaudhry and S. M. Zubair, On A Class of

Incomplete Gamma functions With applications, Chapmann & Hall/CRC, 2001.

******************************************************



1. Name: Yawvi Aklasu Fiagbedzi

2. Academic rank: Full Professor

3. Degrees:

PhD (1985) Brown University, USA MS (1972) Princeton University, USA BS (1969) University of Science & Technology,

Ghana 4. Employment history

Full Professor (2004- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1991-2004) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1987-1991) KFUPM Post Doctoral Research Fellow (1985-1986)

Brown University Lecturer (1975-1981) University of

Science & Technology, Ghana

Senior Engineer (1974-1975) Ghana Holding Industrial Corporation (Boatyards). Tema. Ghana.

Development Engineer (1973-1974) Torin Corporation, Torrington, CT. USA.

Teacher (1972-1973) Westledge School, West Simsbury, CT. USA

Process Control Engineer (1969-1970) Volta Aluminum Company, Tema. Ghana


Term 042: Elements of Diff. Eqs; Mathematical Methods for Engineers

Term 041: Diff. Eqs; Intro. to Diff. Eqs.and Linear Algebra Term 033: NA Term 032: Elements of Diff. Eqs. Term 031: Elements of Diff. Eqs;

Mathematical Methods for Engineers Term 022: Elements of Diff. Eqs;


Applied Matrix Theory Term 021: Intro. to Diff. Eqs and Linear Algebra; Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control Term 013: NA Term 012: Calculus III; Elements of Diff. Eqs Term 011: Advanced Calculus I; Elements of Diff. Eqs Term 002: Engineering Mathematics; Elements of Diff.

Eqs Term 001: Calculus III; Elements of Diff. Eqs.

6. Research activities and publications in the last five years (Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. (with M. El-Gebeily) Existence and uniqueness of the solution

of a class of nonlinear functional differential equations. Annals of Differential Equations, Vol. 16 (4) (2000).

2. Periodic solutions of retarded functional differential equations, Z. angew. Math. Phys. Vol. (52) (2001).

3. Finite dimensional representation of delay systems, Applied Mathematics Letters Vol. 15 (2002)

4. (with A. Cherid) Finite dimensional observers for delay systems, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, Vol. 48 (11), 2003.

5. (with M. El-Gebeily) The inscribed sphere of an n simplex, International Journal of Mathematics Education in Science. & Technology, Vol 36 Number 2, 2004.

6. Finite dimensional approximation of neutral systems with 0ν - stable root chains, IMA Journal of Mathematical Control & Information, Vol 21, 2004

7. (with M. El-Gebeily) On certain properties of the regular n- simplex, International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science & Technology, Vol 35 Number 4, 2004, (617-629).

8. (with A. Boucherif ) Finite dimensional representation of distributed delay systems, European Journal of Control (Accepted).

b. Conference Articles c. Books


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Mohammed Ali El-Gebeily


3. Degrees: PhD (1984) Oklahoma State Univ., USA MS (1980) Oklahoma State Univ., USA BS (1975) Alexandria Univ., Egypt


Professor (2004- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1990-04) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1988-90) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1986-88) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan Assistant Professor (1984-86) Kansas Neumann C., USA Teaching Assistant (1978-84) Oklahoma State Univ., USA Teaching Assistant (1977-78) Alexandria Univ., Egypt


Term 042: Calculus III; Lecture Series on Wavelet frames Term 041: Calculus III, Term 032: Calculus III, Lecture Series on image processing Term 031: Calculus III Term 022: Intro. ODEs, Applied functional Analysis Term 021: Calculus III Term 012: Calculus III; Numerical methods for diff. Eqns. Term 011: Calculus III Term 002: Calculus IIII; Intro. ODEs, Reading and Research Term 001: Calculus II, Calculus III


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

(A) Journal Articles 1. M. A. El-Gebeily, Y. A. Fiagbedzi, “On Certain Properties of the

Regular n-Simplex”, IJMEST, accepted.


2. –Y. A. Fiagbedzi, M. A. El-Gebeily, ”The inscribed sphere of an n-

simplex”, IJMEST, 35#2, 2004, 261-267.

3. -M. A. El-Gebeily, K. M. Furati, “Real Self-Adjoint Sturm-

Liouville Problems”, Applicable Analysis, 83, No. 4, April 2004,

pp. 377–387.

4. - K. M. Furati, M. A. El-Gebeily, "Regular Approximation of

Singular Second Order Differential Expressions", JMAA. 283

(2003)100-113

5. - M. A. El-Gebeily, "Regular Approximation of Singular Self-

Adjoint Differential Operators," IMA, J. Appl. Math. (2003) 68,

471-489.

6. - M. A. El-Gebeily, W. M. Elleithy,H. J. Al-Gahtani,

“Convergence of the Domain Decomposition Finite Element-

Boundary Element Coupling Methods”, Comput. Meth. Appl.

Mech. Engrg. 191,2002, 4851-4867.

7. - Elgebeily, M. A. and Attili, B. S., “ An Iterative Shooting Method

for a Certain Class of Singular Two-Point Boundary Value

Problems” Comput. Math. Appl., 45, 2003, 69-76.

8. - M. A. El-Gebeily, "A Variational Formulation for Regular and

Singular Self-Adjoint Differential Operators", Annals of

Differential Equations, 18, No 1, 2002, 40-50.

9. - G. K. Beg, M. A. El-Gebeily,” A Galerkin Method Of O(h^2) for

Singular Boundary Value Problems,” IJMMS, 29 No 6, 2002, 361-

369

10. - K. M. Furati, M. A. El-Gebeily,"A Higher Order Method for

Nonlinear Singular Two-Point Boundary Value Problems, IJMMS,

30, No 5, 2002, 257-269.

11. - W. M. Elleithy,H. J. Al-Gahtani, M. A. El-Gebeily, “ Iterative

Coupling of BE and FE Methods in Elastostatics,” Engg Anal.

Boundary Elements, vol 25, 2001,685-695.

12. - G. K. Beg, M. A. El-Gebeily, “ A Galerkin Method for a

Nonlinear Singular Two Point Boundary Value Problems,” AJSE.

26, No 2A, 2001, 155-165.


13. - K. A. F. Moustafa, M. A. El-Gebeily, "Necessary and Sufficient

Conditions for the Stability of Linear Parameter-Dependent

Syatems," Int. J. System Sceince, 32, No 7, 2001, 931-936.

14. - M. A. El-Gebeily, “ Computation of the eigenelements of singular

two-point boundary value problems,” J. Comp. Math., 78, 2001,

539-550.

15. - Y. A. Fiagbedzi, M. A. El-Gebeily, “Existence and Uniqueness of

the Solution of a Class of Nonlinear Functional Differential

Equations,” Annals of Differential Equations, 16, No 4, 2000, 381-

390

16. - M. A. El-Gebeily, K. M. Furati, “ On the Completeness of the Set

of Eigenvectors of a Certain Class of Self-Adjoint Finite

Difference Operators,” IMA J. Applied Mathematics, 65 No 1,

2000, 29-44.

(B) Conference Articles

1. M. A. El-Gebeily, “Approximating the variational form associated with singular self-adjoint differential operators by nearby regular ones”, AIMS' Fifth International Conference on Dynamical Systems and Differential Equations California State Polytechnic University, Pomona (40 miles east of Los Angeles) June 16 - 19, 2004

2. M. A. El-Gebeily, M. B. Elgindi, “Convergence and the optimal choice

of the relaxation parameter for a class of iterative methods”, Certain

Mathematical Topics in Real World Problems, ICIAM 2003, Sydney,

Australia, K. M. Furati, Z. Nashed, A. Siddiqi, editors, to apprear.

3. M. A. El-Gebeily, B. Yushua, “Using Excel to do Mathematics”,

SMS, to appear.

4. K. A. F. Moustafa, M. A. El-Gebeily, “Effect of Manufacturing

Tolerances on Rotor-Bearing Systems Stability via Interval Analysis”,

7th International Conference on Production Engineering, Design and

Control, 3-15 February, 2001, (PEDAC’2001), Alexandria University.

5. M. A. El-Gebeily, K. M. Furati, “A Shooting Method for Nonlinear

Singular Boundary Value and Sturm-Liouville Problems,” Proceedings


of the 16th IMACS World Congress, IMACS 2000, Lausanne-

Switzerland, August 21-25, 2000, paper no 213-4.

(C) Books

(D) Technical Reports (etc.)



1. Name: Salah-Eddine Kabbaj


3. Degrees:

Habilitation (1993) Univ. Claude Bernard, Lyon, France

Ph.D. (1988) Univ. Claude Bernard, Lyon, France

MS (1985) Univ. Claude Bernard, Lyon, France


Professor (1998- ) KFUPM Professor (1994- ) Univ. of Fez, Fez, Morocco Associate Professor (1989-93) Univ. of Fez, Fez, Morocco

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Calculus II; Reading & Research II Term 041: Commutative Algebra; Reading & Research I Term 032: Abstract Algebra; Lecture Series in Mathematics II Term 031: Finite Mathematics; Linear Algebra Term 022: Calculus II; Lecture Series in Mathematics I Term 021: Finite Mathematics Term 012: On-leave Term 011: On-leave Term 002: Calculus I; Linear Algebra Term 001: Calculus I; Introduction to Linear Algebra


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. (with E. Houston, T. Lucas, and A. Mimouni) When is the dual of an ideal a

ring?, J. Algebra 225 (1) (2000) 429-450. 2. (with S. Ameziane, J. Okon, and P. Vicknair) The dilworth number of group

rings over an Artin local ring, Comm. Algebra 28 (10) (2000) 4596-4610.


3. (with S. El-Baghdadi and L. Izelgue) On the class group of a graded domain, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 171 (2-3) (2002) 171-184.

4. (with D. Anderson and S. El-baghdadi) The homogeneous class group of A+XB[X] domains, Intl. J. Commutative Rings 1 (1) (2002) 11-25.

5. (with S. Bouchiba) Tensor products of Cohen-Macaulay rings. Solution to a problem of Grothendieck, J. Algebra 252 (2002) 65-73.

6. (with S. Bouchiba and D. Dobbs) On the prime ideal structure of tensor products of algebra, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 176 (2002) 89-112.

7. (with N. Mahdou) Trivial extensions of local rings and a conjecture of Costa, Lect. Notes Pure Appl. Math., Dekker, 231 (2003) 301–311.

8. (with T. Lucas and A. Mimouni) Trace properties and pullbacks, Comm. Algebra 31 (3) (2003) 1085-1111.

9. (with A. Mimouni) Class semigroups of integral domains, J. Algebra 264 (2003) 620-640.

10. (with N. Mahdou) Trivial extensions defined by coherent-like conditions, Comm. Algebra 32 (10) (2004) 3937--3953.

11. (with M. Fontana) Essential domains and two conjectures in dimension theory, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 132 (2004) 2529--2535.

a. Conference Articles (None)

b. Books

(with M. Fontana and S. Wiegand) An Introduction to Commutative Ring Theory and Applications, Lecture Notes in Pure and Applied Mathematics, Vol. 231, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2003. (494 pages) (ISBN: 0-8247-0855-5).

c. Technical Reports (etc.) (None)

******************************************************



1. Name: Hassen Alwan Muttlak


3. Degrees:

PhD (1988) Wyoming Univ., USA MS (1984) California Univ., USA MSc (1981) Brunel Univ. UK BS (1975) Baghdad Univ., Iraq


Professor (2002- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1998-2002) KFUPM Associate Professor (1996-1998) Deakin Univ., Australia

Assistant Professor (1991-1996) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan Assistant Professor (1989-1991) Ajman Univ., UAE

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Business Statistics II Term 041: Business Statistics I, Statistical Methods Term 032: Statistics for Engineering, Applied Regression and

Experiments Term 031: Statistics for Engineering Term 022: Statistics for Engineering Term 021: Statistics for Engineering Term 013: Statistics for Engineering Term 012: Statistics for Engineering, Applied Regression and

Experiments Term 011: Statistical Methods, Statistics for Engineering Term 002: Statistics for Engineering Term 001: Statistics for Engineering)


a. Journal Articles 1. Al-Saleh, M. F., Al-Shrafat, K. and Muttlak, H. A., “Bayesian

Estimation using Ranked Set Sampling,” Biometrical Journal. Vol. 42 (2000), pp. 489-500.


2. Hossain, S. S. and Muttlak, H. A., “MVLUE of Population Parameters Based on Ranked Set Sampling,” Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 108 (2000), pp167-176.

3. Muttlak, H. A. and Al-Saleh, M. F., “Recent Developments on Ranked Set Sampling,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 16 (2000), pp 269-290.

4. Abu-Dayyeh, W. A., Al-Subh, S. and Muttlak, H. A., “Testing Hypotheses about the Location Parameter of the Logistic Distribution using Simple Random Sampling and Ranked Set Sampling,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 17 (2001), pp 37-50.

5. Hossain, S. S. and Muttlak, H. A., “Selected Ranked Set Sampling,” Australian & New Zealand Journal of Statistics. Vol. 43 (2001), pp 311-325.

6. Muttlak, H. A., “Regression Estimators in Extreme and Median Ranked Set Sampling,” Journal of Applied Statistics. Vol. 28, (2001), pp 1003-1017.

7. Muttlak, H. A., “Extreme Ranked Set Sampling A Comparison with Regression and Ranked Set Sampling Estimator,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 17 (2001), pp 187- 204.

8. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A., “Random Ranked Set Samples,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 17 (2001), 51-66.

9. Samawi, H. S. and Muttlak, H. A., “On Ratio estimation using Median Ranked Set Sampling,” Journal of Applied Statistical Sciences. Vol. 10 (2001), pp 89-99.

10. Abu-Dayyeh, W. A. and Muttlak, H. A., “Variance Estimation using Ranked Set Sampling,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 18 (2002).

11. Abu-Dayyeh, W. A., Al-Momani, M. A. and Muttlak, H. A. “Exact Bahadur Slope for Combining Independent Tests for Normal and Logistic Distributions”, Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 135 (2002), pp. 135-150.

12. Khan, A. and Muttlak, H. A. “Adjusted two-stage Adaptive Cluster Sampling with Ranked Set Sampling,” The Bangladesh Journal of Scientific Research, (2002).

13. Muttlak, H. A and Khan, A., “Adjusted Two-sage Adaptive Cluster Sampling,” Environmental and Ecological Statistics. Vol. 9 (2002), pp. 111-120.

14. Shaibu, A.-B. and Muttlak, H. A., “A Comparison of the Maximum Likelihood Estimators under Ranked Set Sampling and some of its Modifications,” Applied Mathematics and Computation, Vol. 129 (2002), pp. 441- 453.

15. Abu-Dayyeh, W. A, Ahmed, R. A. and Muttlak, H. A. “Some Estimators of a Finite Population Mean Using Auxiliary Information, Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 139 (2003), pp 109-120.

16. Hossain, S .S. and Muttlak, H. A. “Hypotheses Tests on the Scale Parameter using Median Ranked Set Sampling,” STATISTICA. (2003).

17. Muttlak, H. A. and Al-Sabah, W., “Statistical Quality Control using Ranked Set Sampling,” Journal of Applied Statistics. Vol. 30(9) (2003), pp1055-1078.


18. Muttlak, H. A. Al-Sabah, W. "Statistical Quality Control based on Pair and Selected Ranked Set Sampling," Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 19: (2003), pp 107-128.

19. Muttlak, H. A., “Modified Ranked Set Sampling Methods,” Pakistan Journal of Statistics. Vol. 19(3) (2003), pp 315-323.

20. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A. “Investigating the Estimation of the Population Mean Using Random Ranked Set Samples,” Journal of Nonparametric Statistics. Vol. 15(3) (2003), pp 311-325.

21. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A. “Estimation of the Population Mean Using Random Selection in Ranked Set Samples,” Statistics and Probability Letters Journal. Vol. 62 (2003), pp 203-209.

22. Shaibu, A. -B. and Muttlak, H. A., “Estimating the parameters of the normal, exponential and gamma distributions using median and extreme ranked set sampling. STATISTICA. (2003).

23. Abu-Dayyeh, W., Al-Momani, M. A. and Muttlak, H. A. “Exact Bahadur Slope for Combining Independent Tests for Exponential Distribution using Simple Random Sampling and Ranked Set Sampling Data,” Journal of Statistical Theory and Applications. Vol. 3(2) (2004), pp159-172.

24. Abu-Dayyeh, W. A., Al-Subh, A. A. and Muttlak H. A. “Logistic Parameters Estimation using Simple and RSS Data,” Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 150 (2004), pp 543-554.

25. Abujiya, M. and Muttlak, H. A. “Statistical Quality Control chart for Mean using DRSS,” Journal of Applied Statistics. Vol. 31(10) (2004), pp1185-1201.

26. Muttlak, H. A. and Abu-Dayyeh, W. A. “Weighted Modified Ranked Set Sampling,” Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 151 (2004), pp 645-657.

27. Muttlak H. A. “Investigating the Use of Quartile Ranked Set Samples for Estimating the Population Mean,” Applied Mathematics and Computation. Vol. 150 (2004), pp 543-554.

28. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A. “Random Sum Approach to Study of a Noncritical Model,” International Mathematical Journal. Vol. 3(8) (2004), pp 863-872.

29. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A. “Random Sums of Random Vectors and Multitype, “International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences. Vol. 19(1) (2004), pp 975-990.

b. Conference Articles

1. Muttlak, H. A., “Adjusted Two-stage Adaptive Cluster Sampling,” The Seventh International Conference on Statistics, Mumbai, India, (2000).

2. Muttlak, H. A.,” Investigating the estimation of the population Mean using Random Ranked Set Sampling,” The Seventh International Conference on Statistics, Mumbai, India, (2000).

3. Muttlak, H. A., “Random Ranked Set Sampling,” The Seventh Islamic Countries Conference on Statistical Sciences (ICCS-VII), Lahore Pakistan, Januray1-5, (2001).

4. Muttlak, H. A., “Adjusted Two-stage Adaptive Cluster Sampling,” Saudi Association for Mathematical Sciences meting, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, (2000).


5. Muttlak, H. A., “Investigating the Estimation of the Population under Random Ranked Set Sampling,” ISI 53rd Session, Seoul, South Korea, August 22-29, (2001).

6. Muttlak, H. A., “Marketing Statistics Graduate,” Saudi Association for Mathematical Sciences meting, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, (2002).

7. Muttlak, H. A. “Statistical Quality Control Based on Ranked Set Sampling,” Hawaii International Conference on Statistics, USA, (2002).

8. Muttlak, H. A., “Statistical Quality Control using Paired RSS,” ISI 54th Session, Berlin, Germany, August, 22-29, (2003).

9. Muttlak, H. A., “Statistical Quality Control using DRSS ,” IBS and SSA conferences, Carina, Australia, July, 11-18, (2004).

10. Muttlak, H. A., “Some Aspect of DRSS,” Joint Statistical Metting, Toronto, Canada, August, 8- 12, (2004).

c. Technical Reports (etc.) 1. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A., “Random Ranked Set Samples,”

Technical Report no. 256, King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals, October, (2000).

2. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A., “Random Ranked Set Samples with Imperfect Judgment Ranking,” Technical Report no. 257, King Fahd University of Petroleum & Minerals, October, (2000).

3. Muttlak, H. A. and Al-Sabah, W., “Statistical Quality Control using Ranked Set Sampling,” Technical Report no. FT/2000-15, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, November (2001).

4. Muttlak, H. A. and Al-Sabah, W., “CUSUM and EWMA Control Charts using Ranked Set Sampling,” Technical Report no. FT/2003-14, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, November (2004).

5. Rahimov, I. and Muttlak, H. A., “Investigation of a Random Sum of Indicators with Applications in Branching Stochastic Processes,” Technical Report no. MS/STOCHASTIC/254, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, November (2004).

********************************************************



1. Name: Ibrahim Rahimov


3. Degrees:

Doctor of Physical and Mathematical Sciences (1991) Steklov Mathematical Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences.

PhD (1979) Romanovski Math. Institute, Uzbek Academy of Sciences

MS (1976) Romanovski Math. Institute, Uzbek Academy of Sciences

BS (1972) Fergana State University

4. Employment history 01.01.2001- to date Professor Department of Mathematical Sciences KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia 1998-2001 Associate Professor Department of Mathematical Sciences KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia.

1996-1997 Associate Professor School of Mathematical Sciences University Science Malaysia Penang, Malaysia. 1993-1995 Professor

The Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey

1991-1993 Professor Tashkent State University of

Economics Tashkent, Uzbekistan


1990-1991 Associate Professor The Tashkent State University Tashkent, Uzbekistan. 1987-1988 Associate Professor Tashkent State University of

Economics Tashkent, Uzbekistan 1977-1978 Lecturer Tashkent Road Institute Tashkent, Uzbekistan 1972-1974 Lecturer Fergana State University Fergana, Uzbekistan


Term 042: Statistics for Engineering Term 041: on Leave Term 032: Statistics for Engineering Term 031: Introduction to Statistics, Statistics for Engineering Term 022: Statistics for Engineering Term 021: Statistics for Engineering Term 012: Statistics for Engineering Term 011: Finite Mathematics, Statistics for Engineering Term 002: Statistics for Engineering Term 001: Finite Mathematics, Statistics for Engineering


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles [1] Rahimov I. Random Sums of Independent Indicators and Generalized Reduced Processes. STOCHASTIC ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS, Vol. 21, No 1, 2003, P. 205-221. [2] Rahimov I., Malik M. Asymptotic Bahavior of Expected Record Values. PAK. JOURNAL OF STATISTICS, Vol 20, 2004, No. 1, P. 129-135 . [3] Rahimov I., Muttlak H. Random Sums of Random Vectors and Multi Type Families of Productive Individuals. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL


OF MATHEMATICS AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES , Vol. 2004, No 19, P. 975-990. [4] Rahimov I., Limit Theorems for the size of Subpopulation of Productive Individuals. STOCHASTIC MODELS, VOL. 20, 2004, no 3, P. 261-280. [5] Rahimov I., Muttlak H. A. Estimation of the population mean using random selection in ranked set samples. STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY LETTERS, Vol 62, 2003, P. 203-209. [6] Rahimov I., Ahsanullah M. Records Related to Sequence of Branching Stochastic Processes (a Review). PAK. JOURNAL OF STATISTICS, Vol 19, 2003, No 1, P. 73-97 . [7] Rahimov I., Muttlak H. A. Investigating the Estimation of the Population Mean Using Random Ranked Set Samples. NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS, 2003, V 15, No 3, P. 311-324. [8] Rahimov I., Muttlak H. Random Sum Approach to Study of a Noncritical Branching Model. INTERNATIONAL MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL, 2003, V 3, No 8, P. 863-872. [9] Rahimov I. Limit Distributions for Generalized Reduced Branching Processes. INTERNATIONAL MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL, V.2, No 11, 2002, P. 999-1009. [10] Rahimov I. Multitype Generalized Reduced Processes. JOURNAL OF STATISTICAL THEORY AND APPLICATIONS, V. 1, No. 3, 2002, P. 149-162. [11] Rahimov I. Approximation of exceedance processes in large populations. STOCHASTIC MODELS, V. 17, No 2, P. 147-156. [12] Rahimov I., Ahsanullah M. Records generated by total progeny of branching stochastic processes. FAR EAST JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL STATISTICS, V. 5, No 1, 2001, P. 81-94. [13] Rahimov I., Muttlak H. A. Random ranked set samples. PAK. JOURNAL OF STATISTICS, V.17, No 1, 2001, P. 51-66. [14] Rahimov, I., A Limit Theorem for Multitype General Branching Processes with Generalized Immigration, JOURNAL OF APPLIED STATISTICAL SCIENCES, V.9, No 2, 2000, P.105-122. ( English). [15] Rahimov I., On the Non-Extinction Probability of Branching Diffusions, JOURNAL OF APPLIED STATISTICAL SCIENCES, V.9, No 3, 2000, P. 223-236. ( English). [16] Rahimov I., Al-Sabah W. S. Branching processes with decreasing immigration and tribal emigration. A. JOURNAL OF MATH. SC., V.6, No 2, 2000, P. 81-97.


b. Conference Articles 1. Rahimov I. On the number of Large Families in a Branching

Population, International Conference on Dynamical Systems and Applications, Antalya, Turkey, July 5-10, 2004, Proceedings, P. 582-597.

2. Rahimov I., Muttlak, H. A. Random Ranked set Samples. Proceedings of the ICCS –VII, Lahore, January 2001, P. 145-161.

a. Books 1. Rahimov, I., Random Sums and Branching Stochastic Processes, Springer Verlag, LNS, V. 96, 1995. (English). 2. Badalbaev, I., S., Rahimov, I., Non-Homogeneous Flows of Branching Processes, Tashkent, “FAN”, 1993, (Russian)

b. Technical Reports (etc.)

1. Rahimov, I., Muttlak, H. A. Random Ranked Set Samples, Tech. Report No 256, May, 2000, Dep. Math. Scien. KFUPM (English). 2. Rahimov, I., Muttlak, H. A. Random Ranked Set Samples with Imperfect Judgment Ranking, Tech. Report No 257, October, 2000, Dep. Math. Scien. KFUPM (English).

3. Rahimov I., Muttlak H. Random sums of random vectors and multitype families of productive individuals, Tech Report No 316, April, 2004 Dep. Math. Sciences, KFUPM. (English)

******************************************************



1. Name: Abul Hasan Siddiqi 2. Academic rank: Professor

3. Degrees:

PhD (1967) AMU., India MS (1962) AMU,India BS (1960) GKP., India


Professor (1998 ) KFUPM Professor (1978-2001) AMU Associate Professor (1969-78) AMU Visiting Professor (1971-1975)

Tabriz University,Iran Visiting Professor (1980-1983)

Constantine University,Algeria Visiting Professor (1997 Summer Semester)

KaiserlauternUniversity Germany 5. Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: Elements of Differential Equations Term 041: Engineering Mathematics Term 032: Introduction to Approximation Theory

&Calculus111 Term 031: Methods of App. Math;Introduction to

Industrial Mathematics Term 022: Wavelets and Applications; Engineering

Mathematics Term 021: Engineering Mathematics;Functional

Analysis11 Term 012: Intro. to Diff. Eqs,Introduction to Differential

Equations &Linear Algebra Term 011: Introduction to Differential Equations &Linear

Algebra Term 002: Calculus 111; Introduction to Differential

Equations &Liear Algebra Term 001: Applied Calculus;Calculus111



a. Journal Articles

. M.Yu Rasulova and A.H.Siddiqi. Relationship Between the Solution of BBGK-Hierachy of Kinetic Equations and the Particle Solution of Vlasov Equation. Journal of Dynamical Systems & Geometric Theories, 2:17-22, 2004.

. Salahuddin, M.K.Ahmad, and A.H.Siddiqui. Existence Result for Generalized Non-Linear Variational Inclusions. Applied Mathematics Letters, 2004.

. A. Khaliq, A.H, Siddiqui, and S.Krishnan. Some Exitence Result for Generalized Vector Quazi-Variational Onequalities. Nonlinear Functional Analysis and Application, 2004.

. Q.H.Ansari, Z.Khan, and A.H.Siddiqi. Variational Ineqmelities. Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, 2004

. A.H.Siddiqi,Walsh-type wavelet packet on sphere,0-0,2004

. A.H.Siddiqi, S.Khan, and S.Rehman. Wind Speed Simulation Using Wavelet. American Journal of Applied Sciences, 2(2):557-564, 2004.

. K. M. Furati and A. H. Siddiqi. Wavelet-based Approximation of safing sensor. Journal of Sampling Theory in Signal and Image Processing, 0-0, 2004.

. K. M. Furati, H. Tawfiq, and A. H. Siddiqi. Simulation and Visulization of safing sensor by fastflo. , 0-0, 2004.

. A. H. Siddiqi, Rais Ahmad, and S. S. Irfan. Set-Valued Variational Inclusions With Fuzzy Mappings in Banch Spaces. Journal of Concrete and Applied Mathematics, 0-0, 2004.

. A. H. Siddiqi and R. Ahmad. An Iterative Algorithm for Generalized Nonlinear Variational Inclusions with Relaxed Strongly Accretive Mappings in Banach. International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 20:1035-1045, 2004.

. R. Ahmad, A. H. Siddiqi, and Z. Khan. Proximal Point Algorithm for Genralization Multivalued Non-Linear Quasi-Variational like Inclusions in Banach Spaces. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 2004.

. M. A. Suhail and A.H.Siddiqi. Parameterization of Discrete Wavelet Transform: An Image Processing Application for Multimedia Copyright Security Enhancement Using Wavelet Marking. Journal of Sampling Theory in Signal and Image Processing, 4(1):57-72, 2004

. A. H. Siddiqi. Schroedinger Equation on fractals. , 0-0, 2003.

. A. H. Siddiqi. On current developments in evolution variational inequalities. International Journal of Mathematical Sciences, 2:347-365, 2003.

. P. Manchanda, A. H. Siddiqi, and K. Urban. Wavelet based Numerical Methods for European & American Options. , 0-0, 2003.

. P. Manchanda, A. H. Siddiqi, and K. Urban. Adaptive Wavelet Methods for European and American Options. , 0-0, 2003.

. Salahuddin, M. K. Ahmad, and A. H. Siddiqi. Parametric Problem of Completely Generalized Quasi-Variational Inequailities. , 0-0, 2003.

. K. Furati and A. H. Siddiqi. Quazi-Variational Inequality Modeling Problems in Superconductivity. Journal of Numerical Functional Analysis and Optimization, 2003.


. K. M. Furati and A. H. Siddiqi. Fast Algorithm for the Bean Critical Model for Superconductivity. Journal of Numerical Functional Analysis and Optimization, 2003.

. K. M. Furati, H. Tawfiq, and A. H. Siddiqi. Wavelet-based Algorithms for Safing Sensor with Metallic Ring Flanked with two High-temperature Superconductors Blocks. , 0-0, 2003.

. A. H. Siddiqi and P. Manchanda. Approximation by Norlund Means of Walsh-Fourier Series in Besov spaces. , 0-0, 2003.

. A. H. Siddiqi. Approximation by Wavelet Packet Operators. , 0-0, 2003.

. A. H. Siddiqi. Size of Ridgelet Packet Coefficients. , 0-0, 2003.

. A. H. Siddiqi and P. Manchanda. Variants of Moreaus Process. Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, 5(1):1-16, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi and P. Manchanda. Approximation of functions in BV(R2) by the Walsh Fourier Series. , 0-0, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi. A Bundle Method for a class of variational inequalities. , 0-0, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi. Parallel algorithms for Hemi variational inequalities. , 0-0, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi, P. Manchanda, and M. Brokate. On Some Recent Developments Concerning Moreaus Sweeping Process. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Applied Optimization Series, 72:339-354, 2002.

. M. K. Ahmad and A. H. Siddiqi. Image Classification and Comparative Study of Compression Techniques. Journal of Sampling Theory in Signal and Image Processing, 152-180, 2002.

. P. Manchanda and A. H. Siddiqi. A Rate-Independent Evolution Quasi-Variational Inequlities and State-dependent sweeping Process. Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, 5:17-18, 2002

. M. A. Sohail, A. H. Siddiqi, S, and Ispon. A New Fast DCT Based Watermarking Technique. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Applied Optimization Series, 72:117-117, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi, Z. Aslam, and A. Togkozlu. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Applied Optimization Series. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Applied Optimization Series, 72:95-95, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi, P. Manchanda, and M. Kocvara. First Wavelet-based Algorithms for option pricing. Proceedings The 6th Multiconference on Systematics, Cybernatics and Informatics, XIII:140-146, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi and M. F. Khan. On Generalized Variation-like inequalities. Indian Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 99-103, 2001

. A. H. Siddiqi, R. Ahmad, and Salahuddin. Generalized Quasi Complementarity Problems. Mathematical Science Research, 5(4):49-57, 2001.

. A. H. Siddiqi and F. Khan. Generalized Variational-like Inequality. Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, 4(2):99-103, 2001.

. A. H. Siddiqi and R. Ahmad. On Generalized Vector Variational-like Inequality Problems in H-spaces and W-spaces. Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, 4(1):141-150, 2001

. Q. H. Ansari, A. H. Siddiqi, and S. Y. Wu. Existence and Duality of Generalized Vector Equilibriums. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 259:115-126, 2001

. A. H. Siddiqi, P. Manchanda, and M. Kocvara. An Iterative two-step Algorithm for American Option Pricing, IMA Journal for Applications of Mathematics in Business and Industry. , 11:71-84, 2001.


. A. H. Siddiqi and P. Manchanda. Certain Remarks on a class of Evolution Quasi variational Inequalities. International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 24(12):851-855, 2000

. A. H. Siddiqi, Q. H. Ansari, and R. Ahmad. Some Remarks on Variational like-inequalities. Mathematics and its Application to Business and Industry, 101-108, 2000.

. A. H. Siddiqi, P. Manchanda, and M. Kocvara. An Iterative two-step Algorithm for American Option Pricing. IMA Journal of Business and Industry, 11(2):71-84, 2000.

. P. Manchanda, Pammy, Mukheimer, Aiman A. S., and A. H. Siddiqi. Point-wise Convergence of Wavelet Expansions associated with dilation matrix. Applicable Analysis, 76(3-4):301-308, 2000

. A. H. Siddiqi, M. F. Khan, and S. Hussain. On Generalized Random Variational Inequalities. Bulletin of the Calcutta Mathematical Society, 92(4):249-256, 2000.

. P. Manchanda, Pammy, Mukheimer, A. S. Aimen, and A. H. Siddiqi. Certain Results concerning the Iterative Function System. Numerical Functional Analysis and Optimization, 21(1-2):217-225, 2000

. A. H. Ansari, A. H. Siddiqi, and Yao Jen-Chih. Generalized vector variational -like inequalities and their scalarizations. Nonconvex Optimization Application, 38:17-37, 2000.


. P.Manchanda, J.Kumar, and A.H.Siddiqi. Mathematical Methods for Modelling Price Fluctuations of Financial Time Series. In proceedings of the First International Conference on Modeling,Simulation and Applied Optimization,Sharjah1, Feburary, 2005.

. K.M. Furati, P. Manchanda, M.K. Ahmad, and A.H. Siddiqi. Trends in Wavelet Applications Mathematical Models and Methods for Real World Systems,Furati,Nashed,Siddiqi(eds.) Marcel Dekker/Taylor &Francis, New York, 2005.

. A.H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. In proceedings of the Ist International Conference on Industrial and Applied Mathematics of the Indian Subcontinent. A.H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara,editor. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston-Dordrecht-London, 2002.

. A. H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. In proceedings of the International Conference Proceedings-Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Kluwer Academic Publishers Boston, 2002.

. P. Manchanda, Khalil Ahmad, and A. H. Siddiqi. Contributions in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. In proceedings of the Recent Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Anamya Publishers, 2002.

. K. Ahmad and A. H. Siddiqi. Some Error Estimates for Wavelets Packets Expansion. In proceedings of the Current Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. P. Manchanda, K. Ahmad and A. H. Siddiqi,editor. Anamaya, Pages 217-221, 2002.

. A.H. Siddiqi, P. Manchanda, and M. Brokate. On some recent developments concerning Moreaus sweeping process. In proceedings of the Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. A.H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara,editor. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Pages 339, Boston, 2002.

. A.H. Siddiqi, Z. Aslan, and A. Tokgozlu. Wavelet-based computer simulation of some meteorological parameters. In proceedings of the Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. A.H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara,editor. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Pages 95, Boston, 2002.

. Q.H. Ansari and A.H. Siddiqi. An iterative algorithm for generalized mixed nonlinear variational like inclusions. In proceedings of the Current Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. P. Manchanda and Khalil Ahmad,editor. Anamaya Publishers, New Delhi, Pages 217, 2002.

. A. Tokgozlu, A. H. Siddiqi, and Z. Aslan. De-Nosing and Analysis of Flight Measurement. In proceedings of the Current Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. P. Manchanda, K. Ahmad and A. H. Siddiqi,editor. Anamaya, 2002.


. A. H. Siddiqi and M. Firrozaman. Mathematical Analysis of Saudi Stock Market for a April and May 2000. In proceedings of the First Saudi Science Conference. KFUPM, Pages 291-311, 2001.

. A. H. Siddiqi. On current developments in Evolution variational inequalities. In proceedings of the First Saudi Science Conference. KFUPM, Pages 415-436, 2001.

. A. H. Siddiqi, Z. Aslam, and Tokogozlu. Wavelet Based computer simulation of some Metreological Parameters: case study in Turky. In proceedings of the First Saudi Science Conference. KFUPM, Pages 413-414, 2001.

. A. H. Siddiqi, S. Khan, and S. Rehman. Wavelet based computer simulation for wind speed in saudi Arabia. In proceedings of the First Saudi Science Conference. KKFUPM, Pages 313-326, 2001.

. H. Yavuz, Z. Olmez, A. H. Siddiqi, and Z. Aslan. Analysis of Growth of Abies Nordmanniana subs. In proceedings of the Mathematics and its applications in Industry and Business. A. H. siddiqi and Khalil Ahmad,editor. Narosa, Pages 32-39, 2000.

. A. H. Siddiqi. A brief introduction to Financial Mathematics. In proceedings of the Mathematics and its applications in Industry and Business. A. H. siddiqi and Khalil Ahmad,editor. Narosa, Pages 165-167, 2000.

8. Books

[1] A. H. Siddiqi. Applied Functional Analysis. Marcel Dekker, New York, 2004

[2] Helmut Neunzert and A. H. Siddiqi. Topics in Industrial Mathematics,Case: Studies and Related Mathematical Methods. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston-Dordrecht-London, 2000.

9. Proceedings Edited

[1] A. H. Siddiqi and M. Kocvara. Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. International Conference Proceedings-Kluwer Academic Publishers Boston, 2002.

[2] P. Manchanda, Khalil Ahmad, and A. H. Siddiqi. Recent Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Anamya Publishers, 2002.

*****************************************************


Associate Professors


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Moh'd Zuheir Abu-Sbeih

2. Academic rank: Associate Professor

3. Degrees: PhD (1983) Pennsylvania State University, USA

MS (1978) Edinboro State College, (Currently Edinboro University of Pennsylvania), USA

BS (1974) University of Mosul, Mosul, Iraq


Associate Professor (1996- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1984-96) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1984) Visiting Assis. Prof., Grinnell

College

Teaching Assistant (1978-83) Pennsylvania State University, Pa, USA

Math Teacher (1974-77) Yefren High School, Libya.

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Applied Calculus Term 041: Applied Calculus Term 032: Prep year Math, Applied Calculus Term 031: Graph Theory, Applied Calculus, Prep Year Math. Term 022: Calculus I Term 021: Real Analysis (graduate course), Applied Calculus Term 012: Calculus II Term 011: Calculus I, Applied Calculus Term 003: Calculus III Term 002: Applied Calculus Term 001: Differential Equations, Applied Calculus


http://www.psu.edu/

http://webs.edinboro.edu/home/

http://webs.edinboro.edu/home/


(A) Journal Articles Mohammad Z. Abu-Sbeih. Self-Dual Embedding of Composition Graphs. Arabian Journal for Science and Engineering, Submitted. (B) Conference Articles (C) Books (D) Technical Reports (etc.)

********************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Rajai Samih Alassar


3. Degrees: PhD (1997) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia MS (1992) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1988) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Associate Professor (2004- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1997-2004) KFUPM Lecturer (1992-97) KFUPM


Term 042: Math 101; Math 201 Term 041: Math 132; Math 202; Math 202 Term 033: Math 131; Math 131 Term 032: Math 132; Math 302 Term 031: Math 201; Math 201 Term 023: Math 131; Math 131; Math 003 Term 022: Math 102; Math 102; Math 012 Term 021: Math 101; Math 101; Math 003 Term 013: Math 132; Math 202 Term 012: Math 102; Math 102; Math 132 Term 011: Math 302; Math 302; Math 132 Term 003: Math 131; Math 132 Term 002: Math 260; Math 101; Math 101; Math 003 Term 001: Math 102; Math 201; Math 201; Math 003



a. Journal Articles 1. Alassar, R. S., H. M. Badr, and R. Allayla, “Viscous flow over a sphere with

fluctuations in the free stream velocity”, Computational Mechanics, vol. 26m no. 5, pp. 409-418, 2000.

2. Alassar, R. S. and H. M. Badr, “Oscillating viscous flow over prolate spheroids”, Transactions of the CSME, vol. 25, no. 3&4, pp. 433-453, 2001.

3. Mavromatis H. A., and R. S. Alassar, “Two New Associated Laguerre Integral Results”, Applied Mathematics Letters, vol. 14, pp. 903-905, 2001.

4. Alassar, R. S., “Incompressible flow equations in generalized stream function-vorticity form”, International Mathematical Journal, vol. 3, no. 5, pp. 595-599, 2003.

5. Srivastava, H. M., H. A. Mavromatis, and R. S. Alassar, “Remarks on some associated Laguerre integral results”, Applied Mathematics Letters, vol. 16 (7), pp. 1131-1136, 2003.

6. Acka, H., R. S. Alassar, V. Covachev, Z. Covacheva, and E. Al-Zahrani, “Continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural networks with impulses”, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, vol. 290, Issue 2, pp. 436-451, 2004.

7. Acka, H., and R. S. Alassar, V. Covachev, Z. Covacheva, “Discrete counterparts of continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural networks with impulses”, Dynamic Systems and Applications, vol. 13, pp. 75-90, 2004.

8. Alassar, R.S., “Forced convection past an oblate spheroid”, ASME Journal of Heat Transfer, Accepted . b. Conference Articles Acka, H., and R. S. Alassar, “Discrete counterparts of continuous-time additive Hopfield-type neural networks with impulses”, International Conference on Wavelets and Spline, Euler International mathematical Institute, St. Petersburg, Russia, July 03-08, 2003. c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)

******************************************************



1. Name: Suliman Saleh Mohammad Al-Homidan


3. Degrees:

PhD (1993) Dundee University, Dundee, U.K. MS (1989) Dundee University, Dundee, U.K. BS (1986) King Saud University (KSU), Riyadh.


Associate Professor (2003- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1996-03) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1993-96) King Saud University (KSU), Riyadh. Research Assistant (1986-93) King Saud University (KSU), Riyadh.


Term 042: Calculus I; Term 041: Calculus I; Term 032: Sabbatical leave Term 031: Sabbatical leave Term 022: Calculus I; Introduction to Linear & Nonlinear Programming; Term 021: Calculus I; Term 013: Calculus I; Summer Training; Term 012: Calculus II; Numerical Analysis I; Term 011: Calculus I; Introduction to Linear & Nonlinear Programming; Term 002: Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra; Term 001: Preparatory Mathematics II


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. Al-Homidan S. SQP algorithms for solving Toeplitz matrix approximation

problem. Numerical Linear Algebra with Applications Vol. 9(8)(2002), pp.619-627.

2. Al-Homidan, S. Toeplitz matrix approximation. Mathematical Sciences Research Journal Vol. 6(2)(2002), pp.104-111.

3. Al-Homidan, S. Combined methods for approximating Hankel matrix. WSEAS Transactions on systems Vol.1(2002), pp.35-41.

4. Al-Homidan S. Hybrid methods for approximating Hankel matrix. Numerical Algorithms. Vol. 32 (2003), pp. 57-66.


b. Conference Articles 1. Al-Homidan, S. Combined methods for Toeplitz matrix approximation

methods. Current trends in Industrial and applied mathematics (Ed. P Manchanda, K. Ahmad and A.H. Siddiqi) Anamaya Publishers. (2002), pp 69-78.

c. Books

1. Al-Homidan S., Hamed O. and Hemideh H. "Linear Programming" edited, reviewed and published by King Saud University. (Adopted for the course MATH 456 “Linear Programming” at the Department of Mathematics, King Saud University), 2002.

d. Technical Reports (etc.)

1. Al-Homidan, S. Positive semidefinite Toeplitz approximation methods, T. R. No. 259 KFUPM (Dept. of Maths Sciences) , (2000).

2. Al-Homidan, S. Structured methods for solving Hankel matrix approximation problems, T. R. No. 266 KFUPM (Dept. of Maths Sciences), (2001).

3. Al-Homidan, S. and Wolkowicz H. Approximate and exact completion problems for Euclidean distance matrices using semidefinite programming. Technical Report CORR 2004-15, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, 2004 http://orion.math.uwaterloo.ca/~hwolkowi/henry/reports/ABSTRACTS.html#edm04

********************************************************


http://orion.math.uwaterloo.ca/%7Ehwolkowi/henry/reports/ABSTRACTS.html

http://orion.math.uwaterloo.ca/%7Ehwolkowi/henry/reports/ABSTRACTS.html


1. Name: Qamrul Hasan Ansari


3. Degrees:

PhD (1988) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India M.Phil(1985) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India MS (1982) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India BS (1980) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India


Associate Professor (2003- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (1997-03) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India Assistant Professor (1990-1997) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India Assistant Professor (1989-1990) Al-Anbar University, Ramadi, Iraq Assistant Professor (1988-1989) Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India


Term 042: Calculus III Term 041: Calculus III Term 032: Calculus I Term 031: Calculus I; Calculus II Term 2002-03: Metric Spaces; Topology; Topological Vector Spaces Term 2001-02: Metric Spaces; Topology; Topological Vector Spaces Term 2000-01: Metric Spaces; Topology; Mathematical programming


a. Journal Articles

1. (with Y.C. Lin and J.C. Yao) General KKM Theorem with Applications to Minimax and Variational Inequalities, Journal of


Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 104(1), 41-57 (2000). 2. (with J.C. Yao) Nonlinear Variational Inequalities for

Pesudomonotone Operators with Applications, Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, V. 3(1), 61-70, (2000).

3. (with M.F. Khan and R. Ahmad) Generalized Multivalued Nonlinear Variational Inclusions with Relaxed Lipschtiz and Relaxed Monotone Mappings, Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, V. 3(1), 93-102, (2000).

4. (with R. Ahmad) An Iterative Algorithm for Generalized Nonlinear Variational Inclusions, Applied Mathematics Letter, V. 13, 23-26, (2000).

5. (with C.S. Lee and J.C. Yao) A Perturbed Algorithm for Strongly Nonlinear Variational-like Inclusions, Bulletin of the Australian Mathematical Society, V. 62, 417-426 , (2000).

6. (with R. Ahmad and Salahuddin) A Perturbed Ishikawa Iterative Algorithm for General Mixed Multivalued Mildly Non-Linear

Variational Inequalities, Advances in Nonlinear Variational Inequalities, V. 3(2), 53-64, (2000).

7. (with J.C. Yao) On Nondifferentiable and Nonconvex Vector Optimization Problems, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 106(3), 487-500, (2000).

8. (with S. Schaible and J.C. Yao) System of Vector Equilibrium Problems and Its Applications, Journal of Optimization Theory And Applications, V. 107(3), 547-557, (2000).

9. (with A. Idzik and J.C. Yao) Coincidence and Fixed Point Theorems with applications, Topological Methods in Nonlinear Analysis, V. 5, 191-202, (2000).

10. (with J.C. Yao) Systems of Generalized Variational Inequalities and Their Applications, Applicable Analysis, V. 76(3-4), 203-217,

(2000). 11. (with A.H. Siddiqi and S.Y. Wu) Existence and Duality of Generalized vector Equilibrium Problems, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, V. 259, 115-126, (2001). 12. (with I.V. Konnov and J.C. Yao) On Generalized Vector

Equilibrium Problems, Nonlinear Analysis; Theory, Methods and Applications, V. 47, 543-554, (2001).

13. (with J.C. Yao) Iterative Scheme for Solving Mixed Variational-like Inequalities, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 108(3), 527-541, (2001).

14. (with I.V. Konnov and J.C. Yao) Existence of a Solution and Variational Principles for Vector Equilibrium Problems, Journal


of Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 110(3), 481-492, (2001).

15. (with X.Q. Yang and J.C. Yao) Existence and Duality of Implicit Vector Variational Problems, Numerical Functional Analysis and Optimization, V. 22(7 & 8), 815-829, (2001).

16. (with I.V. Konnov and J.C. Yao) Characterizations of Solutions for Vector Equilibrium Problems, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 113(3), 435-447, (2002). 17. (with S. Schaible and J.-C. Yao) The System of Generalized

Vector Equilibrium Problems with Applications, Journal of Global Optimization, V. 22, 3-16, (2002).

18. (with J.C. Yao) Generalized Vector Equilibrium Problems, Journal of Statistics and Management Systems, V. 5(1-3), 1-17, (2002).

19. Fixed Point Theorems for Non-convex valued Multifunctions, Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics, V. 26, 15-20, (2002).

20. (with S. Schaible and J.C. Yao) Generalized Vector Equilibrium Problems under Generalized Pseudomonotonicity with Applications, Journal of Nonlinear and Convex Analysis, V. 3(3), 331-344, (2002).

21. (with Zubair Khan) Relatively B-Pseudomonotone Variational Inequalities over Product of Sets, Journal of Inequalities in Pure And Applied Mathematics, V. 4 (1), Article 6, (2003).

22. (with F. Flores-Bazan) Generalized Vector Quasi-Equilibrium Problems with Applications, Journal of Mathematical Analysis And Applications, V. 277, 246-256, (2003).

23. (with L.-J. Lin and C. Y. Wu) Geometric Properties and Coincidence Theorems with Applications to Generalized Vector equilibrium Problems, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, V. 117, 121-137, (2003).

24. (with L.-J. Lin, S. F. Cheng and X. Y. Liu) On the Constrained Equilibrium Problems Finite Families of Players, Nonlinear Analysis, V. 54, 525-543, (2003).

25. (with L.-J. Lin, Z.-T. Yu and L.-P. Lai) Fixed Point and Maximal Element Theorems with Applications to Abstract Economies and Minimax Inequalities, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, V. 284, 656-671, (2003).

26. (with Zubair Khan) On Existence of Pareto Equilibria for Constrained Multiobjective Games, Southeast Asian Bulletin of Mathematics, V. 27, 973-982, (2004). 27. (with W. K. Chan and X. Q. Yang) The System of Vector Quasi- Equilibrium Problems with Applications, Journal of Global


Optimization, V. 29(1) May, 45-57, (2004). 28. (with L.-J. Lin) Collective Fixed Points and Maximal Elements with Applications to Abstract Economies, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, V. 296, 455-472, (2004). 29. (with Rais Ahmad and Syed Shakaib Irfan) On Generalized Mixed Co- Quasi-Variational Inequalities with Noncompact Valued Mappings, Bulletin of the Australian Mathematical Society, V. 70, 7-15, (2004). 30. (with S. Schaible and J. C. Yao) Generalized Vector Quasi-variational Inequality Problems over Product Sets, Journal of Global Optimization, (accepted). 31. (with Y.C. Lin) Some Fixed point Theorems and Their Applications to Abstract Economies, Nonlinear Studies, (accepted). 32. (with L.-J. Lin and L.-B. Su) Systems of Simultaneous Generalized Vector Quasi-Equilibrium Problems and Their Applications, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, (accepted). 33. (with L. J. Lin, M. F. Yang, and G. Kassay) Existence Results for Stampacchia and Minty type Implicit Variational Inequalities with Multivalued Maps, Nonlinear Analysis, Theory Methods and Applications, (accepted). 34. (with Z. Khan and A. H. Siddiqi) Weighted Variational Inequalities, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications, (accepted). 35. (with R. Ahmad and S.S. Irfan) Generalized Variational Inclusions and Generalized Resolvent Equations in Banach Spaces, Computers and Mathematics with Applications, (accepted).

b. Conference/Book Articles

1. (with A.H. Siddiq and J.C. Yao) Generalized Vector Variational

Inequalities and Their Scalarization, in “Vector Variational Inequalities and Vector Equilibria. Mathematical Theories”,

Edited by Prof. F. Giannessi, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht-Boston-London, pp. 17-38, (2000)

2. Vector Equilibrium Problems and Vector Variational Inequalities,

in “Vector Variational Inequalities and Vector Equilibria. Mathematical Theories”, Edited by Prof. F. Giannessi, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht-Boston-London, pp. 1-16, (2000). 3. (with A.H. Siddiqi and R. Ahmad) Some Remarks on Variational-like Inequalities, in “Mathematics and Its Applications in Industry and Business”,

Edited by A.H. Siddiqi and Khalil Ahmad, Narosa Publishing House,


New Delhi, pp. 101-108 (2000) 4. (with A.H. Siddiqi) An Iterative Algorithm for Generalized Mixed

Nonlinear Variational-like Inclusions, in “Current Trends in Industrial and Applied Mathematics”, Edited by P. Manchanda, K. Ahmad and A.H. Siddiqi, Anamaya Publishers, New Delhi, pp. 202-209 (2002)

5. (with J. C. Yao) On Vector Quasi-Equilibrium Problems, in “Equilibrium Problems and Variational Models”

Edited by P. Daniele, F. Giannessi and A. Maugeri, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht-Boston-London, (2003), pp. 1-18

6.(with Jen-Chih Yao) Coincidence Point Theorems with Applications to Minimax Inequalities, in “Proceedings of the second International Conference on Nonlinear and Convex Analysis”, Edited by W. Takahashi and T. Tanaka, Yokahama Publishers, Japan, (2003), pp. 7-14

7. (with Zubair Khan) System of Generalized Vector Quasi-Equilibrium Problems with Applications, in “Mathematical Analysis and Applications”, Edited by S. Nanda and G.P. Rajasekhar, Narosa Publication House, New Delhi, (2004), pp. 1-13

********************************************************



1. Name: Ashfaque H. Bokhari


3. Degrees:

PhD (1987) Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan M.Phil(1982) Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan M.Sc (1979) Punjab University, Pakistan B.Sc (1985) Punjab University

4. Post Docs: 1991-92 University of Southampton, UK 2001-02 St. John Fisher College, New York, USA


A Present Employment

(i) Associate Professor (Sept. 2002-To-date) KFUPM

B Employment at Quaid-i-Azam University1

(ii) Professor (July 1999 to-date) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan

(iii) Associate Professor (May 1995 - July 1999) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan

(iv) Assistant Professor (April 1988 - May 1995) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan

(v) Lecturer (Oct. 1985 - April 1988) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan

(vi) Senior Res. Associate (Dec.1984 - Oct. 1985) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan

(vii) Teaching/research Assoc. (Dec. 1981 - Dec. 1984) Quaid-i-Azam Univ. Pakistan


Term 042: Introduction to Diff. Equations and Linear Algebra Term 042: M. S. Thesis Term 041: Introduction to Diff. Equations and Linear Algebra Term 041: Reading and Research Term 033: Introduction to Diff. Equations and Linear Algebra Term 032: Introduction to Diff. Equations and Linear Algebra

1 On leave from Quaid-i-Azam University, Islamabad, Pakistan.


Term 031: Engineering Mathematics Term 022: Engineering Mathematics Term 021: Introduction to Diff. Equations and Linear Algebra


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles

1) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, R. and Qadir, A., “Classification of Curvature

Collineations of Plane Symmetric Static Spacetimes” Journal of Mathematical

Physics, Vol. 41 (2000), pp. 2167-2172.

2) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, R., Qadir, A. and Shaikh, G., “Curvature versus Ricci

and Metric Symmetries in Spherically Symmetric, Static Spacetimes”, IL Nuovo

Cimento, Vol. 115 (2000), pp. 383-384.

3) Karim, M., Bokhari, A. H. and Ahmedov, B., “The Casimir force in the

Schwarzschild Metric”, Classical and Quantum Gravity, Vol. 17 (2000), pp.

2459-2462.

4) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, A. R. and Qadir, A., “A Comment on Curvature

Inheritance Symmetry Admitted by a Godel-Type Spacetime”, Proceedings of

the Pakistan Academy of Sciences, Vol. 37 (2000), pp. 281-282.

5) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, A. R. and Nasir, M. Y, “Curvature Collineation

Equation: an alternate form”, Proceedings of the Pakistan Academy of Sciences,

Vol. 38 (2001), pp.179-180.

6) Aziz, A., Bokhari, A. H. and Qadir, A., “Algebraic Computations for Spinors in

General Relativity”, IL Nuovo Cimento, Vol. 116 B (2001), pp. 483-491.

7) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, A. R. and Qadir, A., “A Complete Classification of

Curvature Collineations of Cylindrically Symmetric Static Spacetimes,” General

Relativity and Gravitation, Vol. 35 (2003), pp. 1059-1076.

8) Karim, A., Tartaglia, A. and Bokhari, A. H., “Weighing the Milky Way”

Classical and Quantum Gravity, Vol. 20 (2003), pp.2815-2825.

9) Shabbir, G., Khan, A. H. and Bokhari, A. H., “Proper Weyl Collineations in

Spacetimes”, IL Nuovo Cimento, Vol. 118B (2003), pp. 395-404.


10) Bokhari, A. H., “Fluid Spacetimes Admitting Six Ricci Collineations”, IL

Nuovo Cimento, Vol. 118B (2003), pp. 529-531.

11) Bokhari, A. H., “On Essential Singularities in a Cosmological Model with Heat

Flow”, IL Nuovo Cimento, Vol. 118B (2003), pp. 527-528.

12) Bokhari, A. H., “On a Cylindrically Symmetric Static Metric Admitting Proper

Matter Collineations, IL Nuovo Cimento, Vol. 118B (2003), pp. 725-727.

13) Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, A. R. and Kara, A. H., “Spherically Symmetric Static

Spacetimes and their Classification by Ricci Inheritance Symmetries” IL Nuovo

Cimento 118B (2003), pp. 803-818.

14) Shabbir, G., Bokhari, A. H. and Kashif, A. R, "Proper Curvature Collineations in

Cylindrically Symmetric Static Space-Times," IL Nuovo Cimento, 118 B

(2003), pp. 873-886.


1). Bokhari, A. H., Kashif, A. R. and Qadir, A., “Curvature Collineations of some

Plane Symmetric Static Spacetimes” (To appear in Proceedings of the 11th

Regional Conference, Iran).



1. Name: Muhammad Ashfaq Bokhari 2. Academic rank: Associate Professor 3. Degrees:

PhD (1986) University of Alberta, Canada MA (1980) Univ. of Western Ontario, Canada MSc (1975) Quaid-e-Azam University, Pakistan B.A. (1972) University of the Punjab, Pakistan


Associate Professor (1998- ) KFUPM (‘97-1’98) National University of

Sciences & Technology, Pakistan

(‘92-‘97 ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (‘88-‘92) KFUPM

(‘86-‘92) KFUPM Lecturer (‘85-‘86) Bahauddin Zakariya

University, Pakistan Teaching Asstt. (‘80-’85) University of Alberta,

Canada (’79-’80) Univ. of Western Ontario,

Canada Lecturer (‘75-‘79) Bahauddin Zakariya

University, Pakistan 5. Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: MATH 102 Term 041: MATH 202, 535 Term 032: MATH 302, 411 Term 031: MATH 201, 311 Term 022: MATH 102 Term 021: MATH 101, Math 595 Term 012: MATH 001, M 011 Term 011: Coordinator P-Y Math Program Term 002: MATH 575, Coordinator P-Y Math Program Term 001: Coordinator P-Y Math Program



7. Journal Articles

1. On constrained uniform approximation, Intern. J. of Math. and Math. Sc. 31:2 103-108, (2002)

2. (with Yushau B. and Wessels DCJ. “Computer Aided Learning of Mathematics: Software Evaluation”. Journal of Mathematics and Computer Education, Volume 38, Number 2, 165-182 (Spring 2004).

3. (with H.P.Dikshit & A.Sharma) Birkhoff interpolation on some perturbed roots of unity: revisited, Numerical Algorithms 25, no. 1-4, 47-62, 2000

8. Conference Articles

1. Gauss Quadrature Formula: An Extension via Interpolating Orthogonal Polynomials, Proceedings of ICMSAO 2005, American University of Sharjah, Sharjah, UAE (Jan. 2005).

2. (with Yushau B) “Language and Mathematics: The case of Bilingual Arabs”. Proceedings of the Second UAE-Math-Day, held at the American University of Sharjah, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates on April 1 2004.

3. (with Yushau B, Mji A. and Wessels D.C.J.) “Factors Contributing to Mathematics Achievement: the case of a Computer Aided Learning Environment” Proceedings of Second International Conference of Mathematics, AL-Ain, UAE, 12-14 Dec. 2004.

9. Books

None ********************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005) 1. Name: Muhammed Anwar Chaudhry


3. Degrees: D.SC. (1977) Kyushu Univ., Japan M.SC. (1969) Punjab Univ., Pakistan B.SC. (1967) Punjab Univ., Pakistan


Associate Professor (1992- ) K.F.U.P.M. Professor (1992-1992) B.Z.U., Multan, Pakistan Associate Professor (1980-1992) B.Z.U., Multan, Pakistan Assistant Professor (1977-1980) B.Z.U., Multan, Pakistan Research Scholar (1973-1977) Kyushu Univ., Japan Lecturer (1970-1973) Punjab Univ., Pakistan


Term 042: Calculus III Term 041: Leave of absence Term 032: Calculus III Term 031: Calculus III,Calculus I Term 023: Calculus III Term 022: Calculus III, Calculus II Term 021: Calculus III Term 012: Calculus III, Calculus II Term 011: Leave of absence Term 002: Calculus III Term 001: Calculus III, Calculus I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. ( with A.B.Thaheem) On a pair of (alpha,beta)-derivations of semiprime rings,

Aequationes Mathematica (accepted).


2. (with A.B.Thaheem) On (alpha,beta)-derivations of semiprime

rings II, Demonstratio Mathematica,V. 37 (4), 793-802,( 2004).

3. (with A.B.Thaheem) A note on a pair of derivations on semiprime rings,

International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences,.V. 2004(39), 2097-

2103(2004).

4. (with A.B.Thaheem) Centralizing mappings and derivations on semiprime rings.

Demonstratio Mathematica,V.37 (2),285-292,( 2004).

5. (with A.B.Thaheem) On a pair of two-sided alpha-derivations on semiprime

rings,Mathematical Journal of Okayama University,V. 45, 37-44, (2003).

6. (with H. Fakhar-ud-din) Some categorical aspects of BCH-algebras, International

Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences,V.2003(27), 1739-1750,(

2003).

7. (with A.B.Thaheem) On (alpha,beta)-derivations of semiprime rings.

Demonstratio Mathematica,V.36 (2 ),283-287, (2003).

8. (with A.B.Thaheem) (alpha,beta)-derivations on semiprime rings. International

Mathematical Journal, V.3 (10), 1033-1042,( 2003).

9. On branchwise implicative BCI-algebras. International Journal of Mathematics

and Mathematical Sciences,V.29(7),417-425, (2002).

10. On some classes of BCH-algebras. International Journal of Mathematics and

Mathematical Sciences, V.25(3),205-211, ( 2001).

11. On two classes of BCI-algebras. Scientiae Mathematicae Japonicae V.,53(2),269-

278, (2001).

12. On positive implicative BCI-algebras. Mathematica Japonica V. 52(1), 9-12,

(2000).

a. Conference Articles b. Books

c. Technical Reports (etc.)


Resume (Dated: Mar. 2005)

1. Name: Khaled M. Furati


3. Degrees:

PhD (1995) Duke Univ., USA MS (1988) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1985) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Associate Professor (2003- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1995-03) KFUPM Lecturer (1988-88) KFUPM Graduate Assistant (1985-88) KFUPM


Term 042: Term 041: Term 033: Term 032: Term 031: Term 022: INTRO DIFF EQUAT & LINEAR ALGE Term 021: Term 013: Term 012: Term 011: Term 002: Term 001:


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles [1] M. A. El-Gebeily and K. M. Furati. Real self-adjoint Sturm-Liouville problems.

Applicable Analysis, 83(4), 377-387 2004.

[2] K.M. Furati, Mokhtar Kirane, and N. e. Tatar. Existence and asymptotic behavior for a convection problem. Nonlinear Analysis, 2004. To appear.

[3] K.M. Furati and N. e. Tatar. An existence result for a nonlocal fractional differential problem. Journal of Fractional Calculus, 26:43-51, 2004.


[4] K. M. Furati. A model for simulating frequency conversion in nonlinear optical media. Journal of Computational Methods in Sciences and Engineering, 3(1):99-107, 2003.

[5] H. T. Banks, K. M. Furati, K. Ito, N. S. Luke, and C. J. Smith. Acoustic attenuation employing variable wall admittance. Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences, 286:15-26, 2003.

[6] K. M. Furati and M. A. El-Gebeily. Regular approximation of singular second order differential expressions. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 283:100-113, 2003.

[7] H. T. Banks, D. G. Cole, K. M. Furati, K. Ito, and G. A. Pinter. A computational model for sound field absorption by acoustic arrays. Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, 13(4):231-240, 2002.

[8] K. M. Furati and M. A. El-Gebeily. A higher order method for nonlinear singular two-point boundary valued problems. International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 30(5):257-269, 2002.

[9] K. M. Furati, M. A. Alsunaidi, and H. M. Masoudi. Simulation of beam propagation in second-order nonlinear optical media. Microwave and Optical Technology Letters, 32(4):312-316, 2002.

[10] K. M. Furati, M. A. Alsunaidi, and H. M. Masoudi. An explicit finite difference scheme for wave propagation in nonlinear optical structures. Applied Mathematics Letters, 14(3):297-302, 2001.

[11] M. A. El-Gebeily and K. M. Furati. On the completeness of the set of eigenvectors of a certain class of self-adjoint finite difference operators. IMA Journal of Applied Mathematics, 65(1):29-43, 2001


G. Daspit, C. Martin, J-H. Pyo, C. Smith, H. To, K.M. Furati, Z. Ounaies and R.C. Smith. Model Development for Piezoelectric Polymer Unimorphs. In Smart Structures and Materials 2002: Modeling, Signal Processing, and Control. Vittal S. Rao, editor. Proceedings of SPIE Vol 4693. 2002.

c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)



1. Name: Mohammad Iqbal


3. Degrees:

PhD (1989) Wales University U.K. MS (1973) Dundee University Scotland U.K. BS (1961) Panjab univ.Lahore Pakistan


Associate Professor (1991) KFUPM Associate Professor (1986) Panjab univ.Lahore Pakistan Assistant Professor (1971) Panjab Univ.Lahore Pakistan Lecturer (1963) Panjab University Lahore Pakistan


Term 042: Calculus III Term 041: Calculus III Term 032: Calculus II Term 031: Calculus II and Math 260 Term 022: Calculus II Term 021: Calculus III Term 013: Calculus II and Math 301 Term 012: Calculus III and Math 260 Term 011: Calculus III and Math 260 Term 002: Prep math oo2 Term 001 Math 260 and Math 301


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

1-M.Iqbal. On Numerical Inversion of Laplace Transform for Nuclear Magnetic resonance Relaxometry Problems using non negativity constraints" (Accepted for Publication). International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 0-0,


2--M.Iqbal. Numerical Inversion of Mellin Transform (Accepted for publication)It Will be Published in 2005. Journal of Integral Transforms and Special Functions, 0-0, 3-M.Iqbal and A.A. Al-Shuaibi. On comparison of operator theoretic method with regularization method of ill-posed problems. International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, 14(4):421-437, 2004. 4- M.Iqbal. Deconvolution and regularization for numerical solutions of incorrectly posed problems. Computational and Applied Mathematics, 151:463-476, 2003 5- M.Iqbal. Statistical regularization and optimal filtering for numerical solutions of ill-posed problems. International Mathematical Journal, 3(11):1223-1238, 2003 6- M.Iqbal. Constrained regularization method for stable solutions of ill-posed problems. International Mathematical Journal, 1(4):415-429, 2002. 7- M.Iqbal.Bayesian regularization of numerical inversion of Mellin transform. International Mathematical Journal, 2(7):671-693, 2002. 8- M.Iqbal. Numerical inversion of Laplace transform reproducing kernal Hilbert spaces for ill-posed problems. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 33(4):557-564, 2002. 9- M.Iqbal. Fourier method for numerical inversion of Laplace transform. Journal of Applied Mathematics and Decision Sciences, 5(3):239-246, 2001. 10- M.Iqbal. Spline regularization of numerical inversion of Mellin transforms. Journal Foundation of Computing and Decision Sciences, 25(1):49-64, 2000. 11- M.Iqbal. On photone correlation measurement of colloidal size distributions using Bayesian strategies. Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics, 126:77-89, 2000.


a. Conference Articles 1- Participated in International Conference on Modelling

Simulation and Applied Optimization (ICMSAO/05), Sharjah, UAE from February 01-03, 2005 and Presented a paper.

2- Techniques of a Priori Choice of Regularization Parameters in Tikhonov Regularization. presented at saudi mathematicalscience conference (Riyadh)on 7-8 April 2004. Saudi Association of Mathematical Sciences (SAMS), 0-0, Apr. 2004

3- Participated and presented a paper in Saudi Association for Mathematical Sciences Conference held at King Saud University Riyadh from 01-08 April, 2002

b. Books 1- Fundamentals of Complex Analysis. ilmi kitab khana ,

urdu bazar Lahore-Pakistan, 1995. 2- An Introduction to Numerical Analysis. ILMI Kitab Khana,

Kabir Street, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, 1990. 3- An Introduction to Programming in Fortran 66 and Fortran

77,. ilmi kitab khana urdu bazar Lahore-Pakistan, 1989. 4- Programming in Basic. ilmi kitab khana urdu bazar

Lahore-Pakistan, 1989. c. Technical Reports (etc.) 1-Numerical Solutions of Linear Ill-posed Problems, M. IQBAL, April 2004 2-Techniques for a priori Choice of Regularizing Parameters in Tikhonov Regularization, M. IQBAL, July 2003 3-Statistical Regularization and Optimal Filtering for Numerical Solutions of Ill-posed Problems, M. Iqbal, May 2003 4-Deconvolution and Regularization for Numerical Solutions of Incorrectly Posed Problems, M. Iqbal, October 2002 5-Constrained Regularization Method for Stable Solutions of Ill-posed Problems, M. Iqbal, May 2001


Resume (Dated February 2005)

1. Name Anwar H. Joarder 2. Academic rank Associate Professor

3. Degrees

PhD (1992) University of Western Ontario, Canada MS (1988) University of Western Ontario, Canada MS (1982) University of Dhaka, Bangladesh BS (1980) University of Dhaka, Bangladesh


Associate Professor (2000- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1997-04) KFUPM Lecturer (1996-97) University of Sydney, Australia Lecturer (1995-96) Monash University, Australia Visiting Faculty (1994-94) North South Univ, Bangladesh Assistant Professor (1993-94) Univ of Dhaka, Bangladesh


Term 041 STAT319; MATH560 Term 041 STAT319 Term 032 STAT319 Term 031 STAT319 Term 023 STAT319 Term 022 STAT 319 Term 021 STAT 319; MATH 560 Term 012 STAT319 Term 011 STAT319; MATH560 Term 003 STAT319 Term 002 STAT319 Term 001 STAT319


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles


1. (with H.P. Singh & S. Singh) Estimation of population median

when mode of an auxiliary variable is known. To appear in Journal of Statistical Research (A.K. Saleh special issue edited by S. Khan, University of Southern Queensland, Australia) 57-63. (2005).

2. (with A. Laradji) Algebraic inequalities for measures of

dispersion, Journal of Probability and Statistical Science To appear, (2005).

3. (with R.M. Latif) Standard deviation for Small Samples, Teaching Statistics, To appear in V.27(2), (2005).

4. (with S. Singh & I.S. Grewal) General class of estimators in

multicharacter surveys, Statistical Papers, V.28, 129-133, (2004).

5. (with L. Barone & G.Z. Voulgaridis) On the dispersion of data in nonsymmetric distributions, International Journal of Mathematicals Education in Science and Technology, V.35 (3), 419-424, (2004).

6. (with R.M. Latif) A comparison and contrast of some

methods for sample quartiles, Journal of Probability and Statistical Science, V.2(1), 95-109, (2004).

7. The sample variance and first-order Differences of observations,

Mathematical Scientist, V.28, 129-133, (2003).

8. The halving method for sample quartiles, International Journal

of Mathematicals Education in Science and Technology, V.34 (4), 629-633, (2003).

9. (with S. Singh) Estimation of the distribution function and

median in two phase sampling, Pakistan Journal of Statistics (S. E Ahmed special issue edited by Serge B. Provost, The


University of Western Ontario, Canada), V.18(2), 301-319, (2002).

10. On some representations of sample variance, International

Journal of Mathematics Education for Science and Technology, V.33(5), 772-784, (2002).

11. (with W.S. Al-Sabah) The dependence structure of

conditional probabilities in a contingency table, International Journal of Mathematics Education for Science and Technology, V.33(3), 475-480, (2002).

12. Six ways to look at linear interpolation, International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, V.32 (6), 932-937, (2002). 13. (with S. Singh) Estimation of the scaled covariance

matrix of a multivariate t-model using a known information. Metrika, V.54 (1), 53-58, (2001).

14. (with M. Firozzaman) A refinement over the usual

formulae for deciles. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, V.32 (5), 761-765, (2001).

15. (with S.E. Ahmed & A.I. Volodin) Pretest estimation of

eigenvalues of a Wishart matrix. Inernational Mathematical Journal, V.1 (3), 259-272, (2001).

16. (with M. Firozzaman) Quartiles for discrete data. Teaching

Statistics, V.23(3), 86-89, (2001).

17. (with S. Singh, S. and D.S. Tracy) Median estimation using double sampling. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Statistics, V.43, 33-46, (2001).

18. (with S. Singh, S. and D.S. Tracy) Regression type estimators

in the presence of non-response, Statistica, V.60, 39-44, (2000).


1. (with M. Firozzaman) A Refinement over the usual formulae for


deciles. Published in the Proceedings “Biology, Earth Sciences and Mathematics” pp 371-376 of the First Saudi Science Conference, King Fahd University of Petroleuma nd Minerals, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, (2001).

c. Books

1. (with Hassen A. Muttlak & Walid S. Al-Sabah) Laboratory

Manual for Probabilty and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, KFUPM Press, Saudi Arabia (2004)


1. (with A. Laradji) Some inequalities in Descriptive Statistics,

TR # 321, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2004).

2. Sample variance and the first order differences of

observations, TR # 293, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia.

3. (with A. Laradji) Inequalities involving sample means, median

and extreme observations, Technical Report No. 283, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2002).

4. The moments of a discrete distribution associated with the

principle of inclusion and exclusion. TR # 277, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2002).

5. The moments of a discrete distribution associated with the

principle of inclusion and exclusion. TR # 277, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2002).

6. The Remainder Method for Sample Quartiles of Even Order.

TR # 274, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2002).

7. The Hinge Method and the Halving Method for Sample


quartiles. TR # 273, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2002).

8. (with S. Singh) Estimation of Distribution Function and

Median in Two Phase sampling, TR # 270, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2001).

9. On some representations of sample variance. TR # 269,

Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia.

10. (with W.S. Al-Sabah) The dependence structure of

conditional probabilities in a contingency table. TR # , Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2001).

11. (with M. Firozzaman) A refinement over the usual formulae for quartiles. TR # 254, Department of Mathematical Sciences, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia (2000). 12. Reviewed more than 25 research papers for internationally reputed journals. Serving on the editorial board of 3 journals including International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, London, UK since February 2001.



1. Name: Abdul Rahim Khan


3. Degrees:

PhD (1983) University of Wales, UK MS (1974) Punjab Univ. , Pakistan BS (1972) Punjab Univ. , Pakistan


Associate Professor (1997- ) KFUPM Professor (1996- ) Bahauddin Zakariya Univ. ,Pakistan Associate Professor (1988-1995) Bahauddin Zakariya Univ. Pakistan

Assistant Professor (1984-1987) Bahauddin Zakariya Univ. ,Pakistan

Lecturer (1976-1983) Bahauddin Zakariya Univ. ,Pakistan

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus III Term o33: Term 032: Calculus III Term 031: Calculus III Term 022: Calculus II Term 021: Calculus I

Term 013: Term 012: Calculus II; Advanced Calculus II Term 011: Calculus I; Calculus III Term 002: Prep. Math I; Prep.; Math II Term 001: Calculus II ; Real Analysis



a. Journal Articles

1.Properties of fixed point set of a multivalued map, Journal of Applied Mathematics and Stochastis Analysis,(accepted). 2. (with A.Bano and A. Latif),A result on best approximation in locally convex spaces,Tamkang Journal of Mathematics,(accepted). 3.(with A.B.Thaheem)On some properties of Banach operators, II,International Journal of Mathematics & Mathematical Sciences,V.47,2513-2515,(2004). 4. (with N.Hussain and A.B.Thaheem) Some generalizations of Ky Fan,s best approximation theorem, Analysis in Theory and Applications,V.20(2),189-198,(2004). 5. (with N.Hussain) Random coincidence point theorem in Frechat spaces with applications,

Stochastic Analysis and Applications,V. 22(1), 155-167,(2004 ). 6. ( with I.Beg and N.Hussain) Approximation of *- nonexpansive random multivalued

operators on Banach spaces,Journal of the Australian Mathematical. Society, V.76( 1) , 51-66,(2004).

7. ( with A.B. Thaheem and N.Hussain) A stochastic version of Fan,s best approximation theorem,Journal of Applied Mathematics and Stochastic Analysis ,V.16(3) , 275-282,(2003). 8. ( with A.B. Thaheem and N.Hussain) Random fixed points and random

approximations,Southeast Bulletin of Mathematics,V.27(2), 289-294,(2003). 9. (with A.Bano and A. Latif) Coincidence points and best approximation in P- normed spaces Radovi Matmaticki,V.12(1), 27-36,(2003). 10. (with N.Hussain) Common fixed points and best approximation in P- normed spaces,Demonstratio Mathematica ,V. XXXVI(3), 675- 681,(2003). 11. ( with N.Hussain ) Characterizations of random approximations ,

Archivum.Mathematicum(Brno),V.39( 4), 271-275(2003). 12. (with N. Hussain) Applications of the best approximation operator to *-nonexpansive maps in Hilbert spaces, Numerical Functional Analysis and Optimization,V. 24 (3 &4) ,327-338, (2003). 13. (with N. Hussain) Random fixed points of multivalued *-nonexpansive maps, Random

Operators and Stochastic Equations,V. 11(3),243-254,(2003). 14. (with I. Beg and N. Hussain) Fixed point, almost fixed point and best approximation of

nonexpansive multivalued mappings in Banach Spaces, Advances in Mathematical Sciences and Applications,V. 13(1), 83-111,(2003).


15. (with N. Hussain) Common fixed point results in best approximation theory, Applied

Mathematics Letters, V.16(4), 575-580(2003). 16. (with A. Latif, A. Bano and N. Hussain) Coincidence point results in locally convex spaces,

International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics,V. 3( 4), 413-423,(2002). 17.(with N. Hussain) Random approximations and random fixed points for *-nonexpansive maps,

Mathematical. Sciences Research Journal,V. 6(4), 174-182,(2002). 18. (with A. Bano and N. Hussain) Common fixed points in best approximation theory,

International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics,V. 2(4), 411-426,(2002). 19. (with A.B. Thaheem and N. Hussain) Random fixed points and random approximations in

nonconvex domains, Journal Applied Mathematics and Stochastic Analysis, V.15(3), 263-270,(2002).

20. (with N. Hussain) Random fixed point theorems for *-nonexpansive operators in Frechet

spaces, Journal of Korean Mathematical Society,V. 39(1), 51-60,(2002). 21. (with A. Latif and A. Bano) Some results on multivalued s-nonexpansive maps, Radovi Matematicki,V. 10(1), 195-201,(2001). 22. (with N. Hussain) An extension of a theorem of Sahab, Khan and Sessa, International Journal of Mathematics & Mathematical Sciences,V. 27(11), 701-706,(2001). 23. (with S.H. Khan) Group-valued submeasures and the range of measures, Scientific Annals, of

“A1. I. Cuza”, University of Iasi, V.XLVII, Mate., 35-42,(2001). 24.(with A.B. Thaheem) On some properties of Banach operators, International Journal

of Mathematics & Mathematical Sciences, V. 27(3), 149-153,(2001). 25. (with N. Hussain) Iterative approximation of fixed points of nonexpansive maps,

Scientiae Mathmaticae Japonicae,V. 54(3), 503-511,(2001). 26. (with N. Hussain) Random fixed points for *-nonexpansive random operators, Journal

of Applied Mathematics and Stochastis Analysis,V.14(4), 341-349(2001). 27.(with N. Hussain) Fixed point and best approximation theorems for *-nonexpansive maps,

Punjab University Journal of Mathematics,V. XXXIII, 135-144,(2000). 28. (with N. Hussain & A.B. Thaheem) Applications of fixed point theorems to invariant approximation, Approximation Theory and its Applications ,V.16(3), 48-55,(2000). 29. (with N.Hussain)Best approximation and fixed point results, Indian Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics,V. 31(8), 983-987,(2000). 30. (with N. Hussain & L.A. Khan) A note on Kakutani type fixed point theorems, International Journal of Mathematics & Mathematical Sciences,V. 24(4),231-235,(2000).


b. Conference Articles Common fixed points from best approximation, Proc. 26th Summer Symposium in Real Analysis , Washington and Lee University ,USA, 189-196, (2001) .

c. Books


1. (with N .Hussain). Coincidence Point Results in Locally

Convex Spaces , TR #255,Department of Mathematical Sciences,KFUPM,Saudi Arabia (2000)

2. (with A.B.Thaheem and N.Hussain) A Stochastic Version of

Fans Bext Approximation Theorem, TR # 292, Department of Mathematical Sciences ,KFUPM ,Saudi Arabia (2003)

1

********************************************************


Resume (Dated: March. 2005)

1. Name: Abdelwahab Kharab


3. Degrees:

PhD (1984) Oregon State University, USA MS (1980) Oregon State University, USA BS (1976) University of Constantine (Algeria)


Associate Professor (2004- 05) KFUPM Associate Professor (2002-04) KFUPM Associate Professor (2000-02) KFUPM Associate Professor (1997-00) KFUPM Associate Professor (1994-97) KFUPM


Term 042: Applied Calculus Term 041: Calculus I Term 032: Applied Calculus; Seminar in Mathematics Term 031: Finite Mathematic, Calculus I Term 023: Elements of Differential Eqns. Term 022: Applied Calculus Term 021: Calculus I Term 012: Applied Calculus Term 011: Calculus I; Calculus III Term 002: Calculus II; Seminar in Mathematics Term 001: Calculus I; Introduction to numerical computing


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1) An Advanced Macro Spreadsheet Program for the Simplex Method,

Computers & Operations Research, Vol. 27:3 (2000), pp. 233-243. 2) The Quadratic Method for computing the Eigenpairs of a Matrix, Int.

J. Computer Math., Vol. 73, 517-530 (2000),.


3) Eigenpairs of Symmetric Matrices using the Quadratic method and the Method of Subdefinite Calculations, Parallel Algorithms and Applications, Vol. 16, 319-326 (2001).

4) Use of a Spreadsheet Program in Electromagnetics, IEEE Trans. on Edu, Vol. 44 (3), 292-297 (2001).

5) Spreadsheet Solution to a Two-dimensional Stefan Problem Using an Approximate Method, Heat Transfer Engng., Vol. 21(5), 65-71 (2002).

6) A New Method for Finding the Eigenpairs of Symmetric Interval Matrices, Int. J. of Pure and Applied Math., Vol 1(4), 417-429 (2002).

7) Numerical Investigation of the Pnetration of a rigid Body into the Soil, Int. J. of Pure and Applied Math., Vol 12(3), 255-264 (2004).

b. Books

1. An Introduction to Numerical Methods: A MATLAB Approach, Chapman & Hall\CRC (2002).

2. An Introduction to Numerical Methods: A MATLAB Approach, Chapman & Hall\CRC , 2nd Edition in progress.

********************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Abdallah Laradji


3. Degrees: PhD (1986) Sheffield Univ., UK MS (1982) Sheffield Univ., UK BS (1981) Sheffield Univ., UK


Associate Professor (1995- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1990-95) KFUPM Maitre de Conferences (1988-1990) Sidi-Bel-Abbes University, Algeria


Term 042: Applied Calculus Term 041: Applied Calculus Term 032: Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra; Introduction to Linear Algebra Term 031: Finite Mathematics Term 022: Calculus II; Reading & Research I Term 021: Calculus I; Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra; Term 012: Calculus II; Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra Term 011: Calculus I; Calculus III Term 002: Calculus I; Calculus II Term 001: Preparatory Mathematics I; Calculus I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. On a problem of Fuchs and Salce, Communications in Algebra (accepted).


2. (With A. Umar) Asymptotic results for semigroups of order-preserving partial transformations, Communications in Algebra (accepted).

3. (With H. Azad) Some impossible constructions in elementary

geometry, The Mathematical Gazette (accepted).

4. (With H. Azad) An equality for certain exponential sums, The

Mathematical Gazette (accepted).

5. (With A. Umar) Combinatorial results for semigroups of order-decreasing partial transformations, Journal of Integer Sequences 7 (2004), Electronic, 14pp.

6. (With A. Umar) On certain finite semigroups of order-

decreasing transformations I, Semigroup Forum 69 (2004), 184-200.

7. (With A. Umar) Combinatorial results for semigroups of order-

preserving partial transformations, Journal of Algebra 278 (2004), 342-359.

8. (With A. Umar) On the number of nilpotents in the partial

symmetric semigroup, Communications in Algebra 32 (2004), 3017-3023.

9. Inverse limits of algebras as retracts of their direct products,

Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 131 (2003), 1007-1010.

10. (With A.B. Thaheem) A generalization of Leibniz rule for

higher derivatives, International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology 34 (2003), 905-907.

11. α-limits of algebras, Communications in Algebra 29 (2001),

3635-3640.

12. (With H. Azad) On a theorem of Clay, College Math. Journal 31 (2000), 405-406.

********************************************************



1. Name: Abdeslem Lyaghfouri


3. Degrees:

PhD (1997) Zurich Univ., Switzerland PhD (1994) Metz Univ., France MS (1990) Metz Univ., France BS (1992) Hassan II Univ., Morocco


Associate Professor (2005- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (2001-04) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1999-01) Ibn Zohr Univ., Morocco Postdoc (1998-1999) ICTP, Italy Assistant (1996-97) Zurich Univ., Switzerland Postdoc (Oct. 1995-Mar. 1996) Univ. Madrid, Spain

Teaching & Research Position (1993-1995) Metz Univ., France Teaching Assistant (1990-1992) Metz Univ., France


Term 042: Elements of Differential Equations, Advanced Calculus II Term 041: Calculus I Term 032: Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 031: Methods of Applied Mathematics, Advanced Partial Differential Equations Term 022: Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 021: Calculus II, Methods of Applied Mathematics Term 012: Calculus II, Ordinary Differential Equations Term 011: Calculus I, Introduction to Topology Term 002: Calculus I Term 001: Algebra I, Analysis I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

b. Journal Articles


1. (with J. Carrillo) A filtration problem with nonlinear Darcy's

law and generalized boundary conditions. Advances in Differential Equations, Vol. 5, No. 4-6, 515-555 (2000).

2. (with S. Challal) A stationary flow of fresh and salt groundwater in a heterogeneous coastal aquifer. Bollettino della Unione Matematica Italiana, Vol. 8 No 2, 505-533 (2000).

3. (with S. Challal) A nonlinear two phase fluid flow through a porous medium in presence of a well. Nonlinear Differential equations and Applications, 8, 117-156 (2001).

4. (with J. Carrillo and S. Challal) A free boundary problem for a

flow of fresh and salt groundwater with nonlinear Darcy's law. Advances in Mathematical Sciences and Applications, Vol. 12, No. 1, 191-215 (2002).

5. (with S. Challal) On the Behavior of the Interface Separating Fresh and Salt Groundwater in a Heterogeneous Coastal Aquifer. Electronic Journal of Differential Equations, Vol. 2003, No. 44, pp. 1-27 (2003).

6. A free boundary problem for a fluid flow in a heterogeneous

porous medium. Annali dell' Universita di Ferrara-Sez. VII-Sc. Mat., Vol. IL, 209-262 (2003).

7. (with S. Challal) A Filtration Problem through

a Heterogeneous Porous Medium. Interfaces and Free Boundaries, 6, 55-79 (2004).

8. A Regularity Result for a Heterogeneous Evolution Dam Problem.

Zeitschrift fur Analysis and ihre Anwendungen (to appear).

c. Technical Reports (etc.) 1. (with S. Challal) On the Behavior of the Interface Separating


Fresh and Salt Groundwater in a Heterogeneous Coastal Aquifer. Technical Report No. 278, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM (2002).

2. (with S. Challal) A Filtration Problem through a Heterogeneous Porous Medium. Technical Report No. 279, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM (2002).

3. A regularity Result for a Heterogeneous Evolution Dam Problem. Technical Report No. 299, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM (2003).

4. (with S. Challal) On the Continuity of the Free Boundary in a Heterogeneous Dam with a Leaky Boundary Condition. Technical Report No. 308, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM (2003).

********************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Salim Messaoudi


3. Degrees: PhD (1989) CMU., USA MS (1987) CMU., USA BS (1984) Univ. Sciences and Tech., Algeria


Associate Professor (2001- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1997-01) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1996 - 97) ZPU, Jordan Assistant Professor (1995-97) Nasser Univ., Libya Assistant Professor (1990-95) Univ. of Biskra, Algeria

Teaching Assistant (1987-89) CMU, USA 5. Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: Eng. Math (Math 302) Term 041: Math 531 Term 032: Math 302, Intro. to Complex Analysis (Math430) Term 031: Math 302 Term 022: Math 302, Advanced Calculus II Term 021: Math 302, Advanced Calculus I Term 012: Math 202, Math 302 Term 011: Math 202, Introd. To ODE’s (Math 565) Term 002: Math 202 Term 001: Math 002, PDE’s I (Math 470)


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1) Gradient Catastrophe in the classical solutions of nonlinear hyperbolic systems,

Journal of Partial Differential Equations Vol. 13 # 1(2000 ), 28 – 35. 2) Blow up in solutions of a linear wave equation with mixed nonlinear boundary

conditions, Arabian J. Sciences & Engineering Vol. 25 # 1A, (2000) 39 – 44.


3) Energy decay of solutions of a semilinear wave equation, International J. Applied Math, Vol. 2 # 9 (2000), 1037 – 1048.

4) A comparative result between the Gamma function and the Exponential, Int. J.

Math. Edu. Sci. Technol., Vol 31 # 6 (2000), 946 – 948. 5) Blow up in the solutions of an equation describing a transverse motion of a non

homogeneous string, Arab J. Math. Sc., Vol. 6 # 1, (2000) 75 – 82. 6) On weak solutions of a system of one-dimensional nonlinear thermoelasticity, Arab J.

Math. Sc. Vol. 6 # 2 (2000), 27 – 40. 7) (with Kirane M.), Breakdown in finite time of solutions to a one-dimensional wave

equation., Revista Mathematica Complutense Vol. XIII # 2 (2000), 413 – 422. 8) Formation of singularities in solutions of a quasilinear strictly hyperbolic system,

Dynamics of Continuous, Discrete, and Impulsive Systems (Accepted). 9) Global existence, Exponential decay, and Blow up in one-dimensional quasi-linear

hyperbolic systems : A unified Approach, Dynamics of Continuous, Discrete, and Impulsive Systems (Accepted)

10) A global existence result in a one-dimensional thermoelastic system, International J.

Diff. Equations Vol. 2 # 3 (2001), 303 – 316. 11) A blow-up result in a multidimensional semilinear thermoelastic system, Electron. J.

Diff. Eqns., Vol. 2001 # 30 (2001), 1- 9. 12) Decay of the solution energy of a nonlinearly damped wave equation, Arabian J.

Sciences & Engineering Vol. 26 # 1A (2001), 63 – 68. 13) Blow up in a semilinear wave equation, J. Partial Diff. Equations 14 (2001), 105 -

110. 14) Blow up in a nonlinearly damped wave equation, Mathematische Nachrichten 231

(2001), 1 – 7. 15) Global existence and nonexistence in a system of Petrovsky, J. Math. Anal.

Applications, J. Math Anal. Appl. 265 (2002), 296 – 308. 16) Development of singularities in solutions of a hyperbolic system, Int. J. Math. &

Math. Sciences Vol. 28 # 1 (2001), 1 – 7. 17) (with Kirane M.), Nonexistence results for the Cauchy problem of some systems of

hyperbolic equations, Annales Polonici Mathematici LXXVIII # 1 (2002), 39 – 47.


18) (With Masood K. and Zaman F.) , Initial Inverse problem in heat equation with Bessel operator, International J. of heat and mass transfer, Vol. 45 # 14 (2002), 2959 – 2965

19) Global nonexistence in a nonlinearly damped wave equation, Applicable Analysis

Vol. 80 # 3 (2002), 269 – 277. 20) (With Benaissa A.), Blow up of solutions of a nonlinear wave equation, J. Applied

Math. 2 # 2 (2002), 105 – 108. 21) (With Mesloub S.), A three point boundary value problem with a nonlocal condition

for a hyperbolic equation, Elect. J. of Differential Equations, Vol. 2002 # 62 (2002), 1 – 13.

22) Decay of solutions of a nonlinear hyperbolic system describing heat propagation by

second sound, Applicable Analysis Vol. 81 # 2 (2002), 201 – 210 23) Local existence and blow up in nonlinear thermoelasticity with by second sound,

Com. Partial Differential Equations Vol. 27 # 7 & 8 (2002), 1681 – 1693. 24) On separable variable functions, Int. J. Math. Edu. Sci. Tech., Vol 33 # 3 (2002), 425

– 427. 25) A note on blow up of solutions of a quasilinear heat equation with vanishing initial

energy, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 273 (2002), 243 – 247. 26) (With Benaissa A.), Blow-up of solutions for Kirchhoff equation of q-Laplacian type

with nonlinear dissipation, Colloquium Mathematics 94 # 1 (2002), 103 – 109. 27) (With Benaissa A.), Blow-up of solutions of a quasilinear wave equation with

nonlinear dissipation, J. Partial Diff. Eqns 15 # 3 (2002), 61 – 67. 28) Global existence and decay of solutions to a system of Petrovsky, J. of Mathematical

Sciences Research Vol. 11 # 11 (2002), 534 – 541. 29) (With Mesloub S.), A non local mixed semilinear problem for second order

hyperbolic equations, Elect. J. Differential Equations, Vol. 2003 # 30 (2003), 1 – 17. 30) Local existence and blow up in a semilinear heat equation with the Bessel operator,

Nonlinear Studies Vol. 10 # 1 (2003), 59 – 66 31) (With Tatar N-E.), Global existence asymptotic behavior for a Nonlinear Viscoelastic

Problem, Math. Meth. Sci. Research J. Vol. 7 # 4 (2003), 136-149. 32) Blow up in the Cauchy problem for a nonlinearly damped wave equation , Comm.

on Applied. Analysis 7 # 3 (2003), 379 – 386. 33) Blow up and global existence in a nonlinear viscoelastic equation, Mathematische

Nachrichten 260 (2003), 58 - 66


34) Decay and gradient estimate for solutions of a semilinear heat equation, Arab Journal

of Math. Sciences vol. 9 # 2 (2003), 1 – 7. 35) (With Berrimi S.), Exponential decay of solutions to a viscoelastic equation with

nonlinear localized damping, Elect. J. Differential Equations, Vol. 2004 # 88 (2004), 1 – 10.

36) (With Said-Houari B.), Blow up of solutions with positive energy in nonlinear

thermoelasticity with second sound, JAM 2004 # 3 (2004), 201 – 211. 37) (With Masood K. and Zaman F.), Recovery and regularization of the initial

temperature distribution in a cylinder, Int. J. heat and tech. Vol. 21 # 2 (2003), 155 – 160.

38) (With Said-Houari B.), Blow up of solutions of a class of wave equations with

nonlinear damping and source terms, Math. Methods Appl. Sc. # 27 (2004), 1687 – 1696

39) (With Said-Houari B.), Exponential stability in one-dimensional nonlinear

thermoelasticity with second sound, Math. Methods in Applied Sciences (in press) 40) (With Ben Aissa A.), Exponential decay of solutions of a nonlinearly damped wave

equation., NoDEA, (Accepted) 41) Asymptotic stability of solutions of a system for heat propagation with second sound,

Concrete and Applied Math. (Accepted) 42) Blow up of solutions of a semilinear heat equation with a memory term, Applied and

Abstract Analysis (Accepted) 43) (With Said-Houari B.), A global nonexistence result for the nonlinearly damped

multi-dimensional Boussinesq equation, AJSE (Accepted) 44) (With Guesmia A.), Decay estimates of solutions of a nonlinearly damped wave

equation, Journal Annal. Polonici. Math. (Accepted)


1) On the Solution of a Hyperbolic Heat System, Proceeding of the First Saudi Science conference Vol. 3 (2001), 547 – 556. 2) (With Al Shehri A.), Gradient catastrophe in heat propagation with second sound, Proceedings of the 6th International Congress on Industrial and Applied Math, Sydney (to appear)


3) (With Said-Houari B.), A decay result in a system of thermoelasticity type III, Proceedings of the UAE Math-Day, Nova Publishing Company, New York (To appear) 4) (With Berrimi S.), A decay result in a parabolic system with visco-elastic term, Proceedings of the UAE Math-Day, Nova Publishing Company, New York (To appear) 5) On the control of solutions of a viscoelastic equation, Proceedings of the first international Conference on Modeling, Simulation, and Applied optimization, Amer. Univ. , Sharjah, Feb 1-3, 2005.

c. Books

1) Functional Analysis and its Applications, Translation (with Lyaghfouri and Chellal) In Progess.

d. Technical Reports

1) Blow up in the solutions of an equation describing a transverse motion of a nonhomogeneous string, TR # 241, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (1999) 2) Global existence and blow up in solutions of a semilinear wave equation with boundary conditions, TR # 242, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (1999) 3) Decay of solutions of a nonlinear hyperbolic system describing heat propogation by second sound TR # 267, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2001) 4) (with Khalid Masood and F.D. Zaman), Initial Inverse Problem in Heat Equation with Bessel Operator, TR # 271, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2002) 5) (With Aisha S. Al-Shehri),Gradient catastrophe in heat Propogation with second sound, TR # 284, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003) 6) Global existence of weak solutions in nonlinear thermoelasticity wiht second sound TR # 296, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003) 7) (with Khalid Masood and F.D. Zaman), Recovery and Regularization of the Initial Temperature Distribution in a Cylinder, TR # 302, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003)


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Abdeslam MIMOUNI


3. Degrees: Doctorat D’Etat Thesis (2001) University of Fez, Morocco Doctorate of Third Cycle (1995) University of Fez, Morocco

MS (1991) University of Fez, Morocco BS (1991) University of Fez, Morocco


Associate Professor (2004- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (2001-2004) University of Fez, Morocco Assistant Professor (1995-2001) University of Fez, Morocco Teaching Assistant (1992-1994) University of Fez, Morocco


Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus I Term 032: Calculus I Term 031: Introduction to Commutative Algebra Term 022: Calculus I & Linear Algebra & Economertic Term 021: Financial Math & Linear Algebra & Econometric Term 012: Calculus I & Linear Algebra& Economeric Term 011: Financial Math & Linear Algebra & Econometric Term 002: Calculus I & Linear Algebra& Economeric Term 001: Financial Math & Linear Algebra & Econometric


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

(A) Journal Articles [1] When is the dual of an ideal a ring ? (with E. Houston, S. Kabbaj, and T. Lucas). Journal of Algebra 225 (1) (2000) 429-450. [2] Star operations and Trace Properties. International Journal of Commutative Rings 1 (2) (2002) 77-93.


[3] Trace properties and pullbacks (with S. Kabbaj and T. Lucas). Communications in Algebra 31 (3) (2003) 1085-1111. [4] Class semigroups of integral domains (with S. Kabbaj). Journal of Algebra 264 (2003) 620-640. [5] Semistar-operations on Valuation domains (with M. Samman). International Journal of Commutative Rings 2 (3) (2003) 131-141. [6] TW-domains and Strong Mori domains. Journal of Pure and Applied Algebra 177 (1) (2003) 79-93. [7] Prüfer-like Conditions and Pullbacks. Journal of Algebra 279 (2) (2004) 685-693. [8] Integral domains in which each ideal is a $w$-ideal. Communications in Algebra, To appear [9] On the cardinality of semistar operations on integral domains (with M. Samman). Communications in Algebra, To appear [10] Semistar operations of finite character on integral domains Journal of Pure and Applied Algebra, To appear



1. Name: Mahmoud A. Sarhan


3. Degrees:

PhD (1977) Univ. of New Mexico, USA MS (1973) Univ. of Colorado, USA BA (1970) Univ. of Colorado, USA


Associate Professor (1982- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1978-82) KFUPM Instructor (1977-78) KFUPM Teaching Assistant (1970-71) KFUPM


Term 042: Elements of Differential Equations(DE) Term 041: Calculus I(C-I) Term 033: DE Term 032: DE Term 031: C-I Term 023: DE Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math II Terms 011,012,013,001,002,003: As in 021,022,023


(Feb. 2005) None.

********************************************************


Assistant Professors


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Jawad Abuihlail (7030290)

2. Academic rank: Assistant Professor

3. Degrees: PhD (2001) Heinrich-Heine Universitaet (Germany) MS (1996) Yarmouk University (Jordan) BS (1993) Mu'ta University (Jordan)


Assistant Professor (Sept. 2001- NOW) KFUPM Assistant Professor (Sept. 2001-Aug. 2003) Birzeit Univ., Palestine Assistant Professor-part time (Fall 2001) Al-Quds Open Univ., Palestine RA (Jul. 2001 – Oct. 2001) Heinrich-Heine Univ., Germany Instructor (Sept. 1995 – Aug. 1996) College for Training Teachers, Palestine Instructor (Sept. 1993 – Jan. 1996) Birzeit University, Palestine Teaching Assistant (Jan. 1994 – June 1996), Yarmouk University, Jordan


Spring 2005 (042), KFUPM: Math-202 (Elementary Differential Equations)

Fall 2004 (041), KFUPM: Math-101 (Calculus I)

Spring 2004 (032), KFUPM: Math-533 (Complex Variables I) & Math-102 (Calculus II)

Fall 2003 (031), KFUPM: Math-101 (Calculus I)

Spring 2003 (022), Birzeit University (Palestine): Math-430 (Complex Analysis) & Math-334 (Real Analysis II) & Math-331 (Differential Equations) & Math-132 (Calculus II)


http://faculty.kfupm.edu.sa/math/abuhlail/041/041-math101.htm

http://www.kfupm.edu.sa/math/Graduate/Grcourses.htm#MATH533

http://www.kfupm.edu.sa/math/Ungraduate/UnmathsCourses.htm#MATH102

http://www.kfupm.edu.sa/math/Ungraduate/UnmathsCourses.htm#MATH101

http://home.birzeit.edu/math/jabuhlail/math431.html

Fall 2002 (021), Birzeit University (Palestine): Math-334 (Real Analysis I) & Math-331 (Differential Equations) & Math-141 (Calculus I) & Math-135 (General Mathematics)

Spring 2002 (012), Birzeit University (Palestine): Math-430 (Complex Analysis) & Math-331 (Differential Equations) & Math-231 (Calculus III)

Fall 2001 (011), Birzeit University (Palestine): Math-331 (Differential Equations) & Math-241 (Linear Algebra) & Math-131 (Calculus I)

Fall 2001 (011), Al-Quds Open University (Palestine): Real Analysis & Analytic Geometry


(A) Journal Articles

[1] Duality Theorems for Crossed Products over Rings: Journal of Algebra (ACCEPTED)

[2] Hopf Pairings and (Co)induction Functors over Commutative Rings: Journal of Algebra and its Applications (ACCEPTED)

[3] Dual Entwining Structures and Dual Entwined Modules: Algebras and Representation Theory (ACCEPTED)

[4] On the Linear Weak Topology and Dual Pairings over Rings: Topology and its Applications (IN PRESS)

[5] On Coreflexive Coalgebras and Comodules over Commutative Rings: Journal of Pure and Applied Algebra: 194(1-2), 1-38 (November 2004)

[6] On Linear Difference Equations over Rings and Modules: International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences: Issue 5- 2004, 239-258 (2004).

[7] Rational Modules for Corings: Communication in Algebra: 31(12), 5793-5840 (December 2003)

[8] Duality and Rational Modules for Hopf Algebras over Commutative Rings: Journal of Algebra: 240(1), 165-184 (June 2001). (with Jose Gomez-Torrecillas & Javier Lobillo Borrero)

[9] Dual Coalgebras of Algebras over Commutative Rings: Journal of Pure and Applied Algebra: 153, 107-120 (October 2000) (with J. Gomez-Torrecillas & R. Wisbauer)

[10] The Number of Ring Homomorphisms from Z_m [ζ] × Z_n [ζ] into Z_k [ζ] (with M. Saleh & H. Yousef): An-Najah Univ. J. Res.: 14, 1-5 (December 2000).


http://home.birzeit.edu/math/jabuhlail/math431.html


[1] A Note On Coinduction Functors between Categories of Comodules for Corings: Annali dell'Universita' di Ferrara, sez. VII, Scienze Matematiche: Joint Proceedings of Ferrara Algebra Workshop & Swansea Workshop on Hopf Algebras (June 2004) (ACCEPTED)

[2] Morita Contexts for Corings and Equivalences: Hopf Algebras in Non Commutative Geometry and Physics, S. Caenepeel et. al. (Marcel Dekker 2004): 1-20.



1. Name: Monther Rashed Alfuraidan


3. Degrees:

PhD (2004) Michigan State Univ., USA MS (1996) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1995) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia

Employment history Assistant Professor (2004- ) KFUPM

Teaching Assistant (2002-03) Michigan State University Instructor (1996-97) KFUPM Teaching Assistant (1995-96) KFUPM

2004-current K 4. Teaching activities for the last five years

Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus I Term 033: Prep Math II Term 022: College Algebra (MSU) Term 021: Collage Algebra and Trigonometry (MSU)


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles b. Conference Articles c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)

******************************************************



1. Name: Ghulam Kabir Beg


3. Degrees:

PhD (1994) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia MS (1986) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1977) Rajshahi University, Bangladesh


Assistant Professor (1994- ) KFUPM Lecturer ‘B’ (1987-94) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1987) Bangladesh Univ. of Engineering &

Technology Research Assistant (1983-86) KFUPM Lecturer (1979-83) Bangladesh Univ. of Engineering & Technology


Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus II Term 032: Applied Calculus Term 031: Intro. to Num. Computing; Applied Calculus Term 022: Applied Calculus Term 021: Calculus I Term 012: Calculus II; Applied Calculus Term 011: Intro. to Num. Computing; Calculus I Term 002: Finite Mathematics Term 001: Prep. Math II; Linear Algebra & Diff. Equations


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. (with M. A. El-Gebeily) A Galerkin Method of O( ) for

Singular Boundary Value Problems, International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, V.29 (6), 361-369, (2002).

2h

2. (with M. A. El-Gebeily) A Galerkin Method for Nonlinear Singular Two Point Boundary Value Problems, The Arabian


Journal for Science and Engineering, V.26 (2A), 155-165, (2001).

b. Conference Articles (Nil)

c. Books (Nil) d. Technical Reports (etc.) 1. A Characterization of the Sterling Number of the Second

Kind with the Exponential Function,, TR # 294, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003)



1. Name: ALI CHERID


3. Degrees:

PhD (1989) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia MS (1983) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1981) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Assistant Professor (1989- ) KFUPM Lecturer B (1983-1989) KFUPM Research Assistant (1981-83) KFUPM


Term 042: Methods of Applied Mathematics; Engineering Mathematics Term 041: Engineering Mathematics Term 032: Elements Diff. Eqns; Methods of Applied Mathematics; Term 031: Intro. Diff. Eqns & Linear Algebra Term 022: Calculus II; Intro. Diff. Eqns & Linear Algebra Term 012: Calculus II; Engineering Mathematics Term 011: Calculus II; Engineering Mathematics Term 002: Calculus III; Engineering Mathematics Term 001: Calculus III; Engineering Mathematics


Journal Articles 1- A. Cherid, Y. Fiagbedzi and I.S.Sadek, 'Stabilization of Structurally damped Systems by Pointwise Time-Delayed Feedback Control'. Journal of Francklin institute, 336 (1999), no. 7, pp 1175-1185. 2- Y. Fiagbedzi and A. Cherid, 'Finite Dimensional Observer for retarded systems’. IEEE Transaction on Aut. Control 48 (2003), no. 11, pp. 1986-1990.


3- A. Cherid, 'Output Feedback Pole Placement Controller for Delayed Systems'. International Journal of simulation Modelling, 3(2004), no. 2-3, pp 61-68. 4- A. Cherid, 'Output Feedback Dynamic Controller for Retarded Systems', Journal of Computational Mathematics and Optimization, accepted.

******************************************************



1. Name: Raja Mohammad Latif


3. Degrees: PhD (1989) University of Alberta, Canada MPhil (1976) Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan MS (1975) Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan BS (1972) Punjab University, Pakistan.

4. Employment history Assistant Professor (1991- ) KFUPM Teaching Assistant (1990-91) Univ. of Southern Main, USA Teaching Assistant (1989-90) Northern Illinois Univ., USA Lecturer (1976-85) Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan Lecturer (1975-76) Islamabad & Gordon College,

Pakistan.

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Finite Mathematics Term 041: Finite Mathematics Term 033: Calculus III; Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra Term 032: Finite Mathematics Term 031: Finite Mathematics Term 023: Probability and Statistics for Engineers

and Scientists Term 022: Finite Mathematics Term 021: Finite Mathematics Term 013: Calculus I Term 012: Finite Mathematics; Introduction to Differential Equations & Linear Algebra Term 011: Calculus I; Probability and Statistics for Engineers

and Scientists Term 002: Calculus I; Finite Mathematics Term 001: General Topology; Prep Math II.


a. Journal Articles


1. (with A.H. Joarder) Standard Deviation for Small Samples, Teaching Statistics, To appear in V.27(2), (2005).

2. (with A.H. Joarder) A Comparison and Contrast of some

Methods for Sample Quartiles, Journal of Probability and Statistical Science, V.2(1), 95-109, (2004).

3. Semitopological Spaces, Arab Journal Math. Sc., V. 7(2), 31-

42, (2001).

4. (with Javed Ahsan & M. Shabir) Fuzzy Quasi-ideals in Semigroups, Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, (Los Angeles) V. 9(2), 259-270 (2001).

5. D-Spaces, Journal of Institute of Mathematics and Computer

Sciences (Mathematics Series), V. 13(2), 117-121 (2000).

6. Semi-open Sets in Locally Connected and Locally Pathwise Connected Metric Spaces, Journal of Institute of Mathematics and Computer Sciences (Mathematics Series), V. 13(2), 165-167 (2000).

b. Conference Articles Semi-topological Spaces, Published in the Proceedings “Biology, Earth Sciences and Mathematics”, The First Saudi Science Conference, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia, 527-536 (2001).

c. Technical Reports (etc.) (with A.H. Joarder) A Comparison and Contrast of some Methods for Sample Quartiles, TR # 297, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003). External Examiner, M.Sc. Theses, King Abdul Aziz University, Saudi Arabia: Comparison of a.c.H. and a.c.SS.(Almost Continuous in the sense of Husain and Almost Continuous in the sense of Singal and Singal), (2000). On Certain Generalizations of the Notion of Continuity, (2001).



1. Name: Muhammad Tahir Mustafa


3. Degrees:

PhD (1996) University of Leeds, Leeds, U.K. M.Phil(1992) QAU, Islamabad, Pakistan MS (1989) QAU, Islamabad, Pakistan


Assistant Professor (2003- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (2002-03) GIK Inst., Topi,

Pakistan Assistant Professor (1997-2002) GIK Inst., Topi,

Pakistan Post-Doc Fellow (1996-97) AS-ICTP, Trieste,

Italy

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra Term 041: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra Term 032: Calculus II Term 031: Calculus I Term 022: Calculus I Term 021: Wavelets; Calculus I Term 012: Dynamical Systems; Numerical Analysis Term 011: Discrete Mathematics; Numerical Analysis


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 3. The structure of harmonic morphisms with totally geodesic

fibres, Communications in Contemporary Mathematics, V.6 (3), 419-430, (2004).

4. A remark on harmonic maps to a surface, International Journal of Mathematics, Game Theory, and Algebra, V.13 (3), 209-226, (2003).

5. Applications of harmonic morphisms to gravity, Journal of Mathematical Physics, V.41 (10), 6918-6929, (2000).


b. Technical Reports (etc.) 7. Detection of defects on unpainted car body, Fachbereich

Mathematik, Universitat Kaiserslautern, Germany. (2001). ******************************************************



1. Name: Mohammad Hafidz Omar


3. Degrees:

PhD (1995) Univ. of Iowa, USA MS (1991) Univ. of Iowa, USA BS (1990) Univ. of Iowa, USA


Assistant Professor (2004- ) KFUPM Sr. Research Scientist (2000-04) Riverside Publ., USA Research Associate (1996-2000) Univ. of Kansas, USA

Adjunct Lecturer (1997-98) Univ. of Kansas, USA Post Doctoral Fellow (1996-96) Univ. of Iowa, USA Teaching Assistant (1993-95) Univ. of Iowa, USA Graduate Assistant (92-93, 95) Univ. of Iowa, USA Statistics Tutor (1992-93) Univ. of Iowa, USA


Term 042: Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists Term 041: Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 6. (with M. Pomplun). Do Minority Representative Reading

Passages Provide Factorially Invariant Scores for All Students? Structural Equation Modeling, V.10(2), 276-288, (2003).

7. (with M. Pomplun). Factorial Invariance of a Test of Reading Comprehension Across Groups of Limited English Proficiency Students. Applied Measurement in Education, V.14(3), 261-284, (2001).

8. (with M. Pomplun). Do Reading Passages About War Provide Factorially Invariant Scores for Men and Women?


Applied Measurement in Education, V.14(2), 171-190, (2001).

9. (with M. Pomplun). Score Comparability of a State Reading Assessment Across Selected Groups of Students With Disabilities. Structural Equation Modeling, V.8(2), 257-274, (2001).

10. (with M. Pomplun). Score Comparability of a State Mathematics Assessment Across Reading Accommodated and Nonaccommodated Groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, V.85(1) pp. 21-29, (2000).

b. Conference Articles 1. (with M. Pomplun & G. Roid). Continuous Norming:

Publisher Applications, Paper presented at the Annual American Psychological Association (APA) conference, Toronto, Canada, (2003).

2. (with M. Pomplun) Factorial Invariance of Nonverbal Ability for English Language Learners, Paper presented at the Annual American Psychological Association (APA) conference, Chicago, USA, (2002).

3. (with M. Pomplun & M. Custer) A comparison of WINSTEPS and BILOG-MG for vertical scaling with the Rasch model. Paper presented at the Annual American Educational Research Association (AERA) conference, New Orleans, USA, (2002).

4. (with N. Bishop) Comparing vertical scales derived from dichotomous and polychotomous IRT models for a test composed of testlets, Paper presented at the Annual National Council on Measurement in Education (NCME) conference, New Orleans, USA, (2002).

5. (with M. Pomplun) Selecting items for a screening test: Logistic Regression Analysis or IRT Item Information? Paper presented at the Annual Midwest Educational Research Association (MWERA) conference, Chicago, USA, (2001).


1. (with E. Labas) Equating Report for the 2002 Elementary School Proficiency Assessment in Mathematics and Science, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2002).


2. (with S. Bishop, D. Becker, E. Labas, S. Frey, & H. Gniadek) Standard setting Report for the 2001 Social Studies Elementary School Proficiency Assessment, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2002).

3. (with E. Labas) Equating Report for Large Print and Braille forms of the 2001 Social Studies Elementary School Proficiency Assessment, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2002).

4. (with I. Glick, D. Mix, & H. Benson) Technical Manual for the 2001 Item Tryout of North Carolina High School Exit Examination, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2001).

5. (with Y. Liu) Equating Report for the 2001 Elementary School Proficiency Assessment in Mathematics and Science, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2001).

6. (with Y. Liu) Equating Report for Large-Print and Braille forms of the 2001 Elementary School Proficiency Assessment in Mathematics and Science, Measurement Research Services, Riverside Publishing Company, USA (2001).

7. (with J. Poggio, J. Shaftel, & D. Glassnapp) A study of Grade 10 student Performance on Kansas mathematics assessments, Center for Educational Testing and Evaluation, University of Kansas, USA (2000).

8. (with J. Poggio, D. Glassnapp, & J. Shaftel) Secondary Level Mathematics Instructors’ Perceptions of Mathematics Achievement and Change in Kansas, Center for Educational Testing and Evaluation, University of Kansas, USA (2000).

9. (with D. Glassnapp, & J. Poggio) Technical manual for 2000 Kansas Assessments, Center for Educational Testing and Evaluation, University of Kansas, USA (2000).

******************************************************


Resume (Dated: March, 2005)

10. Name: Ibrahim H. Al-Rasasi


2. Degrees:

PhD (2001) Temlpe University, PA, USA MS (1995) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1992) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Assistant Professor (2001- ) KFUPM Lecturer (1996-01) KFUPM Graduate Assistant (1993-95) KFUPM


Term 042: Math 102 Term 041: Math 202 Term 032: Math 102 Term 031: Math 201 Term 023: Math 102 Term 022: Math 102 Term 021: Math 101 Term 012: Math 101, Math 455 Term 011: Math 001


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000) No publications.

******************************************************


RESUME (Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Nasser-eddine Mohamed Tatar


3. Degrees:

PhD (2000) University Badji Mokhtar, Annaba, Algeria

MS (1986) Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, USA BS (1983) University of Annaba, Algeria


Assistant Professor (2002- ) KFUPM Associate Professor (2001-2002) University Badji Mokhtar, Annaba, Algeria Assistant Professor (1987-2001) University Badji Mokhtar, Annaba, Algeria Teaching Assistant (1986)-(1987) University Badji

Mokhtar, Annaba, Algeria


Term 042: Math 102 Term 041: Math 101 Term 033: Math 101 Term 032: Math 101, Math 202 Term 031: Math 101 Term 022: Math 202 Term 021: Math 101 Term 012: Analytic geometry, Measure and Integration Numerical Analysis, PDE of parabolic type Term 011: Analytic geometry, Measure and Integration Numerical Analysis, PDE of parabolic type Term 002: Analytic geometry, Calculus I, Measure and Integration Term 001: Analytic geometry, Calculus I, Measure and Integration



(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1- (with M. Kirane) Global existence and stability of some semilinear

problems, Archivum Matematicum, Tomus 36 (2000), 1-12. 2- (with M. Kirane) Nonexistence results for a semilinear hyperbolic

problem with boundary condition of memory type, Zeit. Anal. Anw., Vol. 19 No. 2 (2000), 1-16.

3- (with M. Kirane and J. Kanel) Pointwise a priori bounds for a

strongly coupled system of reaction diffusion equations, Inter. J. Diff. Eqs. Appl., Vol. 1 No. 1 (2000), 77-97.

4- (with M. Kirane) A nonexistence result to a Cauchy problem in

nonlinear one-dimensional thermoelasticity, J. Math. Anal. and Appl. 254 (2001), 71-86.

5- Exponential decay for a semilinear integrodifferential problem , Arab

J. Math. Vol. 7 No. 1 (2001), 29-45. 6- (with M. Kirane) Rates of convergence for a reaction diffusion system,

Zeit. Anal. Anw. Vol. 20, No. 2 (2001), 347-357. 7- (with S. Mazouzi) Global existence for some integrodifferential

equations with delay subject to nonlocal conditions, Zeit. Anal. Anw. Vol. 21, No. 1, (2002), 249-256.

8- (with S. Mazouzi) An improved exponential decay result for some

semilinear integrodifferential equations, Arch. Math. (Brno) Tomus 39 (3) (2003), 163-171.

9‐ (with M. Kirane)) Exponential growth for a fractionally damped wave equation, Zeit. Anal. Anw. Vol. 22, No. 1, (2003), 167-177. 10‐ On a problem arising in isothermal viscoelasticity, Int. J. Appl. Math. Vol. 8, No. 1 (2003), 1-12. 11‐ (with S. Messaoudi) Global existence and asymptotic behavior for a nonlinear viscoelastic problem, Math. Sci. Res. J. Vol. 7 No. 4 (2003),


136-149. 12‐ A wave equation with fractional damping, Zeit. Anal. Anw. Vol. 22, No. 3, (2003), 609-617. 13‐ On an integral inequality with a kernel singular in time and space, J. Ineq. Pure Appl. Math. Vol. 4 Issue 4, Article 82 (2003), 1-9. 14‐ Blow up for the wave equation with a nonlinear dissipation of cubic type in Rn, Appl. Math. Comp. Vol. 148 Issue 3 (2004), 759- 771. 15‐ (with M. Kouche) Extinction and asymptotic behavior of solutions to a system arising in biology, Zeit. Anal. Anw. Vol. 23, No. 1, (2004), 17-38. 16‐ On the wave equation wit a dissipation and a source of cubic convolution type in Rn, Demonstratio Mathematica, Vol. 37 (2004). 27‐ The decay rate for a fractional differential equation, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 295 (2004), 303-314. 18‐ (with K.M. Furati) An existence result for a nonlocal fractional differential problem, J. Fract. Calc. Vol. 26 (2004), 43-51. 19‐ Long time behavior for a viscoelastic problem with a positive definite kernel, Australian J. Math. Anal. Appl. Vol. 1 Issue 1, Article 5, (2004), 1-11. 20‐ (with K.M. Furati and M. Kirane) Existence and asymptotic behavior for a convection problem, Nonl. Anal.: TMA, Vol. 59, Issue 3, (2004), 407-424. 21- (with M. Kouche and S. Liu) Permanence, extinction and global asymptotic stability in a stage structured system with distributed delays, J. Math. Anal. Appl. Vol. 301, (2005), 187-207. 22- (with S. Labidi) Unboundedness for the Euler-Bernoulli Beam Equation with a Fractional Boundary Dissipation. Appl. Math. Comput. Vol. 161, Issue 3, (2005), 697-706.


b. Conference Articles c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)

7. A Wave Equation with Fractional Damping, TR # 285, Department

of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003) 8. Blow up for the Wave Equation with a Nonlinear Dissipation of

Cubic Convolution type in Rn TR # 286, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003)

9. On a problem Arising in Isothermal Viscoelasticity, TR # 288, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia (2003) ******************************************************



1. Name: Hattan Z. Tawfiq


3. Degrees:

Ph.D. (2002) Mathematics, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh PA M.A. (1999) Mathematics, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh PA M.S. (1991) Mathematics, KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia B.S. (1988) Mathematics, KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia

4. Employment history Assistant Dean of Educational Services for Prep Year Affairs (2005-….) Assistant Professor (2002- ......) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia Lecturer (1991-2002) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia Graduate Assistant (1988-1991) Department of Mathematical Sciences KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 041: Calculus I Term 032: Calculus II Term 031: Calculus I Term 022: Prep Math I


a. Journal Articles b. Conference Articles Tawfiq, Hattan and Yotov, Ivan, "Numerical modeling of reactive infiltration instabilities", Computational Methods in Water Resources, Proceedings of the XIVth International Conference on Computational Methods in Water Resources (CMWR XIV), June 23-28 2002, Delft, The Netherlands, Vol. 2, pp. 955-962, 2002 c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)

7. An Extension of Gauss Quadrature Formula, M. A. Bokhari and H.Tawfiq, TR # 319, Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia, May 2004



1. Name: Abdullahi Umar


3. Degrees:

PhD (1992) St Andrews Univ., Scotland, UK MS (1987) ABU Zaria, NIGERIA BS (1983) ABU Zaria, NIGERIA


Associate Professor (1997- ) KFUPM Senior Lecturer (1995-97) Univ. of Abuja, NIGERIA Lecturer I (1993-95) ABU Zaria, NIGERIA Teaching Assistant (1989-92) St Andrews Univ., Scotland, UK Assistant Lecturer (1987-89) ABU Zaria, NIGERIA Graduate Assistant (1984-87) ABU Zaria, NIGERIA

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Finite Mathematics, Reading and Research II Term 041: Finite Mathematics Term 033: Applied Calculus Term 032: Finite Mathematics Term 031: Applied Calculus Term 023: Applied Calculus Term 022: Finite Mathematics, Introduction to Linear algebra Term 021: Finite Mathematics, Introduction to Sets and

Structures Term 013: .Finite Mathematics, Calculus III Term 012: Finite Mathematics, Calculus I Term 011: Finite Mathematics, Calculus I Term 002: Calculus II, Calculus III Term 001: Finite Mathematics, Elements of Differential

Equations



A. Journal Articles

(1) Umar A., On certain infinite semigroups of order-increasing

transformations II. Arabian Journal for Science and Engineering. Vol. 28, 2A (2003), 203-210.

(2) Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “Combinatorial results for semigroups of order-preserving partial transformations”. Journal of Algebra 278 (2004), 342-359.

(3) Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “On certain finite semigroups of order-decreasing transformations I”. Semigroup Forum 69 (2004), 184-200.

(4) Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “On the number of nilpotents in the partial symmetric semigroup”. Communications in Algebra, 32 (2004), 3017-3023. (5) Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “Combinatorial results for

semigroups of order-decreasing partial transformations”. J. Integer Sequences 7 (2004), 04.3.8.

B. Technical Reports (etc.)

1. Higgins, P. M. and Umar, A., “Semigroups of Order-

decreasing Transformations: Some Fundamental Congruences,” Technical Report No. 268, (September 2001) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

2. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “On certain finite semigroups of order-decreasing transformations I,” Technical Report No. 298, (May 2003) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

3. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “On the number of nilpotents, in partial symmetric semigroup,” Technical Report No. 305, (June 2003) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

4. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “Combinatorial results for semigroups of order-decreasing partial transformations,” Technical Report No. 306, (June 2003) No. 305, (June 2003) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.


5. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “Asymptotic results for semigroups

of order-preserving partial transformations,” Technical Report No. 310, (October 2003) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

6. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “On the number of decreasing and order-preserving partial transformations,” Technical Report No. 312, (January 2004) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

7. Laradji, A. and Umar, A., “Combinatorial results for semigroups of order-preserving partial transformations,” Technical Report No. 313, (January 2004) Department of Mathematical Sciences, KFUPM.

******************************************************


Instructors


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Hamoud Ahmad Dehwah

2. Academic rank: Instructor

3. Degrees: PhD (1999) Loughborough Univ, U. K. MS (1989) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1986) KAAU, Saudi Arabia


Instructor (2003- ) KFUPM Lecturer (1990-03) KFUPM Assistant Professor (2002-03) Sana’a Univ.,Yemen Instructor (1992-1993) Sana’a Univ., Yemen


Term 042: Calculus III Term 041: Calculus II; Structures in Architecture I Term 033: Applied Calculus; Prep Math II (Recitations) Term 032: Calculus I Term 031: Prep Math I (College Algebra and Trigonometry I) Term 023: Prep Math II (College Algebra and

Trigonometry- II) Term 022: Prep Math II (College Algebra and

Trigonometry- II) Term 021: Design of Reinforced Concrete I; Advanced-

Structural Analysis (Graduate course) Term 012: Structural Analysis II Term 011: Prep Math I (College Algebra and Trigonometry I) Term 003: Prep Math II (College Algebra and

Trigonometry- II) Term 002: Prep Math I (College Algebra and Trigonometry I) Term 001: Prep Math I (College Algebra and Trigonometry I)




1. Dehwah, H. A. F., Maslehuddin, M. and Austin, S. A., "Long-term Effect of

Sulfate Ions and Associated Cation Type on Chloride-Induced Reinforcement Corrosion in Portland Cement Concretes", the Cement and Concrete Composites Journal, special issue on corrosion and corrosion monitoring, Vol. 24, No.1, February 2002, pp. 17-25.

2. Dehwah, H. A. F., Maslehuddin, M., and Austin, S. A., “Effect of Cement

Alkalinity on Pore Solution Chemistry and Chloride-Induced Reinforcement Corrosion ", the American Concrete Institute, ACI Materials Journal, V. 99, No. 3, May-June 2002, pp. 227-233.

3. Dehwah, H. A. F., Maslehuddin, M. and Austin, S. A, “Influence of Sulfate

ions and Associated Cation Type on Pore Solution Chemistry", the Cement and Concrete Composites Journal, special issue on Concrete Durability, Vol. 25, No.4-5, May-July 2003, pp.513-525.

4. Dehwah, H. A. F., Austin, S. A., and Maslehuddin, M., "Chloride-Induced

Reinforcement Corrosion in Blended Cement Concretes exposed to Chloride-Sulfate Environments", Magazine of Concrete Research, Vol. 54, No. 5, October 2002, pp. 355-364.

5. Dehwah, H. A. F.,”Influence of Sulfate Salts on Chloride-Binding Capacity of

Plain and Blended Cements” Journal of Advances in Cement Research. (under review process).

6. Dehwah, H. A. F., “Effect of Sulfate Concentration and Associated Cation

Type on Concrete Deterioration and Morphological Changes in Cement Hydrates", Construction and Building Materials Journal (accepted for publications).


1. Dehwah, H. A. F., Maslehuddin, M. and Austin, S. A., “Effect of Sulfate Concentration and Associated Cation Type on Chloride-Induced Reinforcement Corrosion", American Concrete Institute Special Publication SP-192, 2000, pp. 369-384.


Lecturers


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Mu’azu Ramat Abujiya

2. Academic rank: Lecturer

3. Degrees: MS (2003) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1998) BUK, Kano, Nigeria


Lecturer (2003-) KFUPM Research Assistant (2000-03) KFUPM Class Teacher (1998-99) OMS, Ekpoma, Nigeria


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math I Term 033: Prep Math II Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I & Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 023: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 022: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 021: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 013: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 012: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 011: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 003: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB) Term 002: Prob & Stat for Eng. & Sci (LAB)

6. Research activities and publications in the last one year

(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2004)


1. (with H. Muttlak) Quality Control Chart using Double Ranked Set Sampling Journal of Applied Statistics, v31 (10), 1185-1201, (2004).

2. (with H. Muttlak) Some Extensions to Double Ranked Set Sampling Journal of Applied Mathematics and Computation (submitted).



1. (with H. Muttlak) Double Median Ranked Set Sampling, International Conference on IT in Mathematics, the 7-th SAMS meeting, Prince Sultan University, Riyadh, (2004).

2. (with H. Muttlak) Monitoring the Process Mean based on Median Double Ranked Set Sampling”, Proceedings of First International Conference on Modeling, Simulation & Applied Optimization, American University of Sharjah, Sharjah, UAE, (2005).


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Akram Mohammad Ahmad


3. Degrees: MS (1989) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan BS (1987) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan


Lecturer (1995- ) KFUPM Teacher (1990-1995) KFUPM SCHOOL Lecturer (1989-90) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan


Term 042: Calculus II, Calculus I Term 041: Math 001 Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 023: Project Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I Term 013: Prep Math I Term 012: Prep Math II Term 011: Prep Math I Term 002: Prep Math II Term 001: Prep Math I


Resume

(Dated: MARCH 14. 2005)

1. Name: Bassam Al-Absi


3. Degrees: MS (1995) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1993) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Lecturer (1995 - 2005) KFUPM

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Prep Year Math I Term 041: Prep Year Math I Term 033: Calculus I; Term 032: Prep Year Math II Term 031: Prep Year Math I Term 023: Calculus I; Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I Term 013: Prep Year Math I Term 012: Prep Year Math I Term 011: Prep Year Math II Term 002: Prep Year Math II Term 001: Prep Year Math I


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Mohammed Ridha Alaimia


3. Degrees: PhD (2004) Badji Mokhtar University, Annaba,

Algeria MPhil (1989) Lancaster University, UK. MSc (1985) Leeds University, UK. BSc (1983) University of Annaba, Algeria


Lecturer (1999- ) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1990-99) Annaba University, Algeria Lecturer (1989-90) Annaba University, Algeria


Term 042: Calculus II Term 041: Calculus I, Prep Math I Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math II Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I Term 012: Prep Math II Term 011: Prep Math I, Prep Math II Term 002: Calculus II (Tutorials), Prep Math II Term 001: Calculus I (Tutorials), Prep Math I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. M. R. Alaimia and J. R. Peters. semicrossed products generated by two

commuting automorphisms. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 285(1):128-1

2. M. R. Alaimia. Weak crossed products and a generalisation of a result of Sarason. Linear Algebra and its Applications, 318(1-3):181-193, 2000. 40, 2003.

3. M. R. Alaimia. Automorphisms of some Banach algebras of analytic functions. Linear Algebra and its Applications, 298(1-3):87-97, 1999.


b. Conference Articles c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.) 1.


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Said Ali Al-Garni




Lecturer (2004- ) KFUPM Graduate Assistant (1999-2003) KFUPM Math Teacher (1998) Dhahran High School


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math I Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Calculus, Recitation Term 021: Calculus, Recitation Term 012: Calculus, Recitation Term 011: Calculus, Recitation Term 002: Calculus, Recitation Term 001: Calculus, Recitation


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles b. Conference Articles c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.) 1. Master Thesis: "Numerical Analysis of Voltterra Difference Equations of the Second Type."


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Luai Mohammad Al-Labadi


3. Degrees: MS (2000) University of Jordan, Jordan BS (1997) University of Jordan, Jordan


Lecturer (2002- ) KFUPM

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Math 002 Term 041: Math 001 Term 033: Calculus 101 Term 032: Math 001 Term 031: Math 001 Term 023: Math 002 Term 022: Math 001I Term 021: Math 001


1) H. Hilow, L. Al-Labadi “Linear Modeling and Statistical Analysis of Asymmetric Factorial Experiments”. Mu’tah Lil-Buhuth wad-Dirasat, Vol.18 No.3, 2003. 2) H. Hilow, L. Al-Labadi “Systems of Confounding for Asymmetric Factorial Experiments”. DIRISAT, Pure Sciences , Volume 31, No.1.2004.


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Esam Abdul Qader Al Sawi


3. Degrees: MS (2003) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan BS (1992) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan


Lecturer (2003-Now) KFUPM, SA Teaching Assistant (2000-2002) Yarmouk Univ.,

Jordan


Term 042: Math 101; Stat 319 Term 041: Math 131 Term 033: Stat 319 (lab) Term 032: Prep Math II (Math 002)


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 3. W. Abu Dayyeh and E. Al Sawi. Modified Inference about the Location

Parameter of the Logistic Distribution Using Type II Censored Sample. 0-0, 2003. (Submitted).

4. W. Abu Dayyeh and E. Al Sawi. Modified Inference about the Mean of the Normal Distribution Using Type II Censored Sampling. 0-0, 2003. (Submitted).


MLRT and MUMPT using MERSS.. 3-rd scientific conference for faculty of Arts and Science, Jun 21-23, 2003, AL Mafraq, Jordan.


********************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Abdul-Rahman Dakhil Al-Shallali




Lecturer (1980-00) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia Graduate Assistant (1977-80) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math I Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Calculus II Term 021: Calculus II

Term 012: Calculus II Term 011: Calculus II Term 002: Prep Math II Term 001: Prep Math I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Conference Articles b. Books c. Technical Reports (etc.)


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Jamal Hussain Ahmed Al- Smail




Graduate Assistant (2000-2004) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia Lecturer (2004) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia


Term 042: Algebra & Trig. II Term 041: Algebra & Trig. I Term 032: Algebra & Trig. II Term 031: Algebra & Trig. II Term 022: Calculus (Tutorials) Term 021: Algebra & Trig. I Term 013: Algebra & Trig. II Term 012: Calculus (Tutorials) Term 011: Calculus (Tutorials) Term 002: Algebra & Trig. II (Tutorials)


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: SHAHER RASHED ARAFEH

2. Academic rank: LECTURER

3. Degrees: MS (1975) SUNY; ALBANY; U.S.A. BS (1971) Al-AZHAR UNIVESITY

CAIRO; EGYPT. 4. Employment history

LECTURER (1989- ) KFUPM. MANAGER (1981-1989) TRANSLATION

&OFFICE MANGEMENT AT

NAZER OFFICE

INALKHOBAR. INSTRUCTOR (1975-1981) BIRZEIT UNIVERSITY

WEST BANK TEACHER (1971-1973) ARAB INSTITUTE WEST BANK


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math I Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I& Prep Math II Term 013: Prep Math II Term 012: Prep Math II Term 011: Prep Math I Term 002: Prep Math II Term 001: Prep Math I ;Recitation 101


a. Journal Articles


. b. Conference Articles c. Books d. Technical Reports (etc.)

******************************************************


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Musawar Amin Malik


3. Degrees: MS (1998) University of Alberta, Canada MS (1991) University of Agr., Pakistan

BS (1987) Punjab Univ., Pakistan

4. Employment history Lecturer (1998- ) KFUPM Statistical Consultant (1997) Alberta Research Council, Canada VP, Student Services (1997-98) GSA. Univ., of

Alberta, Canada Teaching Assistant (1996-98) Univ. of Alberta, Canada Teaching Assistant (1996-98) Grant MacEwa

College, Canada

Private Tutor (1992-95)

Instructor (1991-93) Rana Institute of Technology, Pakistan

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 041: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 032: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists Term 031: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 022: Finite Mathematics and Stat Labs Term 021: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 013: Labs for Prob. & Stat. for Engineers & Scientists


Term 012: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 011: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 002: Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists and Stat Labs Term 001: Prep Math I; Prob. & Stat. for Eng. & Scientists


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

Journal Articles 5. (with I. Rahimov) ASYMPTOTIC BEHAVIOR OF

EXPECTED RECORD VALUES. Pakistan Journal of Statistics, 20(1):129-135, 2004.

******************************************************



1. Name: Sayed Omar


3. Degrees:

MS (1998) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1978) Kabul University, Afghanistan

4. Employment history Lecturer (1999- ) KFUPM Lab Technician (1980-1998) KFUPM High School Teacher (1979-1980) Qarabagh High School, Kabul, Afghanistan

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 041: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 033: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 032: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 031: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 022: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 021: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 012: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 011: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 002: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 001: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 993: College Algebra & Trigonometry II Term 992: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 991: College Algebra & Trigonometry I Term 982: College Algebra & Trigonometry II

******************************************************



1. Name: George Raburu 2. Academic rank: Lecturer

3. Degrees:

PhD (2000) Kennedy Western University., USA MS (1996) University of Southampton-UK Diploma (1994) University of Essex-UK BEd. (1983) University of Nairobi-Kenya


Lecturer (2000-Present ) KFUPM-Saudi Arabia Lecturer (1995-1995)-University of Essex-UK Lecturer (1983-1993)-Kisii College-Kenya

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math I Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 023: Prep Math II Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I Term 012: Prep Math II Term 011: Prep Math I



1. Name: Raid Fuaad Anabosi


3. Degrees:

MS (1991) University of Jordan, JORDAN BS (1989) Yarmouk University, JORDAN


Lecturer (2004- ) KFUPM Lecturer (00-04) Yarmouk University,

JORDAN Teaching Assistant (1999-2000) Yarmouk University,

JORDAN Teaching Assistant (1997-1999) Hashemite Univ.,

JORDAN Instructor (1991-1997) Shoubak College,

JORDAN

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Business Statistics II Term 041: Business Statistics I Term 033: Statistics for Engineers and Scientists Term 032: Applied calculus for business, Statistics Lab Term 031: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 023: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II Term 022: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 021: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 013: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Mathematical Statistics I Term 012: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 011: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 003: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II


Term 002: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business Term 001: Statistics Lab.I, Statistics Lab.II, Introductory Statistics for Business


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Books 1. Introduction to Statistics I Lab Manual, (with Moh’d Al-

Odat), 2000, Jordan. 2. Introduction to Statistics I Lab Manual using Minitab, 2001,

Jordan.


Resume

(Dated: Feb. 2005)

1. Name: Khaled Saifullah

2. Academic rank: Lecturer 3. Degrees:

MS (1988) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia M. Sc. (1971) Rajshahi Univ., Bangladesh B. Sc.(Hons.) Rajshahi Univ., Bangladesh


Lecture (1988- ) KFUPM Research Assistant (1984-88) KFUPM Assistant Professor (1980-84) Dhaka Univ., Bangladesh Lecturer (1973-80) Dhaka Univ., Bangladesh


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math II Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I Term 012: Prep Math I Term 011: Prep Math II; Prep Math I Term 002: Prep Math II; Prep Math I Term 001: Prep Math II; Math003; Calculus (Tutorials)


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles

7. Ways to involve the students in the Mathematics Learning Process; Proceedings of the Discussion Forum on Enhancing Students Learning at KFUPM, Pages10-18, Mar. 26, 2002,

Organized by DAD, KFUPM, Saudi Arabia. a. Paper Presentation / Seminar Talks


[1] Gave a Talk, On Semigroup with Idempotent Fuzzy Ideals, Mar. 1, 2005, AAD-2005, Dept. of Math. Sciences, KFUPM, K.S.A.

2] Presented a paper on, Ways to Involve Students in Learning Process, Fourth Prep-Year Math Instructors Workshop, Jan. 23, 2002, at KFUPM, Saudi Arabia.

3] Presented a paper in the Discussion Forum on Enhancing Students Learning at KFUPM, Mar. 26,

] 2002, organized by the Academic Development Center,

KFUPM, Saudi Arabia.

[4] Gave a Talk as an invited speaker on Algebraic Semiring, July 13, 2002, at Department of Mathematics, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh.

,[5] Gave a Lecture on Fuzzy Semiring, July 14, 2002, at Department of Mathematics, University of Jahangirnagar, Dhaka, Bangladesh.

******************************************************



1. Name: Mohammed Farah Saleh


3. Degrees:

MS (1999) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan BS (1997) Yarmouk Univ., Jordan


Lecturer (2002- ) KFUPM Lecturer (2001-02) Philadelphia Univ., Jordan Lecturer (2000-01) Al-Quds open Univ., Palestine


Term 042: Stat 211; Business Statistics Term 041: Prep Math I; Stat201 - Lab Term 033: Stat 319 - Lab; Term 032: Math 131; Stat 319 – Lab Term 031: Stat 319 – Lab; Stat 201 – Lab; Math 102 - recitation Term 022: Prep Math I Term 021: Stat 319 - Lab; Math 101 – recitation Term 012: Calculus II; Experimental Design; Applied

Probability Term 011: Calculus I; Experimental Design; Applied

Probability Term 002: Intro. to Statistics; Calculus II Term 001: Intro. to Statistics; Calculus I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. (with Kailash C. Madan) On M/D/1 Queue with General Server

Vacations, International Jornal of Information and Management Science, V.12, number 2, pp.25-37, June (2002) .

2. (with Kailash C. Madan) On Single Server Vacation Queues with Deterministic Service or Deterministic Vacations, Calcutta Statistical Association Bulletin, V.51, pp.225-241, Sep. & Dec (2002).


3. (with Kailash C. Madan) On M/D/1 Queue with Deterministic Server Vacations, Systems Science, Vol.27, number 2, pp 108 – 118 (2001).

4. (with Kailash C. Madan and Walid Abu-Dayyeh) An M/G/1 Queue with second Optional Service and Bernoulli Schedule Server Vacation, Systems Science, Vol.28, number 3, pp 22 – 62 (2002).

a. Conference Articles

b. Books

c. Technical Reports (etc.) ******************************************************



1. Name: Husam Khaled Sharqawi


3. Degrees:

MS (1998) Malta Univ., Malta BS (1994) Malta Univ., Malta


Lecturer (2001- ) KFUPM Teacher (1997-01) Colleges and High Schools Malta


Term 042: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 041: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 033: Math 101; Calculus I Term 032: Math 002; College Algebra & Trig. Term 031: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 022: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 021: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 012: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig. Term 011: Math 001; College Algebra & Trig.

******************************************************



1. Name: Yaqoub Mostafa Shehadeh


3. Degrees:

MS (1992) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia BS (1988) College of Science & Technology,

Abu-Deis, Jerusalem, West Bank

4. Employment history Lecturer (1999 - ) KFUPM Instructor (1998-1999) Palestine Polytechnic Institute Instructor (1996-1998) United Arab Emirates

University Lecturer (1992-1996) KFUPM Teaching Assistant (1990-1992) KFUPM


Term 042: Prep Math II Term 041: Prep Math II Term 033: Calculus II Term 032: Calculus I Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math II Term 012: Prep Math II Term 011: Prep Math I Term 002: Prep Math II & I Term 001: Prep Math I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Conference Articles 1. " Neural Network: Modeling with Impulsive Differential

Equations"( Hader Akca, rajai Alassar and Yaqoub Shehadeh) Proceedings Dynamicals Systems and Applications, pp 32-47 July 2004 Antalya Turkey.


2. " Periodic Solutions of Discrete Counterpart of an Impulsive System with a Small Delay" "( Hader Akca, and Yaqoub Shehadeh) Proceedings Dynamicals Systems and Applications, pp 282-294 July 2004 Antalya Turkey.



1.Name: Balarabe Yushau


3. Degrees:

PhD (Submitted) University of South Africa MS (1997) KFUPM, Saudi Arabia MSc (1994) University of Jos, Nigeria BSc (1990) University of Jos, Nigeria


Lecturer (1997- ) KFUPM Research Assistant (1994-1997) KFUPM Assistant Tutor (1992-) University of Jos, Nigeria

Mathematics Teacher (1990-1991), Beeri High School, Nigeria.

5. Teaching activities for the last five years Term 042: Prep Math II & Calculus II Term 041: Prep Math II Term 032: Prep Math II Term 031: Prep Math I Term 022: Prep Math II Term 021: Prep Math I & II Term 012: Prep Math I Term 011: Prep Math I Term 002: Prep Math I & II Term 001: Prep Math I


(Feb. 2005 Jan. 2000)

a. Journal Articles 1. Yushau B. and Ali B. 2003 “On Algebraic Compactness for Modules”.

Abacus, 30 (2B), 263 – 267.

2. Yushau B. Bokhari M. and Wessels DCJ. 2004 “Computer Aided

Learning of Mathematics: Software Evaluation”. Journal of


Mathematics and Computer Education, Volume 38, Number 2, 165-

182 (Special Issue).

3. Yushau, B. 2004 Using MathCAD to teach one-dimensional graphs.

International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and

Technology, 35(4), 523-529.

4. EL-Gebeily M. and Yushau B. “Some Applications of MS Excel in

Doing Mathematics”. To appear in Learning and Teaching

Mathematics.

5. Yushau B. Wessels DCJ. and Mji A. “The Role of Technology in

Fostering Creativity in the Teaching and Learning of Mathematics”.

Accepted in Pythagoras.

6. Bokhari M A and Yushau B. “Local ( ),L ε -approximation of a

function of single variable: An alternative way to define limit.

Accepted in International Journal of Mathematical Education in

Science and Technology.

7. M. EL-Gebiely and B. Yushau “Linear System of Equations, Matrix

Inversion, and Linear Programming using MS Excel” Submitted in

International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and

Technology.

8. Yushau B and Bokhari M. A. “Language and Mathematics: A

mediational approach to bilingual Arabs”. Submitted in International

Journal for

Mathematics Teaching and Learning.

B. Conference Articles

1. Yushau B. “Computer Attitude, Use, Experience and Perceived

Pedagogical Usefulness: The Case of Mathematics Professors”. Paper

presented at International Conference on IT in Mathematics, Seventh

SAMS meeting, Prince Sultan College, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, April 7-

8, 2004.

2. Yushau B. and Fairaq A. “Towards Establishing a Mathematics

Learning Center at KFUPM”. Paper presented at the International


Conference on IT in Mathematics, Seventh SAMS meeting, Prince

Sultan College, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, April 7-8, 2004.

3. M. El-Gebeily and B. Yushau “Using MS Excel™ to do Mathematics”.

Paper presented at the International Conference on IT in Mathematics,

Seventh SAMS meeting, Prince Sultan College, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia,

April 7-8, 2004.

4. Yushau B and Bokhari M. A. “Language and Mathematics: The case

of Bilingual Arabs”. Paper presented at the Second UAE-Math-Day,

held at the American University of Sharjah, Sharjah, United Arab

Emirates on April 1 2004.

5. Yushau B “On the Predictors of Success in Computer Aided Learning

of pre-calculus algebra”. Poster presented at the Winter Research

School, Port Alfred, South Africa, June 20 – 25, 2004.

6. Bokhari M A and Yushau B. “ ( ),L ε -Approximation of a Function: An

alternate approach to define the limit”. Poster presented at ICME-10,

Copenhagen, Denmark from July 4 - 11, 2004.

7. Yushau B “The Effects of Blended e-learning on Computer and

Mathematics Attitudes on the pre-calculus algebra course”. Paper

presented at the Second International Conference of Mathematics, AL-

Ain, UAE, Dec. 12-14, 2004.

8. Yushau B, Mji A. Wessels D.C.J. and Bokhari M. A. “Factors

Contributing to Mathematics Achievement: the case of a Computer

Aided Learning Environment” Paper presented at the Second

International Conference of Mathematics, AL-Ain, UAE, Dec. 12-14,

2004.

9. Yushau B. Wessels DCJ. “Analysis of problem solving in mathematics

teaching and learning”. Accepted for oral presentation at the First

Middle East Teachers of Science, Mathematics and Computing

Conference, to be held on 26th - 28th April 2005, Abu Dhabi, UAE.

10. M. EL-Gebeily and B. Yushau “Algebraic manipulation with

polynomials using MS Excel” Accepted for poster presentation at First

Middle East Teachers of Science, Mathematics and Computing

Conference, to be held on 26th - 28th April 2005, Abu Dhabi, UAE.


C. Technical Reports (etc.) 1. Yushau, B. 2002 “Computer Aided Learning of Mathematics: The case of

Prep Year Math Program, KFUPM”. TR#281, Mathematical Sciences

Department, KFUPM. 2. Yushau, B. and Farhat A. 2003 “Procedural Approach to Sketching One –

dimensional graphs using MathCAD”. TR#304, Mathematical Sciences

Department, KFUPM. 3. Yushau, B. Wessels DCJ. and Mji A. 2003 “Creativity and Computers in the

teaching and learning of mathematics”. TR#311, Mathematical Sciences

Department, KFUPM. 4. Yushau, B. “Computer Attitude, Use, Experience, Software Familiarity and

Perceived Pedagogical Usefulness: The case of Mathematics Professors”.

TR#318, Mathematical Sciences Department, KFUPM. 5. Yushau, B. 2004 “The Role of Language in the Teaching and Learning of

Mathematics”. TR#318, Mathematical Sciences Department, KFUPM.

6. B. Yushau,M. A. Bokhari ,A. Mji & D.C.J. Wessels. 2004 “Mathematics:

Conceptions, Learning and Teaching”. TR#322, Mathematical Sciences

Department, KFUPM.

********************************************************
